Palm Desert City Council
December 11, 2025

CITY OF PALM DESERT

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: December 11, 2025
PREPARED BY: Veronica Chavez, Director of Finance
SUBJECT: RESOLUTION UPDATING POLICY NO. FIN-013 TRAVEL EXPENSE AND

REIMBURSEMENT POLICY
RECOMMENDATION:

Adopt a Resolution entitled “A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA, RESCINDING RESOLUTION NO. 2016-80 AND ADOPTING A

REVISED TRAVEL EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT POLICY FOR OFFICIAL CITY BUSINESS FOR ELECTED AND APPOINTED OFFICIALS AND CITY EMPLOYEES.” BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS:

The City’s Travel Expense and Reimbursement Policy, last updated in 2016, has undergone a comprehensive revision to reflect current best practices, modernized terminology, and updated legal requirements. The revised policy aligns with AB 1234 and Government Code Sections 53232–53232.4 and is consistent with current administrative procedures. Due to the extent of these revisions, a redline version would not be practical; instead, this summary provides an overview of key updates and structural improvements.

1. Formatting, Grammar, and Structural Improvements
 Policy fully reformatted for clarity, consistency, and improved organization, including a Roman numeral outline and a new Table of Contents.
 Language modernized and standardized, including updated references to covered individuals: “Elected Officials, designated Appointed Officials, and Employees.”  Terminology aligned with City style and formatting standards, with consistent capitalization of defined terms.
 Readability enhanced through shorter paragraphs, defined examples, and structured bullet points.

2. Updated and Expanded Definitions
The 2025 revision significantly expands and refines definitions to improve accuracy and clearly identify eligibility and reimbursable activities.

New Definitions:

Advance/Travel Advance; Designated Appointed Official; Independent Contractor; Mileage Reimbursement; Official City Business; Reasonable and Necessary; Reimbursable Expense.

Updated Definitions:
 Elected Official now refers solely to City Councilmembers.  Employee definition revised to clarify exclusion of independent contractors. 433
City of Palm Desert
Travel Policy Update

 Meals and Incidental Expenses (M&IE) expanded to include gratuities and local travel between lodging and dining.
 Conference Rate and Per Diem updated to align with GSA standards.

Removed Definitions:

Terms such as Agency, Government Rate, and Conference/Seminar were removed or integrated within the policy text. Local Travel/Local Meetings references were replaced with cross-references to the Local Meetings Policy.

3. Policy Scope and Purpose
 Clarifies that the policy applies only to overnight official City business travel; local meetings and training are governed separately.
 Reinforces compliance with AB 1234 and Government Code requirements.  Specifies eligibility for reimbursement (Elected Officials, designated Appointed Officials, and Employees).
 Strengthens transparency expectations and reporting obligations for elected officials.

4. Authorized and Eligible Travel Activities
 Expands reimbursable activities to include educational trips and best-practice site visits.  Identifies lobbying-related travel subject to state reporting requirements.  Clarifies approval requirements:
o Out-of-state travel requires City Council approval in an open meeting. o In-state travel may be administratively authorized if budgeted.  Establishes that annual budget adoption may serve as prior authorization for recurring travel.

5. Approvals, Authorizations, and Travel Advances
 Introduces required forms: Travel Pre-Authorization Form and Travel Expense Report Form.
 Defines approval hierarchy:
o Employees → Department Head
o Elected & Appointed Officials → City Clerk or City Manager o Out-of-State Travel → City Council
 Establishes Finance Director review for compliance and authorizes the City Manager to modify reimbursements to maximize efficiency and City benefit.  Adds procedures for travel advances and prepayments, with reconciliation due within 30 days.

6. Reimbursable and Allowable Expenses
The policy has been reorganized to consolidate rules and modernize standards. a. Airline Travel
 Requires coach class and the lowest practical fare.
 Adds documentation requirements to demonstrate cost-effectiveness.  Allows reasonable baggage fees and preapproved travel insurance.  Requires proof of travel within 30 days.
434
City of Palm Desert
Travel Policy Update

b. Registration Fees
 City prepayment preferred; reimbursement requires proof of payment and attendance. c. City and Personal Vehicles
 Reinforces Fleet Policy compliance.
 Standardizes mileage calculation (home or City Hall—whichever is less).  Requires map-based documentation and encourages carpooling.  Adds reimbursement cap when personal vehicle use substitutes for airfare. d. Ground Transportation
 Consolidates all modes (taxi, rideshare, shuttle, transit).  Increases daily reimbursement limit from $70 to $100.  Requires receipts or a lost receipt form.
 Establishes standards for rental vehicles, including preapproval and size limits. e. Lodging
 Reduces automatic authorization distance threshold from 75 to 50 miles, with flexibility for certain circumstances.
 Aligns reimbursement with GSA Lodging Per Diem or government rate, whichever is lower.
 Clarifies allowable taxes/fees and excludes discretionary charges.  Requires itemized receipts and prior approval; clarifies proper use of City credit cards. f. Meals and Incidental Expenses (M&IE)
 Fully adopts GSA Per Diem standards, including 75% rate for travel days.  Confirms that provided meals do not reduce the per diem.  Cross-references Local Meetings Policy for same-day taxable reimbursements. g. Other Allowable Expenses
 Adds communications, printing, and notary fees (daily cap of $20 for communications).  Clarifies exclusions for personal losses or nonbusiness expenses.

7. Non-Reimbursable Expenses
 Section fully rewritten and streamlined.
 Consolidates personal and discretionary expenses (e.g., entertainment, family travel, political contributions, non-mileage vehicle costs).
 Cross-references the M&IE section for gratuity guidance.

8. Non-Exempt Employee Travel Time
 Retains FLSA principles while clarifying distinctions between travel during and outside regular work hours.
 Provides updated examples for determining compensable travel time. 435
City of Palm Desert
Travel Policy Update

9. Expense Reporting and Reimbursement Procedures
 Lists required documentation, including receipts, approvals, and applicable GSA references.
 Establishes a 30-day submission deadline and defines disallowance criteria.  Connects reporting steps with Finance and Council approval requirements.

10.Compliance and Enforcement
 Updates citations to include Government Code Section 53232.4 and Penal Code Section 424.
 Outlines potential penalties, including loss of travel privileges, restitution, civil and criminal penalties, and disciplinary action up to termination.
 Clarifies that exceptions require City Manager or City Council approval.

11.General Additions and Omissions
 Removes redundancies by consolidating enforcement provisions.  Eliminates outdated terminology and sections to streamline content.

Staff recommends approval of the revised Travel Expense and Reimbursement Policy to ensure alignment with current laws, modern practices, and the City’s administrative and fiscal standards.

Staff also recommends approval for the City Manager to make related, non-substantive changes to the Local Meetings Policy regarding the minimum distance change from 75 to 50 miles.

Legal Review:

This report has been reviewed by the City Attorney’s Office.

FINANCIAL IMPACT:

Funds for travel have been budgeted in each of the various department operational accounts within the approved FY 2025-26 Annual Budget. Changes to the policy may incur additional costs related to certain modifications, but these should remain within the current budgeted amounts.

ATTACHMENTS:

1. Draft Resolution - Travel Expense and Reimbursement Policy

2. Administrative Policy No. FIN-013 - Travel Expense and Reimbursement Policy

3. 2016 Travel Expense and Reimbursement Policy

4. Local Meetings Policy (referenced in Travel Policy)

5. Fleet Management Policy (referenced in Travel Policy) 436
RESOLUTION NO. 2025-___

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PALM
DESERT, CALIFORNIA, RESCINDING RESOLUTION NO. 2016-80

AND ADOPTING A REVISED TRAVEL EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT

POLICY FOR OFFICIAL CITY BUSINESS FOR ELECTED AND

APPOINTED OFFICIALS AND CITY EMPLOYEES
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Palm Desert desires to revise and update its travel expense reimbursement policy in accordance with the requirements of Assembly Bill 1234, codified in California Government Code Section 53232; and
WHEREAS, the updated Travel Expense Reimbursement Policy is attached hereto as Exhibit A, incorporated herein by this reference WHEREAS, the revised policy establishes standards and procedures for reimbursing eligible travel expenses incurred while attending civic or governmental functions on behalf of the City.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Palm Desert, California, that Resolution No. 2016-80 is hereby rescinded.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the City Council hereby adopts the revised Travel Expense Reimbursement Policy for Official City Business for Elected and Appointed Officials and City Employees, attached hereto as Exhibit A.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that this Resolution shall take effect immediately upon its passage and adoption.

ADOPTED ON ________________, 20__.

JAN HARNIK
MAYOR
ATTEST:

ANTHONY J. MEJIA

CITY CLERK
437
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 2 of 13
I, Anthony J. Mejia, City Clerk of the City of Palm Desert, hereby certify that Resolution No. 2025-__ is a full, true, and correct copy, and was duly adopted at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Palm Desert on _______________________, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

RECUSED:

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the City of Palm Desert, California, on ______________, 20__.

ANTHONY J. MEJIA

CITY CLERK
438

CITY OF PALM DESERT
Subject Travel Expense Policy
Policy No. FIN-013
Date Issued: December 11, 2025
Approved by Resolution No. 2025-____
Authored by Finance Department
439
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 2 of 14
City of Palm Desert
Expense and Reimbursement Policy
Table of Contents
I. Policy ............................................................................................................................. 3 II. Purpose.......................................................................................................................... 3 III. Authorized and Eligible Travel Activities ......................................................................... 3 IV. Public Meeting Reporting Requirements......................................................................... 4 V. Approvals, Authorizations, and Advances....................................................................... 4 A. Out-of-State Travel......................................................................................................... 4 B. Travel Pre-Approval........................................................................................................ 4 C. Reimbursement Authorization Review............................................................................ 4 D. Prepayment.................................................................................................................... 4 E. Advances ....................................................................................................................... 5 VI. Reimbursable and Allowable Expenses.......................................................................... 5 A. Airline Travel .................................................................................................................. 5 B. Registration Fees ........................................................................................................... 5 C. City Vehicle .................................................................................................................... 6 D. Personal Vehicle ............................................................................................................ 6 E. Ground Transportation ................................................................................................... 7 F. Parking Expenses and Tolls ........................................................................................... 8 G. Meals and Incidental Expenses (M&IE) .......................................................................... 8 H. Lodging .......................................................................................................................... 8 I. No Show and Late Cancellation Fees............................................................................10 J. Airfare Vouchers............................................................................................................10 K. Other Allowable Expenses.............................................................................................10 VII. Non-Reimbursable Expenses ........................................................................................11 VIII. Non-Exempt Employees Travel Time ............................................................................11 A. Travel During the Workday ............................................................................................12 B. Travel Outside the Workday ..........................................................................................12 IX. Expense Reporting and Reimbursement Procedures ....................................................12 X. Compliance and Enforcement .......................................................................................13 XI. Key Definitions ..............................................................................................................13 440
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 3 of 14
I. Policy
It is the policy of the City of Palm Desert that Elected Officials, designated Appointed Officials identified in the City’s Conflict of Interest Code, and Employees (collectively, “Travelers”) exercise restraint and sound judgment when spending public funds for travel. The City complies with AB 1234 (Transparency in Local Government Compensation and Reimbursement Reform), California Government Code Sections 53232–53232.4, and all other applicable laws and regulations governing travel authorization and reimbursement. Only Elected Officials, designated Appointed Officials, and Employees are eligible for reimbursement. All travel expenses must be reasonable and necessary.

II. Purpose
This policy establishes the procedures for approving and reimbursing expenses incurred by Elected Officials, designated Appointed Officials, and Employees while traveling overnight on official City business. It does not apply to local meetings, commuter (local) training seminars, or local City business expenses, which are addressed separately under the City’s Local Meeting Policy.

The policy provides guidance consistent with California Government Code Section 53232 et seq.

It includes, but is not limited to, expenses related to travel, business meals, lodging, conference expenses, and other expenditures incurred while conducting official City business.

III. Authorized and Eligible Travel Activities
California Government Code Section 53232.2(b) requires the City to specify the types of occurrences that qualify an Elected Official, designated Appointed Official, or Employee for reimbursement of expenses related to travel, meals, lodging, and other actual and necessary costs. Accordingly, the following non-exclusive list identifies expenses authorized for official City business, including travel and related expenses. Travelers are expected to exercise good judgment and demonstrate fiscal responsibility when incurring expenses on behalf of the City.

The following classifications of activities are eligible for expense reimbursement:

1. Meetings with government officials and business or community leaders;

2. Conferences, training programs, and educational trips conducted on behalf of the City, including visiting other jurisdictions to discuss and observe best practices;

3. Lobbying trips where a defined benefit to the City can be demonstrated, such trips must be reported to the State on a quarterly basis;

4. Other business-related travel where a clear benefit to the City can be identified.

Travel within the State of California does not require prior City Council approval, in an open meeting, if (1) it adheres to the adopted provisions of the travel reimbursement policy, and (2) there are adequate budgeted funds.

Travel outside California, travel that does not conform to the policy, or travel not supported by sufficient budget appropriations requires prior City Council approval in an open meeting.

Generally, out-of-state travel is authorized as part of the annual budget adoption process. 441
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 4 of 14
IV. Public Meeting Reporting Requirements
It is the policy of the City that all reimbursements provided to Elected Officials and designated Appointed Officials comply with Government Code Sections 53232-53232.4 and AB 1234. An Elected Official or designated Appointed Official requesting reimbursement shall provide a brief report on meetings attended at the City’s expense during the next regular meeting of the legislative body. The report may be presented orally or in writing. Reports are not required for Local Meetings, as defined in the City’s Local Meetings Policy.

V. Approvals, Authorizations, and Advances
This section establishes the levels of approval, authorization, and reporting required for Elected Officials, designated Appointed Officials, and Employees.

A. Out-of-State Travel
Travel outside the State of California by Elected Officials, designated Appointed Officials, and Employees requires prior approval by the City Council in an open meeting. The preferred method for obtaining approval is through the annual budget adoption process. If not included in the budget, such travel must be placed on the City Council agenda and approved before any expenses are incurred.

B. Travel Pre-Approval
All travel on official City business must receive written pre-approval prior to incurring any expenses. The purpose of the pre-approval process is to verify that:

1. The travel serves a legitimate and necessary City business purpose;

2. Adequate budgeted funds are available; and

3. The travel conforms to this policy and other applicable laws or regulations.

Travelers must complete a Travel Pre-Authorization Form and attach supporting documentation (such as a conference brochure, agenda, or itinerary). The form ensures that travel is justified, cost-effective, and properly authorized before commitments are made.

Employee travel requires the approval of the Department Head using the Travel PreAuthorization Form before incurring any expenses. Elected Officials and designated Appointed Official travel requires review and authorization by the City Clerk or City Manager prior to incurring any expenses.

C. Reimbursement Authorization Review
The Finance Director shall determine whether requested reimbursements or prepaid expenses comply with this policy. The City Manager may, at their discretion, modify or approve reimbursements based on cost-effectiveness, efficiency, or the benefit to City operations.

D. Prepayment
Whenever practical, Travelers should arrange for travel-related expenses (e.g., registration fees, lodging, transportation, or per diem expenses) to be directly billed to the City or prepaid through the City’s regular accounts payable process. 442
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 5 of 14
E. Advances
Travelers requesting advances shall submit their requests through the regular accounts payable process with an approved Travel Pre-Authorization Form.

Employees must obtain approval from their Department Head. Elected Officials or designated Appointed Officials must obtain approval from the City Clerk or City Manager.

Travelers should allow a minimum of two weeks for processing. All advances must be reconciled by submitting a Travel Expense Report and returning any unused funds within 30 days of returning from travel.

VI. Reimbursable and Allowable Expenses
The following categories describe allowable expenses that may be reimbursed when incurred for official City business.

A. Airline Travel
Elected Officials, designated Appointed Officials, and Employees shall travel in coach class and select the lowest-cost flight available for the most direct route to their destination.

Reasonable layovers of up to two hours may be included. All travel arrangements shall balance the Traveler's needs, cost efficiency, and the operational requirements of the City.

Airline travel may be made directly with the carrier, through a travel agent, or via an online booking service. Travelers shall pay in advance using a personal credit card or another approved method, then submit the cost for reimbursement. Because airfare rates fluctuate daily, Travelers must provide documentation (e.g., internet search results or a travel agent's quote) showing that the fare selected was the most practical and cost-effective available at the time of booking.

Airfare costs may be advanced prior to departure if the Traveler submits proof of payment.

Proof of travel (e.g., board pass or itinerary) must be submitted within 30 days of return.

Failure to do so will require repayment of the advance.

The City will reimburse only the actual round-trip coach fare paid, including reasonable baggage fees. Travelers may, at their own expense, choose to upgrade accommodations.

The purchase of travel insurance is reimbursable only with prior written approval from the City Manager.

B. Registration Fees
The preferred method for paying registration fees is through prepayment using the City’s regular accounts payable process.

If registration fees are not prepaid and are paid personally by the Traveler, they are eligible for reimbursement upon submission of:

1. A receipt showing proof of payment; and

2. Documentation confirming attendance (such as a name badge, agenda, or certificate of completion).
443
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 6 of 14
A record of attendance is not required for reimbursement of travel-related expenses; however, it may be required by the Department Head or City Manager for timekeeping or verification purposes.

C. City Vehicle
City Vehicles may be used for travel in accordance with the City’s Fleet Policy. However, use of a City Vehicle for overnight travel outside the Coachella Valley is discouraged.

When the use of a City Vehicle is appropriate and authorized, Travelers will only be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses directly related to the trip, such as fuel or necessary vehicle repair. All such expenses must be substantiated by original receipts.

D. Personal Vehicle
Use of a personal vehicle for official City business may be authorized in accordance with the City’s Fleet Policy. Mileage reimbursement shall be made at the standard rate established by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for miles traveled to and from designated locations on City business. Prior authorization is required, and Travelers should review the Fleet Policy before travel to ensure compliance with all applicable regulations.

The following requirements apply to the use of a personal vehicle for City travel:

1. Mileage Calculation: Reimbursement shall be based on the distance from the Traveler’s home (if travel begins there) or from City Hall, whichever results in fewer miles.

Example: Jane Doe, who lives in Palm Springs, and John Smith, who lives in Indio, are both traveling to Ontario Airport. Jane will be reimbursed for mileage from her home; John will be reimbursed based on the mileage from City Hall.

2. Documentation of Mileage: Travelers must substantiate mileage claims. The preferred method is to attach a printed route map from www.maps.google.com or www.mapquest.com to their Travel Expense Report. Mileage claimed in excess of standard route distances must be supported by additional documentation, such as odometer readings and travel logs, and approved by the Finance Director.

3. Carpooling: Travelers are encouraged to coordinate travel and carpool whenever practical to reduce City costs and environmental impact. Only the primary driver will receive mileage reimbursement, including reasonable additional miles incurred to pick up colleagues.

4. Driving Instead of Flying: Travelers who choose, for personal reasons, to drive their personal vehicle instead of using air or other public transportation will be reimbursed based on the lowest-cost method of travel. Documentation of the lowest-cost option (e.g., airfare, bus, or train) must be submitted with the Travel Pre-Approval Form at least 30 days before departure. Parking fees are reimbursable only if they would have been eligible had public transportation been used.
444
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 7 of 14
Example: Stan drives to a meeting in Sacramento rather than fly. Mileage totals $350 (500 miles each way), but roundtrip airfare is $200 plus a $40 shuttle. Stan’s maximum transportation reimbursement is $240.

5. Local Mileage During Travel: Miles driven between lodging and dining locations are not reimbursable; these expenses are covered under the Per Diem Meals and Incidental Expenses (M&IE) allowance.

E. Ground Transportation

1. Ground Transportation Planning: Before travel, the Traveler should determine whether taxi cabs, shuttle buses, ridesharing services, or other transportation modes provide a practical and lower-cost alternative to airport or off-airport parking. When airport parking is required, Travelers should consider off-airport parking facilities, which are generally more cost-effective.

2. Cost Efficiency and Approval: Travelers should select the lowest-cost reasonable transportation option, considering both travel time and related costs such as parking.

Reimbursement for ground transportation shall be approved by the Department Head for Employees, and by the City Clerk or City Manager for Elected Officials and designated Appointed Officials.

Approval will be based on the lowest total cost to the City, with reasonable consideration given to efficiency and time constraints.

Reimbursable expenses include:
 Airport shuttle service;
 Baggage handling fees;
 Parking fees;
 Cab fares and rideshare services;
 Public transportation costs; and
 Gasoline for City-owned vehicles
All reimbursable expenses require a receipt. If a receipt is unavailable, Travelers must provide supporting documentation or complete a lost receipt form.

3. Daily Reimbursement Limit: Reimbursement for taxis, shuttles, rideshare services, and public transit is limited to a maximum of $100 per day. Receipts are required.

Amounts in excess of the limit may be permitted upon approval by the City Manager.

4. Vehicle Rentals at Destination: Vehicle rentals at a travel destination are reimbursable only when there is a demonstrated business need or clear economic benefit to the City. Reimbursement is limited to vehicles classified as full-size or smaller in size. The rental must be substantiated with receipts and shall include insurance coverage, if selected by Traveler. Rentals that are not pre-approved or do not meet this policy will be denied. If a rental is denied, related expenses such as parking or tolls will also be disallowed. In such cases, reimbursement will be limited to the equivalent round-trip shuttle cost for that location. 445
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 8 of 14

5. Vehicle Rentals for Travel to Airport or Destination: If a Traveler rents a vehicle as the primary means of transportation to or from the airport or to travel destination, the rental must comply with the City’s Fleet Policy. Reimbursement will be made at actual cost, including applicable insurance, but not to exceed the equivalent mileage reimbursement or the cost of airfare, whichever is less to the City.

F. Parking Expenses and Tolls
Necessary parking fees for personal or City vehicles are reimbursable, provided that receipts are submitted and the most cost-effective parking option available was used.

Short-term airport parking may be used for trips lasting less than 24 hours, while longterm airport parking is required for trips exceeding 24 hours.

Actual amounts paid for toll road use are also reimbursable. Travelers must document all toll expenses and include the documentation with their Travel Expense Report.

G. Meals and Incidental Expenses (M&IE)
This section applies to meals and incidental expenses incurred while attending conferences, seminars, and other official business meetings located more than 50 miles from City Hall or the Traveler’s home (whichever is closer) and that reasonably require an overnight stay.

1. Rates: Meals and incidental expenses shall be reimbursed according to the U.S.

General Services Administration (GSA) Per Diem rate for the destination city. Current rates are available at www.gsa.gov.

2. First and Last Day of Travel: On the first and last day of travel, Travelers are eligible for 75% of the applicable per diem rate for M&IE.

3. Provided Meals: When meals are provided as part of a conference, seminar, or meetings (e.g., lunch included with registration), the M&IE per diem is not reduced.

Example: Stan attends a three-day conference that includes lunch on the second day. No reduction in his M&IE per diem is made.

4. One-Day Travel: Reimbursement for meals incurred during same-day travel (no overnight stay) to seminars or meetings located more than 50 miles away is governed by the City’s Local Meetings Policy. Such reimbursements are treated as taxable income to the recipient and are subject to applicable employment tax withholding.

H. Lodging
Overnight lodging is authorized, with prior approval, when the travel destination is more than 50 miles from City Hall or the Traveler’s home (whichever is closer to the destination).

Lodging may also be authorized, with prior approval by the City Manager, for destinations located between 40 and 50 miles from City Hall or the Traveler’s home if the travel extends for two or more consecutive days, and/or would result in a one-way commute exceeding 1.5 hours.

Lodging expenses may be prepaid by the City or reimbursed to the Traveler following the trip.

In all cases, detailed receipts must be submitted with the Travel Expense Report, regardless of whether costs were prepaid or reimbursed.
446
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 9 of 14
Lodging arrangements should be based on necessity, practicality, and cost-effectiveness.

Travelers are expected to request and utilize the government rate whenever available and when that rate is lower than other available rates.

In the absence of a conference rate, reimbursement shall be limited to the GSA Lodging Per Diem rate for the destination or the available government rate, whichever is less, unless otherwise authorized under this policy.

The amount authorized and/or reimbursed for lodging is governed by the following factors:

1. Conferences: Travelers attending conferences where lodging is appropriate and necessary may prepay or be reimbursed for lodging at an official conference hotel at the published conference rate, provided such rates and rooms are available at the time of booking.
 If the conference rate is unavailable, the Traveler should first request a room at the government rate.
 If a government rate is not available, the Traveler may obtain lodging at a comparable, nearby business-class hotel at a cost not to exceed the published conference rate.  If suitable lodging cannot be secured within the published conference rate, any amount exceeding that rate will be treated as taxable income to the Traveler and subject to employment tax withholding, unless otherwise preapproved by the City Manager.

2. Seminars: Travelers attending seminars located more than 50 miles from their home or City Hall (whichever is closer) may have lodging prepaid or reimbursed up to the GSA Lodging Per Diem rate for the destination, or the applicable government rate, whichever is less. Lodging should be of business-class quality, reflecting reasonable and professional standards.

Prior approval from the Department Head and the City Manager is required before incurring any expense. Both rates (GSA and government) must be clearly noted on the Travel Pre-Approval Request Form.

3. Occupancy Taxes and Fees: The GSA Per Diem and government lodging rates apply only to the base room rate. Occupancy taxes and related fees (e.g., utility or resort fees) vary by location and are eligible for reimbursement at the actual amount paid.

Discretionary or personal hotel charges, including, but not limited to, room service, fitness center access, in-room entertainment, or other amenities, are not reimbursable.

Example: Lodging is $100; taxes, resort fees, and utility fees total $12.50; and an inroom movie is $15. The Traveler is eligible for reimbursement of $112.50.

4. Receipts Required: Travelers must submit detailed lodging receipts with their Travel Expense Report, regardless of whether the costs were prepaid by the City or reimbursed after travel.

5. Credit Card Charges: Due to the practical challenges of using a City credit card for hotel reservations, the preferred method of securing lodging is for the Traveler to make the reservation using a personal credit card or other payment method. Travelers may then:
447
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 10 of 14
 Prepay lodging charges through the City’s regular accounts payable process,  Request an advance with proper documentation; or
 Request reimbursement after travel.

If no alternate payment method is available, Travelers may request authorization to use a City credit card (if available) by submitting a Credit Card Authorization Form to the Finance Department prior to booking.

6. Authorized Number of Nights: Lodging is typically authorized for either the night before or the night following a conference, business meeting, or other approved event. Lodging for both nights may be authorized only under extraordinary circumstances, such as when early arrival or late departure is necessary, and must receive prior written approval of the City Manager via the Travel Pre-Authorization Form.

Example 1: Stan attends a conference beginning Monday at 9:00 a.m. and concluding Wednesday at 1:00 p.m. He is authorized for lodging on Sunday night or Wednesday night, but not both.

Example 2: Stacy attends a conference beginning Monday at 8:00 a.m. and concluding Wednesday at 5:00 p.m. The earliest return flight departs at 8:00 p.m. and arrives at Ontario Airport at midnight. Stacy may be authorized, with prior written approval from the City Manager, for lodging on both Sunday and Wednesday nights.

I. No Show and Late Cancellation Fees
If a Traveler does not attend a conference, seminar, or business meeting and costs have been incurred for that event (such as conference registration fees, prepaid lodging, or airline tickets), the Traveler shall make every reasonable effort to obtain refunds for any prepaid expenses made by the City.

A written explanation stating the reason for non-attendance must be attached to the Travel Expense Form, along with documentation of all related expenses. Such reimbursements shall be subject to City Manager approval prior to payment or reimbursement.

J. Airfare Vouchers
If a Traveler books airfare for official City business and subsequently cancels the trip but is unable to obtain a refund, the airfare charges will remain in the City’s travel advance account until the fare is applied to another authorized purpose. If the airfare credit is not used for City business and either expires or is used for personal travel, the value of the unused fare shall be reported as taxable income to the Traveler and will be subject to applicable employment tax withholding.

K. Other Allowable Expenses
Telephone, internet, and fax expenses incurred to conduct official City business are reimbursable up to $20 per day. Receipts are required for reimbursement. Travelers may also be reimbursed for up to two personal telephone calls per day, provided the calls are of reasonable duration and cost.
448
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 11 of 14
No Traveler should incur a personal monetary loss as a result of performing official City duties. All expenditures and reimbursement requests must directly relate to the conduct of City business, be necessary to accomplish that business, and be reasonable in amount.

Expenses not otherwise classified in this policy may be eligible for reimbursement under this category, including but not limited to:
 Public notary fees;
 Duplicating or printing expenses; and
 Subscriptions or publications that provide value to the City or assist the Traveler in performing official duties.

Other necessary and reasonable expenses incurred while traveling on City business may be reimbursed if supported by documentation and approved by the City Manager.

VII. Non-Reimbursable Expenses
The following are examples of expenses that are not eligible for reimbursement under this policy.

This list is not exhaustive; any expense not expressly authorized elsewhere in this policy or otherwise preapproved by the City Manager shall be considered non-reimbursable.

1. The personal portion of any trip.

2. Expenses for spouses, family members, or other traveling companions accompanying a Traveler. All such expenses shall be paid by the Traveler.

3. Entertainment or personal leisure expenses, including but not limited to theater tickets, movies (in-room, in-flight, or at a theater), sporting events, fitness center fees, massages, spa services, golf-related expenses, or other cultural or recreational activities.

4. Political, religious, or charitable contributions.

5. Non-mileage personal automobile expenses, including repairs, insurance, or parking and traffic citations.

6. Tips, gratuities, or mileage driven between lodging and dining locations are considered incidental expenses and included in the M&IE per diem allowance. They are not eligible for separate reimbursement.

7. Personal losses or property damage incurred while on City business, including lost luggage and contents. Travelers should seek resolution directly with the airline or vendor.

8. Airline-related personal expenses, including fees or dues for airline clubs, frequenttraveler programs, travel insurance (unless preapproved by the City Manager), expenses related to obtaining personal airline miles, and class-of-service upgrades.

9. Personal travel expenses, including clothing, laundry, or dry-cleaning services.

10.Normal commuting costs to and from work, including mileage.

11.Gift cards in any amount for employees or non-employees.

VIII. Non-Exempt Employees Travel Time
The following provisions clarify how travel time for non-exempt (hourly) employees is treated for compensation purposes in accordance with applicable state and federal labor laws. 449
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 12 of 14
A. Travel Time During the Workday
Travel time that occurs after an employee has reported to work is considered hours worked for the City of Palm Desert, except during a bona fide meal period. Travel time from the employee’s final work location to their home is not compensable. Supervisors should avoid requiring employees who travel during the workday to report to their regular work site at the beginning or end of the shift unless it is operationally necessary.

B. Travel Time Outside the Workday
Overnight travel or travel time outside the employee’s regular workday is considered compensable time if it meets any of the following criteria:

1. Occurs during the employee’s regular work hours;

2. Occurs on an employee’s scheduled day off during hours that coincide with their regular work schedule; or

3. Occurs outside regular work hours when the employee is required to drive to the destination.

When public transportation is offered for travel outside of normal work hours and the employee declines, compensable travel time will be calculated as the lesser of:

1. The time spent driving a personal vehicle; or

2. The time that would have been spent traveling by public transportation.

IX. Expense Reporting and Reimbursement Procedures
Travelers shall submit Travel Expense Report Forms to the Finance Department through the regular accounts payable process within 30 days of returning from approved travel. The report must include receipts and supporting documentation that substantiate all expenditures related to attendance at the authorized event.

Receipts are required for all expenses except those covered by the M&IE per diem or tolls. Any expense not included in the M&IE or not substantiated by required documentation shall not be reimbursed and will be considered a personal expense.

Required documentation may include, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Completed Travel Expense Form;

2. Detailed receipt (credit card or cash) issued by the vendor;

3. Itemized hotel receipts;

4. Transportation receipts (taxi, airfare, rideshare, or shuttle);

5. No Receipt Form with a statement of charges and appropriate approval, if original receipts are unavailable;

6. Mileage verification, such as a printed route from a recognized mapping service (e.g., Google Maps or MapQuest);

7. Conference brochure or program, including the published “conference rate” for lodging;

8. Statement of trip or meeting purpose;

9. Approved Travel Pre-Authorization Form;

10.City Council actions approving travel, if required; and 450
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 13 of 14

11.Applicable per diem rates documentation (e.g., GSA rate, government rate, or published conference rate).

X. Compliance and Enforcement
Pursuant to Government Code Section 53232.4, misuse of public resources or falsification of expense reports may result in one or more of the following actions:

1. Loss of reimbursement privileges;

2. A demand for restitution to the City;

3. Reporting of the expenses incurred by or paid to the Traveler as taxable income to state and federal tax authorities;

4. Civil penalties of up to $1,000 per day and three times the value of the resources misused; and/or

5. Criminal prosecution for misuse of public resources pursuant to Section 424 of the California Penal Code.

6. Employees who violate this policy may be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination, in accordance with the City Personnel Rules.

In accordance with Government Code Section 53232.2(f), any expenses not covered by this policy must receive prior approval before being incurred. Such expenses shall be approved by the City Council in a public meeting for Elected Officials and designated Appointed Officials, and by the City Manager for Employees.

Any extraordinary circumstance related to travel or reimbursement shall be considered and approved by the City Council in an open meeting.

XI. Key Definitions

1. Advance/Travel Advance – Funds provided to the Traveler prior to a trip to cover estimated travel expenses.

2. Bonafide Meal Period – When an employee is relieved of all duties and free to use time for personal purposes.

3. Conference Rate(s) – The group hotel rate(s) advertised in an official conference brochure for registered attendees.

4. Designated Appointed Official – An appointed member serving on a City Board, Commission, Committee, or Task Force that has been designated as eligible for reimbursement in the City’s Conflict of Interest Code.

5. Elected Official – Individuals elected to serve on the Palm Desert City Council.

6. Employee – An individual employed directly by the City, excluding independent contractors, subcontractors, and other persons performing work for the City while self-employed or employed by another entity.

7. Independent Contractors – Individuals or entities engaged by the City to provide specialized services under contract, distinct from City employees. Independent contractors assume financial risk, provide their own tools and supplies, are responsible for their own taxes, and are not eligible for employee benefits. Contracts that include “Travel Expenses” must ensure costs are itemized, reasonable, and limited to business-related expenses only. Travel costs 451
City of Palm Desert December 11, 2025
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 14 of 14
for contractors, such as transportation, lodging, meals, and incidentals, must align with the City’s Travel Policy, the project scope, and applicable standards such as GSA per diem rates.

8. Local Travel/Local Meetings – Travel within a 50-mile radius of City Hall that does not require an overnight stay. Such costs are covered by the City’s Local Meetings Policy.

9. Meals and Incidental Expenses (M&IE) – The daily allowance covering meals, snacks, and related tips and taxes, including gratuities for porters, baggage carriers, bellhops, hotel staff, and stewards/stewardesses, as well as mileage between lodging and meals locations.

10.Mileage Reimbursement – Payment for use of a personal vehicle for authorized City business, based on the IRS standard mileage rate.

11.Official City Business – Work-related activities directly connected to the mission, programs, or operations of the City of Palm Desert.

12.Per Diem – The daily rate established by the U.S. General Services Administration (GSA) for lodging and meals/incidental expenses for specific geographical areas. Rates are published at www.GSA.gov.

13.Reasonable and Necessary – Expenses that are ordinary, appropriate, and required to conduct official City business (see Reimbursable Expense).

14.Reimbursable Expense – Costs incurred and paid by Elected Officials, designated Appointed Officials, and Employees in connection with authorized City business.

15.Travel Expense Report – The form designated by the Finance Director and available on the City’s Intranet for documenting and reconciling all travel expenses.

16.Travel Pre-Approval Form – The form designated by the Finance Director and available on the City’s Intranet for requesting advance authorization for official City travel.

17.Traveler – Collectively refers to Elected Officials, designated Appointed Officials, and Employees authorized to travel on official City business. 452
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 1 of 13
City of Palm Desert
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Policy
City Elected/Appointed Officials and Employees
A. Policy
It is the policy of the City of Palm Desert that Officials and Employees exercise restraint and good judgment in the expenditure of tax payer money for travel. The City complies with AB 1234, California Government Code 53232 (which apply to elected and appointed officials) and all other related laws and regulations when authorizing and reimbursing the expenses of elected and appointed officials and City employees. The principal of “reasonable and necessary” shall govern decisions regarding incurring travel expenses.

B. Purpose
To set forth the policy and procedures for approval and reimbursement of expenses incurred by City Council members, appointed officials, members of special boards, commissions, committees, and employees while traveling overnight on official City business. This policy shall not apply to “local meetings”, commuter (local) training seminars and/or local City business expenses. These topics are covered by the City’s Local Meeting Policy.

The policy provides guidance in accordance with California Government Code Section 53232 et seq. It includes, but is not limited to travel, business meals, lodging, conference expenses, professional memberships, and other related expenditures incurred while conducting, and related to, official City business.

C. Definitions
For the purpose of this policy, the following definitions will be used:
 Elected Official - those individuals elected to the City Council.  Appointed Official - appointed members of all Palm Desert Commissions, Boards and Agencies appointed and subject to the Brown Act and the City Manager, Assistant City Managers and Department Heads designated by the City Council to represent the City.
453
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 2 of 13
 Agency - the City Council, and all Palm Desert Commissions, Boards and Agencies.
 Employee - an individual employed directly and solely by the City, excluding independent contractors, subcontractors, and other persons performing work on behalf of the City but self-employed or employed by other persons, corporations or entities.
 Local Travel/Local Meetings – Travel within a 75 mile radius of City Hall which does not require an overnight stay, such travel and meeting costs are covered under the Local Meetings Policy.
 Out-of-State Travel – Any travel outside the State of California, including international travel.
 Reimbursable expense - Expenses incurred and paid for by Officials and Employees on authorized City business.
 Travel Expense Report – Form designated by the Finance Director and available on the Intranet, used for documenting all travel expenses.  Travel Pre-Approval Form – Form designated by the Finance Director and available on the Intranet, used for requesting preapproval and authorization for travel on City business.
 Conference Rate(s) – The group hotel rate(s) advertised in a conference brochure for attendees of said conference.
 Per Diem – the daily rates for lodging, and for meals and incidentals, set by the Federal US General Services Administration (GSA) for specific geographical areas in the Continental United States and available at www.GSA.gov .  Government Rate – A discounted daily lodging rate for Federal, State, and Local Government employees offered by certain lodging establishments.  Meals and Incidental Expenses (M&IE) – M&IE allowance covers daily meals and snacks, and related tips and taxes; fees and tips given to, but not limited to, porters, baggage carriers, bellhops, hotel staff, and stewards/stewardesses; and mileage between places of lodging and places meals are taken. 454
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 3 of 13
 Conference/Seminar – A prearranged meeting for an exchange of information or discussion, organized by a professional association, group or training provider, with a published agenda and participants from various locations.

D. Specific Occurrences Qualifying for Expense Reimbursement (related to Travel)
Government Code Section 53232.2(b) requires the City to specify the types of occurrences that qualify an Official or Employee to receive reimbursement of expenses relating to travel, meals, lodging, and other actual and necessary expenses.

Accordingly, the following non-exclusive list contains expense authorized to be expended for official City business, including travel and related expenses, memberships in professional organizations, and subscriptions to business-related newspapers and journals. Officials and Employees are expected to exercise good judgment and show proper regard for economy when incurring expenses in connection with official City business.

The following classifications are identified as eligible for expense reimbursement:
 Meetings with government and business leaders;
 Conferences, training and educational trips on behalf of the City, including visiting other governments to discuss and observe best practices;  Lobbying trips, when a benefit to the City can be defined, such must be reported to the State quarterly;
 Business-related trips where a benefit to the City can be defined; Travel within the State of California does not require prior City Council approval, in an open meeting, if (1) it adheres to the adopted provisions of the travel reimbursement policy and (2) there are adequate budgeted funds. Travel outside of California, travel that does not conform to the policy, or travel that has not been adequately budgeted requires prior approval by the City Council in an open meeting. Typically Out-of-State travel is approved during the annual budget adoption process.

Examples of expenses that the City shall not reimburse include, but are not limited to:
 The personal portion of any trip;
 Spouses or any traveling companion accompanying an Official or Employee. Any and all expenses for traveling companions shall be paid by the Official or Employee;
455
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 4 of 13
 Family expenses, i.e. children or pet-related expenses;  Laundry and entertainment expenses, including theatre, movies (either in-room or at the theater), sporting events (including gym, massage and/or golf related expenses), or other cultural events;
 Political, religious or charitable contributions;
 Non-mileage personal automobile expenses including repairs, insurance and traffic citations;
 Personal losses incurred while on City business;
 Valet tipping or other special services, including fitness center charges; E. Approvals and Authorizations
This section addresses various levels of approval and authorization, and reporting requirements for public Officials.

1. Out-of-State Travel: Travel outside the state of California by Officials and Employees, including international travel, requires the prior approval of the City Council in an open meeting. The preferred method for obtaining approval is as part of the annual budget process, otherwise requests must be agendized and approved prior to an expense being incurred.

2. All employee travel requires the approval of the Department Head, via the Travel Pre-Authorization Form, prior to any expenses being incurred.

3. The Finance Director shall determine if requested reimbursements and/or prepaid expenses are within the policy. The City Manager may, at his/her discretion, modify or approve travel reimbursements based on cost, efficiency or effectiveness in the conduct of City business.

4. In accordance with Government Code Section 53232.2 (f), any and all expenses that fall outside this policy must be approved by the City Council, in a public meeting (Council Members and Officials) or by the City Manager (Employees) prior to any expenses being incurred. Any extraordinary circumstance related to travel reimbursement shall be addressed by the City Council in an open meeting. 456
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 5 of 13
F. Transportation

1. Airline Travel
All Officials and Employees shall fly coach class on the lowest cost flight(s) available for the most direct route to the final destination, which could reasonably include scheduled layovers of 1.5 to 2 hours along the route. Travel arrangements shall be made with due regard to the needs of the employee and particular regard to cost efficiency and City requirements.

Airline travel may be booked directly with the carrier, arranged through a travel agent or booked through an internet service. The Official or Employee shall pay in advance using a personal credit card or other method and submit the cost for reimbursement.

The cost of airline travel fluctuates daily; therefore, Officials and Employees shall document the process used (internet search, travel agent request, etc.) to substantiate that they obtained the most practical, cost efficient route and means of travel. Officials and Employees may be advanced airfare costs prior to the departure date, if they submit a receipt documenting these costs were paid by them.

However, proof of travel must be provided within 30 days upon return, or the individual shall be required to repay the City for any advance. City will reimburse only the actual round-trip coach fare paid, including reasonable baggage fees.

Officials and Employees may, at their own expense, upgrade their airline accommodations. The purchase of travel insurance is only reimbursable with the prior written approval of the City Manager.

2. City Vehicles
City Vehicles may be used for travel in accordance with the City’s Fleet Policy, however, use of a City Vehicle for overnight travel outside the Coachella Valley is discouraged. In those cases where the use of a City Vehicle is appropriate and authorized, Officials and Employees will only be reimbursed out-of-pocket expenses such as fuel or vehicle repair that are substantiated by receipts.

3. Personal Vehicle
The use of a Personal Vehicle may be authorized in accordance with the City’s Fleet Policy. In compliance with the Fleet Policy, the use of a personal vehicle will be reimbursed at the current mileage rate set by the I.R.S. for miles traveled to and from designated place(s) on City business. Prior authorization is required and Officials and Employees should review the Fleet Policy for other regulations prior to travel. The following requirements apply to the use of a personal vehicle for City travel:
457
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 6 of 13
a) Mileage reimbursement will be calculated based on the number of miles from the Official or Employee’s home (for trips that originate at home) or City Hall, whichever results in the least number of miles.

Example: Two employees are traveling to Ontario Airport. Jane Doe lives in Palm Springs, and John Smith lives in Indio. Jane Doe will be reimbursed based on the mileage from her home and John Smith will be reimbursed based on the mileage from City Hall.
b) Officials and Employees are encouraged to coordinate travel arrangements, and carpool whenever practical to reduce the expense to the City and the environmental impact. In such cases the primary driver shall receive mileage reimbursement for their trip including reasonable additional miles driven to pick up colleagues.
c) Officials and Employees are required to substantiate mileage claims. The preferred method of doing so is by attaching a route printout from either www.maps.google.com or www.mapquest.com to their Travel Expense Report.

Travelers who are claiming miles greater than those shown on these services may submit additional documentation (odometer readings, logs, etc.) subject to the approval of their Department Director and the Director of Finance. d) Officials and Employees, who choose, for personal reasons, to travel by personal vehicle to and from a destination rather than flying, will be reimbursed for the lowest cost method of transportation. Travelers shall provide documentation for the lowest cost of public transportation (i.e., airfare, bus, train, etc.) with the Travel Pre-Approval Form, a minimum of 30 days before the departure date.

Parking fees will only be reimbursed if these expenses would have qualified for reimbursement had the traveler used public transportation.

Example: Stan travels to a meeting in Sacramento, and chooses to drive rather than fly. Mileage at 500 miles each way would be $500, but roundtrip airfare is $350, plus $20 shuttle to his hotel. Stan is eligible for a maximum transportation reimbursement of $370.
e) Miles driven between lodging and dining are not reimbursable, but are included in the Per Diem M&IE allowance.

4. Vehicle Rentals, Taxi, Shuttle, Peer to Peer (Uber) and Public Transit Fares Officials and Employees should choose the lowest cost for ground transportation, taking into consideration reasonable travel time and other related cost factors such as parking. Reimbursement for any particular mode of transportation is approved by 458
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 7 of 13
the Department Head based on the least total cost to the City, with due consideration to reasonableness and time constraints.
a) Taxis, shuttles and public transit may be reimbursed up to a maximum of $70 per day. Receipts are required for reimbursement of taxi and shuttle fares. b) Vehicles rented at the travel destination may be reimbursed provided there is a business reason or economic benefit to support the rental decision.

Reimbursements are limited to cars defined as “full-size” or smaller in capacity.

Vehicle rental must be substantiated with receipts and may include appropriate insurance coverage. If vehicle rental is not pre-approved or does not meet this policy and is subsequently denied, any related parking/toll fees shall also be denied and the Official or Employee will be reimbursed an amount equivalent to round trip shuttle charges.
c) Vehicles rented for use as the primary means of transportation from an Official’s or Employee’s home to the airport or to the travel destination will be in accordance with the City’s Fleet Policy. Such rental will be reimbursed at actual costs (including applicable insurance coverage) not to exceed the equivalent mileage or airline reimbursement, whichever is less cost to the City.

5. Parking Expenses and Tolls
Necessary parking fees for private or City vehicles shall be reimbursed provided that receipts are submitted and that the most cost effective parking method is chosen.

Short-term airport parking is authorized for trips lasting less than 24 hours; long-term airport parking must be used for trips exceeding 24 hours.

Actual amounts paid for toll road use will be reimbursed. Officials and Employees should document the amount paid for toll roads and submit such documentation with the Travel Expense Report.

G. Meals and Incidental Expenses (M&IE)
This section refers to meals and incidental expenses incurred during attendance at conferences, seminars and other business meetings occurring further than 75 miles away from City Hall or the Official or Employee’s home (whichever is closer) and which reasonably require an overnight stay. Reimbursement for meal expenses incurred during one-day seminars or business meetings are addressed in the Local Meetings Policy and are considered taxable income to the recipient. As such, they are subject to employment tax withholding.
459
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 8 of 13

1. Amounts available for M&IE will be determined by the applicable GSA Per Diem rate for the geographical area being visited. Individual rates can be found at www.gsa.gov.

2. For the first and last day of travel, Officials and Employees are limited to 75% of the applicable per diem rate for M&IE.

3. Attending conferences where meals are available, such as a lunch, does not result in a reduction in the M&IE per diem rate.

Example: Stan attends a three day conference, which includes lunch on day two, but no reduction in his M&IE per diem is made.

H. Lodging
Overnight lodging is authorized, with prior approval, when the travel destination is greater than 75 miles from City Hall or the Official/Employee’s home (whichever is closer to the destination). Lodging may be authorized, with prior approval by the City Manager, for locations between 50-75 miles from City Hall or the Official/Employee’s home (whichever is closer to the destination), if an employee is required to travel such distance for two or more consecutive days, and/or would result in a greater than 1.5 hour one-way commute.

Lodging may be pre-paid by the City or reimbursed to the traveler after the trip. Detailed receipts are required to be submitted with the Travel Expense Report regardless of whether the cost was pre-paid by the City or a reimbursement is requested. Lodging choices should be guided by necessity, practicality and cost effectiveness. Travelers should request and utilize the government rate for lodging whenever possible and when such rate is less than any other rate. In the absence of an organized conference rate, either the GSA Lodging Per Diem rate for the particular travel destination or government rate can determine reimbursement, unless otherwise noted below.

The amount authorized and/or reimbursed is controlled by the following factors:

1. Conferences: Officials and Employees attending conferences where lodging is appropriate and necessary may pre-pay or be reimbursed for lodging in an official Conference hotel at the published Conference rate, provided such hotels and rates are available at the time of booking. If the Conference rate is not available at the time of booking, the Official or Employee should first request a room at the government rate; if one is not available they are eligible for reimbursement for lodging at another similar, reasonably close, hotel, in an amount up to the conference rate.
460
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 9 of 13

2. Seminars: Officials and Employees attending seminars at locations greater than 75 miles from their home or City Hall (whichever is closer) are eligible to have the City prepay the hotel or be reimbursed for lodging at a rate up the GSA Lodging Per Diem for the travel destination, or applicable government rate, whichever is less.

Prior approval of the department head and the City Manager is required before any expense is incurred and both rates shall be clearly indicated on the request.

3. Occupancy Taxes and Fees: Both the GSA Per Diem and government rates for lodging apply to the lodging rate only. They do not include occupancy taxes and related fees (i.e., utility fees), which vary from place to place, and are eligible for reimbursement at the actual amount paid. Other discretionary hotel charges (including but not limited to, room service, fitness centers, movies, etc.) are not eligible for reimbursement.

Example: Lodging is $100, Taxes, Resort Fees, Utility Fees are $12.50, and an in-room movie is $15.00 – the employee is eligible for reimbursement of $112.50.

4. Receipts required: Officials and Employees are required to submit receipts for lodging with their Travel Expense Report, regardless of whether the costs were prepaid or a reimbursement is requested.

5. Credit card charges: Due to the practical challenges of using a City credit card for room reservations, the preferred method of arranging for lodging is for the traveler to make a reservation using a personal credit card or other method. Employees may then prepay the charges using the City’s regular accounts payable procedures, or request reimbursement after the trip. If alternate methods aren’t available, employees may request authorization to use the City credit card (if available) to reserve a room by submitting the appropriate Credit Card Authorization Form to the Finance Department.

6. Number of nights authorized: Lodging is authorized for either the night before a conference, general business meeting or other authorized event, or the night following the last day. Only in extraordinary circumstances (such as the need to arrive early or travel very late) shall lodging for both nights be authorized and then only with the prior written approval of the Department Head and City Manager, via the Travel Pre-Authorization Form.

Examples: Stan travels to the League of California Cities Meeting, which starts Monday at 9:00 a.m. and concludes Wednesday at 1:00 p.m. He is authorized for lodging on Sunday night or Wednesday night, but not both.

Stacy travels to a professional conference, which begins on Monday at 8:00 a.m. and concludes Wednesday at 5:00 p.m. The earliest flight leaves at 8:00 p.m., 461
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 10 of 13
arriving in Palm Springs at midnight. Stacy may be authorized, with prior approval, for lodging on Sunday and Wednesday nights.

I. Other Reimbursable Expenses
This section provides guidance on the reimbursement of expenses categorized elsewhere in the policy.

1. Tips and Gratuities: Tips and gratuities are considered incidental expenses and are therefore included in the per diem amount for M&IE. They are not eligible for separate reimbursement.

2. Registration Fees: The preferred method for paying convention or meeting registration fees is to prepay them through the City’s regular accounts payable process. Registration fees that were not pre-paid and are paid by Official or Employee are eligible for reimbursement, provided receipts for payment and proof of attendance are provided with the Travel Expense Report. Proof of attendance may include, but is not limited to, event branded name tag, seminar or workshop agenda obtained at the event, certificate of completion, or other record of attendance.

3. Data and Telephone Access: Telephone, internet access usage and fax expenses incurred to conduct City business may be reimbursed up to a maximum of $20 per day. Receipts are required for reimbursement. Officials and Employees are eligible for reimbursement for up to two personal telephone calls of reasonable duration per day.

4. No Show and Late Cancellation Fees: In situations where an Official or Employee does not attend a conference, seminar or general business meeting and costs are incurred for that event (e.g. conference fees, prepaid hotel charges, airline charges, etc.) they shall make every effort to ensure any and all fees prepaid by the City are refunded to the City. Official or Employee shall seek refunds for costs such as hotel cancellation and airline charges. A written explanation addressing the reason(s) the Official or Employee was unable to attend shall be attached to the Travel Expense Form documenting the expenses incurred and shall be subject to City Manager approval prior to any reimbursement.

5. Miscellaneous: It is the policy of the City that no Official or Employee shall sustain personal monetary loss as a result of duties performed in the service of the City, however all expenditures and requests for reimbursement shall logically relate to the conduct of City business and shall be necessary to accomplish the purposes of such business and shall be reasonable in amount.
462
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 11 of 13
Expenses not otherwise classified shall be considered in this category and may include such things as public stenographer fees, duplicating expenses, memberships in professional City-related organizations, and the cost of publications of value to the City or to the Official or Employee in furtherance of his/her official duties. Other necessary expenses incurred when traveling on City business may be allowed, however they require documentation and are subject to approval by the City Manager.

J. Additional Guidelines

1. Prepayment: Whenever practical, Officials and Employees should arrange for travel related expenses (i.e., registrations, lodging, transportation, etc.) to be directly billed to the City or prepaid through the City’s regular accounts payable process.

2. Advances: Advance payments for travel expenses may be authorized. Officials or Employees requesting advances should submit their request via the normal accounts payable process by attaching a voucher to the approved Travel PreAuthorization Form and obtaining the approval of their department head. Individuals should allow ample time, a minimum of two weeks, for processing. Advances must be cleared by the submission of a Travel Expense Report, and the return of unused funds, within 30 days of return from travel.

3. Government Code and AB 1234 Compliance: It is the policy of the City that any and all reimbursements provided to elected and appointed officials comply with Government Code 53232-53232.4 and AB 1234.
a. Public Meeting Reports: An Elected Official requesting reimbursement shall provide a brief report on meetings attended at the expense of the agency at the next regular meeting of the agency. Such reports may be made orally or in writing. Routine business meetings may be reported in writing on the consent calendar of the agenda. Reports are not required for Local Meetings as defined in the Local Meetings Policy.

4. Violation of this Policy: Pursuant to Government code Section 53232.4 misuse of public resources or falsifying expense reports may result in any or all of the following:
a. Loss of reimbursement privileges;
b. A demand for restitution to the City;
c. The City’s reporting the expenses incurred by or paid to the Official or Employee as taxable income to state and federal tax authorities; 463
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 12 of 13
d. Civil penalties of up to $1,000 per day and three times the value of the resources used; and
e. Prosecution for misuse of public resources, pursuant to Section 424 of the California Penal Code. Employees who violate this policy may be subject to discipline up to and including termination.

5. Non-Exempt Employees: Travel Away From Home Overnight on a Work Day a) Travel During the Workday
Travel during the workday, after the employee has reported to work, is hours worked for the City of Palm Desert unless it is in connection with a bona fide meal break. However, travel from the employee’s last work location to home is not compensable. Supervisors should not require employees who will be traveling during the work day to report to their normal work site at the start or the end of their shift unless it is truly necessary for the employee to report to such location.
b) Travel Outside the Workday
Overnight travel, or Travel Outside the Workday, is considered hours worked by the employee if it occurs:

1. During regular work hours; or

2. On an off day during the employee’s normal work hours; or

3. Outside of work hours, if the employee has to drive to the location.

If the employee travels on public transportation (i.e., bus, train or airplane) or as a passenger in an automobile, the time is non-compensable. If the employee is offered public transportation for travel outside of normal work hours and declines the offer, the City will count as hours worked either the following, whichever is less: 1) the time spent driving the car; or 2) the time the employee spent traveling on if they had used public transportation.

K. Procedures for Reimbursement of Travel Expenses
Officials and Employees shall submit Travel Expense Report Forms to the Finance Department within 30 days of their return from the subject travel, accompanied by receipts and other documents substantiating expenditures and attendance. Receipts are 464
City of Palm Desert October 13, 2016
Travel and Expense Reimbursement Page 13 of 13
required for all expenses except those included in the M&IE per diem and tolls. Any expense not included within the M&IE or substantiated by receipts or other documentation will not be reimbursed and will be considered a personal expense.

Required documentation may include, but is not limited to:
a) Detailed credit card or cash payment receipt issued by the vendor b) Hotel receipt
c) Transportation, taxi or shuttle receipt
d) Mileage verification in the form of map service printouts e) Conference Brochure, including “conference rate” for lodging f) Certificate of Completion, meeting agenda, branded name badge or other proof of attendance;
g) Statement of trip or meeting purpose
h) Travel Pre-Authorization Form
i) Council Actions approving travel
465
466

CITY OF PALM DESERT

ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
Subject
Expense Reimbursement Policy for Local
Meeting and Event Attendance by
Elected/Appointed Officials and City Employees
Policy No. CMGR-001
Date Issued: May 12, 2022
Approved by Resolution No. 2022-
Authored by City Manager’s Office
I. PURPOSE
A. It is the policy of the City of Palm Desert that Officials and Employees are expected to exercise good judgment and show proper regard for economy when incurring expenses in connection with attending Local Meetings and Events on official City business. The principle of "reasonable and necessary" should be used when deciding to expend taxpayer money. The City complies with AB 1234, California Government Code Section 53232 (which applies to elected and appointed officials) and all other laws and regulations when authorizing and reimbursing the expenses of Elected and Appointed Officials and City Employees. The purpose of this policy is to:

1. Comply with AB 1234 and interpret the State law for the City of Palm Desert;

2. Define and clarify authorized reimbursable expenses in accordance with Section 53232 et seq. for attendance by Officials and Employees at Local Meetings and Local Events. It includes, but is not limited to, business meals, employee functions, and other related expenditures incurred while conducting City business;

3. To establish procedures and protocols for Officials and Employees attendance at Local Meetings and Local Events as representatives of the City of Palm Desert;

4. To establish and set parameters on the use of an Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocation to be used for Council Members discretionary purchase of tickets for Local Events;

5. To establish procedures for authorization and reimbursement of above expenses.

II. SCOPE
A. This policy is applicable to Local Meetings and Local Events expenses incurred by the City Council, all Commissions, Committees, Boards and Agencies, (hereafter “Agencies”) of the City that are subject to the Brown Act and City Employees. Local 467
Administrative Procedures Manual
CMGR-001
Expense Reimbursement Policy for Local Meeting and Event Attendance by Elected/Appointed officials and City Employees

Meetings and Local Events are those that require travel within a 75 mile radius of City Hall and do not require an overnight stay. Meetings and Events that exceed this radius or require an overnight stay are covered in the City’s Travel and Expense Policy for Elected/Appointed Officials and Employees adopted by Resolution No. 2013-58, or current version.

B. In accordance with Government Code Section 53232.2(f), all Local Meeting and Local Event expenses that do not fall within this adopted policy must be approved by the City Council in a public meeting, and for Employees, by the City Manager or his/her designee, before the expense is incurred.

C. This Policy is limited to those Local Meetings and Local Events attended by the Elected and Appointed Officials and City Employees in their capacities as representatives on behalf of the City. Nothing herein is intended to limit or govern personal attendance at events as an individual not on behalf of the City.

D. Tickets and tables provided to the City gratuitously by an outside source or acquired as part of a sponsorship agreement or contract shall be addressed separately in the City of Palm Desert Distribution Policy of Tickets and/or Passes as approved by Resolution 2019-70, or the most current version.

III. DEFINITIONS
A. “Agency” means the City Council, and all Palm Desert Commissions, Boards and Agencies.

B. “Appointed Officials” means members of all Palm Desert Commissions, Boards and Agencies appointed and subject to the Brown Act and City Manager, Assistant City Managers and Department Heads designated by the City Council to represent the City.

C. “Employee” means an individual employed directly and solely by the City, excluding independent contractors, subcontractors, and other persons performing work on behalf of the City but self-employed or employed by other persons, corporations or entities.

D. “Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocation” means the amount budgeted for a Council Member to use for the discretionary purchase of tickets to Local Events.

E. “Elected Official” means those individuals elected to the City Council.

F. “Local Events” means events (i.e. fundraisers and award ceremonies) within a 75 mile radius of the City of Palm Desert City Hall.
468
Administrative Procedures Manual
CMGR-001
Expense Reimbursement Policy for Local Meeting and Event Attendance by Elected/Appointed officials and City Employees

G. “Local Meetings” means meetings within a 75 mile radius of the City of Palm Desert City Hall, with government and business leaders and meetings associated with professional organizations, excluding Local Events by these groups.

H. “Official” means Elected or Appointed Official.

I. “Reimbursable Expense” means City business expenses incurred and paid for by Officials and Employees.

J. “Table Sponsorship” means the purchase of a table at a Local Event, excluding the individual purchase of tickets at the same table.

IV. PRE-PAYMENT BY CITY
Whenever possible, Officials and Employees should arrange for the City to be directly billed or prepay for expenses incurred for official City business associated with Local Meetings or Local Events. Expenses paid directly by the City are not "reimbursable expenses" within the meaning of this Policy.

V. SPECIFIC OCCURRENCES QUALIFYING FOR REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

INCURRED IN OFFICIAL CITY BUSINESS AT LOCAL MEETINGS AND LOCAL EVENTS
A. Government Code Section 53232.2(b) requires the City specify the types of occurrences that qualify an Official or Employee to receive reimbursement of expenses relating to travel, meals, and other actual and necessary expenses.

Accordingly, the following non-exclusive list contains expense classifications for guidance in determining expenses authorized to be expended for official City business at Local Meetings or Local Events:

1. Local Meetings include attendance at meetings with government and business leaders (e.g. Coachella Valley Association of Governments, the Palm Desert Chamber of Commerce, and the Desert Valley Builders Association); and attendance at meetings/conferences/seminars associated with professional organizations (e.g. International City/County Management Association, California Society of Municipal Finance Officers, and the City Clerk's Association of California).

2. Local Events include attendance at Local Events hosted by non-profit 501(c)(3) organizations (e.g. Boys and Girls Club of the Coachella Valley, Palm Desert Sister Cities Foundation, and the United Way of the Desert) B. Examples of expenses that the City shall not reimburse include, but are not limited to:

1. The personal portion of any local travel;
469
Administrative Procedures Manual
CMGR-001
Expense Reimbursement Policy for Local Meeting and Event Attendance by Elected/Appointed officials and City Employees

2. Family expenses, (e.g. children or pet-related expenses);

3. Political or religious contributions;

4. Non-mileage personal automobile expenses including repairs, insurance, and traffic citations;

5. Personal losses incurred while on City business;

6. Meals purchased by Officials or employees when, at the same time, a breakfast, lunch, or dinner is provided as part of the meeting or event participation cost.

I. CITY PAYMENT FOR EXPENSES- COMPANIONS
The City will not provide any reimbursements for any companion accompanying an Official or Employee to a Local Meeting or Local Event, unless it is hosted by the City or otherwise authorized by the City of Palm Desert Distribution Policy of Tickets and/or Passes adopted by resolution 2019-70, or current version. Any other related expenses for companions shall be paid by the Official or Employee.

II. ATTENDANCE POLICY
A. If an Official who had previously provided an affirmative RSVP to an event and later cannot attend the event, the Official must notify both the Mayor and City Manager in writing as soon as is reasonably practical. At the discretion of the City Manager or Mayor, an appropriate Official or Employee replacement may be designated to attend the event in place of the Official on a case-by-case basis.

B. If an Employee who had previously provided an affirmative RSVP to an event and later cannot attend the event, the Employee must notify the City Manager or his/her designee in writing as soon as reasonably practical. At the discretion of the City Manager or his/her designee, an appropriate Employee replacement may be designated to attend the event in place of the City Employee on a case-bycase basis.

C. In situations where the Official or Employee is unable to attend a Local Meeting or Local Event, after incurring expenses for that function, it is the Official or the Employee’s responsibility to ensure that any unused prepaid fees are refunded to the City. For any fees not fully refunded, the Official or Employee shall attach a written explanation to the Expense Report form addressing the reason(s) the Official or Employee was unable to attend.
470
Administrative Procedures Manual
CMGR-001
Expense Reimbursement Policy for Local Meeting and Event Attendance by Elected/Appointed officials and City Employees

III. TABLE SPONSORSHIPS
A. Tickets available from the purchase of a City Table Sponsorship will be distributed in accordance with the City of Palm Desert’s Distribution Policy of Tickets and/or Passes adopted by Resolutions 2019-70, or most recent version.

B. On an annual basis, the City Council will approve a budget for the purchase of Table Sponsorships for Local Events. The budget will include a listing of the Table Sponsorships to be approved for the fiscal year, and an amount for miscellaneous Table Sponsorships to be used for new sponsorship requests that occur during that year.

C. If a Council Member would like to request approval of a Table Sponsorship outside of the budget approval process, the request should be sent to the City Manager, or his/her designee. The request will be reviewed by the Mayor and Mayo Pro Tem and approved by the City Manager.

D. When the City Manager or his/her designee receives an invitation to a Local Event that has an approved Table Sponsorship in the adopted budget, the information will be distributed to all Council Members, with instructions on how to RSVP.

E. When the City Manager or his/her designee receives an invitation to a Local Event that does not have an approved Table Sponsorship in the adopted budget, the information will be distributed to all Council Members, with instructions on how to request the purchase of ticket using the Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocation, or how to request a Table Sponsorship.

F. Attendance by City Officials at Table Sponsored Local Events shall be documented by City staff designated by the City Manager and regularly reported to the City Council.

IV. INDIVIDUAL COUNCIL MEMBER BUDGETARY ALLOCATION
A. On an annual basis, each individual member of City Council shall be allocated an Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocation to be exclusively used at a Council Member’s discretion for attendance at Local Events that meet the requirements of this policy.

B. The amount of the Individual Budgetary Allocation shall be approved by the City Council each year during the budget approval process. Additional funds may be allocated by the City Council on a case-by-case basis.

C. Unused Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocation at the end of each calendar year will return to the General Fund.
471
Administrative Procedures Manual
CMGR-001
Expense Reimbursement Policy for Local Meeting and Event Attendance by Elected/Appointed officials and City Employees

D. The City Manager or his/her designee may determine to purchase a table at an Event instead of individual seats when four (4) or more Council Members have confirmed their attendance at the Event and/or it is more financially prudent to purchase a City table in lieu of individual seats.

E. If a Council Member does not want an Event to come out of his or her Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocation, a request must either be made to the City Council, or the Council member may request a Table Sponsorship of the Local Event per the Section above.

F. A Council Member may not use his or her Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocation to pay for a spouse or guest to attend an Event with the Council Member.

G. Use of the Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocation to purchase a Local Event ticket shall be coordinated in advance with City Staff as designated by the City Manager.

H. Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocations may only be expended on the purchase of Local Event tickets and may not be utilized for other purposes or other event-related expenses, such as travel, lodging and meals not included with an event ticket.

I. No Council Member may transfer funds within his or her Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocation to another Council Member.

J. Events attended and balances of the Individual Council Member Budgetary Allocations shall be documented by City Staff as designated by the City Manager and reported to the City Council.

V. TRANSPORTATION, MEALS AND OTHER REIMBURSEMENT
A. Private Automobile - Officials and Employees will be reimbursed for actual mileage for the use of their private cars in travel to and from Local Meetings or Local Events. The reimbursement rate will be at the current Internal Revenue Service rate. Officials and Employees who do not receive a monthly auto allowance shall be reimbursed for total round-trip miles. The number of miles used for reimbursement calculations will be either from the Official’s or Employee’s home or from City Hall, whichever is the least number of miles. Officials and Employees are required to verify mileage claimed via www.maps.google.com or www.mapquest.com and submit printed mileage verification to the Expense Report.

Officials and Employees shall also review the City of Palm Desert's Fleet Policy for any further requirements, as related to this section.

B. Use of City-Owned Vehicle - There shall be no allowance or reimbursement for transportation when a City-owned vehicle is used. However, any out-of-pocket expenses, including gas or maintenance costs incurred in operation the vehicle 472
Administrative Procedures Manual
CMGR-001
Expense Reimbursement Policy for Local Meeting and Event Attendance by Elected/Appointed officials and City Employees

during City business shall be reimbursed based upon presentation of receipts.

Officials and Employees shall review the City of Palm Desert's Fleet Policy for any further requirements, as related to this section.

C. Garage and Parking Expenses - Expenses for necessary parking and storage of private or City vehicles may be authorized. Receipts should be provided to obtain reimbursement.

D. Taxi and Transit Fare - Local expenses for such transportation may be authorized where reasonable and necessary to conduct City business. Receipts must be provided to obtain reimbursement. Any reimbursement provided for taxi or other transit service is limited to $50.00 per day.

E. General Business Meals - Officials and Employees who, during the normal course of performing their duties, must provide meals for representatives of other governmental agencies or other persons doing business with the City, in order to most effectively execute their responsibilities, must use prudent judgment and are subject to challenge for excessive amounts. In such cases, the meal must be documented with a description of the purpose of the meal(s), including an explanation of its necessity to the City; and a list of all persons, including other Officials and Employees who were in attendance, specifying their organization and/or title. Expenses for persons not related to the conduct of City business shall be deducted from the Expense Report form.

F. Tips and Gratuities - Reasonable expenses for tips are allowable for general business meals and transportation purposes (i.e. taxi), with a receipt, not to exceed 20% of the allowable charge.

G. Registration Fees - Local Meeting or Local Event registration fees qualify for reimbursement. The City will pre-pay registrations prior to the date of the event. In cases where early registration is not possible, a receipt or registration form documenting the fee must be provided with the reimbursement request. In all cases, a brochure or registration document must accompany the payment voucher or petty cash voucher.

VI. PROCEDURES FOR REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES
A. Officials and Employees shall submit Expense Reports or forms designated by the Finance Department within 30 days after incurring the expense, and the reports shall be accompanied by the itemized receipts documenting each expense.

Receipts are required for all expenses paid.

B. Documentation is required to substantiate attendance and mileage. All required receipts and documentation must be submitted with the final Expense Report. Any expense not substantiated by the required receipts and documentation will not be reimbursed and will be considered a personal expense. Required documentation 473
Administrative Procedures Manual
CMGR-001
Expense Reimbursement Policy for Local Meeting and Event Attendance by Elected/Appointed officials and City Employees

to be submitted with Expense Reports or forms designated by the Finance Department may include, but is not limited to:

1. Credit card slip and/or cash payment receipt;

2. Transportation and other receipt;

3. Mileage Verification;

4. Meeting/event brochure or agenda;

5. Statement of trip or meeting purpose;

6. Other attendees at a meal or meeting;

7. Documentation of prior authorization as necessary.

C. The reason for the expenses should be clearly documented on the Expense Report or in the attached documents, if not otherwise obvious.

VII. PUBLIC TRIP MEETING REPORT
In accordance with Government Code Section 53232.3(d), an Elected Official requesting reimbursement shall provide a brief report on any local meeting or event attended at the expense of the local Agency at the next regular meeting of the Agency. Routine business meetings may be reported in writing on the consent calendar of the agenda. The report may be made orally or in writing.

VIII. DISTRIBUTION OF MULTIPLE TICKETS/PASSES FOR EVENTS The City of Palm Desert may receive multiple tickets/passes to attend a local event. In such occurrences, the City Manager may elect to distribute the tickets/passes to Officials or Employees, pursuant to the requirements as of the City’s Distribution Policy of Tickets and/or Passes established in City Resolution 2019-70, or most recent version.

IX. MISCELLANEOUS
It is the policy of the City that no Official or Employee shall sustain personal monetary loss as a result of duties performed in the service of the City. However, all expenditures and requests for reimbursement shall logically relate to the conduct of City business and shall be "necessary" to accomplish the purposes of such business and shall be "reasonable" in amount.

X. ADVANCES
Requests for advances should be submitted on the Request for Payment-Travel or Cash Advance form. The Finance Department requires ten (10) business days to process 474
Administrative Procedures Manual
CMGR-001
Expense Reimbursement Policy for Local Meeting and Event Attendance by Elected/Appointed officials and City Employees

these requests PRIOR to the date it is needed. Advance requests must be approved by the department head or his/her authorized representative.

XI. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
A. Each Official shall receive at least two hours of training in general ethics principles and ethics laws relevant to his or her public service every two years. The form of such training shall meet the requirements of California Government Code Section 53234 et seq.

B. Elected/Appointed Officials and City Employees should keep in mind that some expenditures may be subject to reporting under the Political Reform Act and other laws. All documents related to reimbursable agency expenditures, including, but not limited to, expense reports, receipts, and written evidence of direct City advances or payment for expenses, are public records and subject to disclosure winder the Public Records Art.

XII. VIOLATION OF THIS POLICY
A. Pursuant to California Government Code Section 53532.4 misuse of a public resources or falsifying expense reports in violation of this policy, may result in any or all of the following:

1. Loss of reimbursement privileges;

2. A demand for restitution to the City;

3. The City reporting the expenses as income, paid to the Official or Employee, to state and federal tax authorities;

4. Civil penalties of up to $1,000.00 per day and three times the value of the resources used; and

5. Prosecution for misuse of public resources, pursuant to Section 424 of the California Penal Code.
475
476

CITY OF PALM DESERT

ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES
Subject Fleet Management
Policy No. PW-002
Date Issued: June 26, 2025
Approved by Resolution 2025-
Authored by Public Works Department
SECTION I: INTRODUCTION
The City of Palm Desert maintains a fleet of vehicles to support City operations. This includes passenger vehicles, light-duty trucks, and special-use vehicles assigned to departments and available through a general-use vehicle pool. Vehicles are provided to employees based on operational need, and vehicle usage is guided by these Administrative Procedures.

City-owned vehicles are the preferred method of transportation for conducting City business, offering consistent oversight of operating costs, maintenance schedules, regulatory compliance, and insurance coverage. Authorized employees and volunteers are responsible for reviewing and complying with these procedures before operating any vehicle on behalf of the City.

Purpose
This document provides administrative requirements, responsibilities, and procedures governing the use, assignment, maintenance, and replacement of City vehicles and the authorized use of personal or rental vehicles for official City business.

Fleet Responsibility
The Public Works Department is responsible for fleet administration, with designated responsibility assigned to the Public Works Director or designee. The Public Works Director or designee oversees vehicle acquisition and replacement, assignments, compliance, maintenance and inspections, tracking systems, safety requirements, and training. The Public Works Director or designee will also ensure coordination across departments to maintain an efficient, costeffective, and sustainable fleet operation. Finally, the Public Works Director or designee shall comply with all relevant City policies governing the management of capital and inventoriable assets, as applicable.

SECTION II: GENERAL FLEET INFORMATION
The City fleet includes both assigned vehicles and general pool vehicles. Pool vehicles are available on a reservation or first-come basis, while assigned vehicles are allocated based on operational requirements as approved by the City Manager. The Public Works Department also maintains specialized vehicles and heavy equipment for authorized staff. The City’s Motor Vehicle Collision Control Policy (Municipal Code Section 2.52.560) is incorporated into a broader City Safety Program.
477
PW-002

Assigned Vehicles
Vehicle assignments are based on demonstrated daily fieldwork needs. Department Heads must justify the operational necessity and may submit a written request to the Public Works Director or designee when seeking a new or continued vehicle assignment. The Public Works Director or designee retains the authority to rotate assigned vehicles as needed to optimize overall fleet condition and usage. Assigned vehicle users are responsible for performing daily safety checks, promptly reporting any maintenance concerns, and refraining from operating vehicles deemed unsafe until cleared for use.

Electric and Alternative Fuel Vehicles
Drivers must be trained on electric and alternative fuel vehicle operation and familiarize themselves with charging/refueling infrastructure. Fleet procurement prioritizes electric vehicles (EV) and hybrid vehicles in alignment with City sustainability goals. The Public Works Director or designee shall ensure that drivers receive appropriate training prior to operating such vehicles.

Pool Vehicles
Pool vehicles are made available to employees for conducting official City business. Vehicles may be reserved in advance or checked out on a first-come, first-served basis through the Public Works Department. Before use, drivers must complete a pre-trip inspection, including checks for visible damage, tire condition, dashboard gauges, and overall drivability. Any issues identified must be reported immediately to the Public Works Director or designee. A standardized pre-trip checklist is provided and required for all assigned drivers. During use, drivers are responsible for the safe and appropriate operation of the vehicle and remain accountable until it is properly returned and checked in. Vehicles must be returned in good condition and parked in the designated area. Loaner vehicles may be issued when assigned units are temporarily unavailable due to maintenance. The City shall ensure equitable access to pool vehicles and will accommodate ADA-accessible vehicle needs as required.

SECTION Ill: VEHICLE ELIGIBILITY AND OPERATION
Authorized Users
Employees must be authorized under Municipal Code Section 2.52.560. Temporary, contract, or volunteer drivers require prior approval from the Risk Manager.

Licensing and Records
All drivers must hold a valid California driver’s license appropriate to the vehicle class they are operating. Employees are required to maintain an active license at all times while driving on City business. It is the responsibility of each employee to monitor the status of their license and to immediately notify their supervisor and the Risk Manager if their license is suspended, revoked, or otherwise restricted. Failure to notify the appropriate parties of a change in license status may result in disciplinary action.

All employees who operate a City vehicle – or a personal vehicle for official business – must be enrolled in the California Department of Motor Vehicles Employer Pull Notice Program. This system provides the City with automated updates on driver license status, endorsements, and 478
PW-002

any reportable violations. Participation is mandatory and ensures the City remains informed of potential risk.

The City reserves the right to restrict or revoke driving privileges based on unsafe driving history or violation patterns. Accumulation of DMV violation points may trigger a review by the Risk Manager and may result in disciplinary action, up to and including removal of City driving privileges. Continued eligibility to drive may also require participation in defensive driver training or corrective action plans.

Drivers convicted of serious traffic offenses – including DUI, refusal of sobriety testing, or reckless driving – are subject to immediate administrative review. If driving is an essential job function, loss of a valid license or driving privileges may result in job reassignment or separation from employment, in accordance with applicable City policies and labor agreements.

Supervisors share responsibility for ensuring that employees assigned to drive City vehicles meet all licensing requirements and are authorized to operate vehicles under this policy.

Vehicle Operation Standards
 Seat belts must be worn at all times.
 No smoking in City vehicles.
 Driving under the influence of drugs or alcohol is strictly prohibited.  Handheld cell phone use is prohibited while operating a vehicle.  Only passengers with a business purpose may be transported.  Vehicles must remain clean, locked when unattended, and may not be used for personal errands or travel outside of approved purposes.
 Drivers are responsible for all traffic citations and personal property loss.  City vehicle use under the Guaranteed Ride Home Program requires City Manager approval.
 Vehicles may not be taken home unless authorized in writing by the Public Works Director or designee.

SECTION IV: TECHNOLOGY, FUELING, AND MAINTENANCE
Electronic Tracking
City vehicles may include GPS, telematics, and diagnostic tools to support maintenance, safety, and operational efficiency. These systems allow the City to monitor vehicle location, usage patterns, and mechanical performance in real time. Data may be reviewed to investigate concerns and may be used for corrective action. While not intended to monitor employee behavior, GPS data may reveal potential misuse and may be used for counseling or disciplinary purposes if warranted.

Unauthorized use of telematics or manipulation of fuel transaction data may result in disciplinary action. Tampering with, disabling, or interfering with these systems is strictly prohibited.

Fuel tracking systems are also installed to monitor fuel usage and support cost management.

Fuel Key Fobs and PINs are issued to each vehicle or driver to authorize fuel transactions. Fuel reimbursements require submission of the original receipt. 479
PW-002

Fueling
The City fleet includes gas, CNG, hybrid, and EVs. Pool vehicles are routinely fueled by Public Works. Assigned vehicle users are responsible for refueling:
 Gas: City yard or commercial stations (with receipts).  CNG: Burrtec (Palm Desert), Sunline (Thousand Palms or Indio), or City facility.  Electric: Designated charging stations (Level 2 or fast-charging as needed).

Maintenance
Drivers are responsible for conducting pre-use inspections using City-approved checklists.

Inspections must include verification of engine oil, radiator fluid, tire condition, and general vehicle readiness. Any identified issues must be reported immediately to the Public Works Director or designee.

Assigned vehicles may receive one professional exterior wash per month at an approved facility.

Full interior detailing may be authorized by the Public Works Director or designee on a case-bycase basis, based on operational need and with prior approval.

Supervisors are responsible for ensuring that vehicles assigned to employees on extended leave are appropriately maintained. The Public Works Director or designee will inform supervisors of any maintenance issues arising from driver neglect. In such cases, supervisors must ensure corrective action is taken and that vehicle use is monitored in accordance with this policy.

All City vehicles and equipment are to be kept current in Cartegraph, including assigned driver, mileage and maintenance records. Fuel logs are automated and migrate directly into Cartegraph.

Preventative maintenance schedules shall be determined by vehicle type and utilized in Cartegraph.

SECTION V: INSURANCE AND VEHICLE REGISTRATION
City-owned vehicles operated by employees while performing City business are fully protected by property and liability insurance through the California Joint Powers Insurance Authority. A letter providing Evidence of Coverage and a copy of the original registration are placed in the glove box of each vehicle. The Risk Manager or designee can provide more comprehensive information about coverage, including POV and rental car insurance. City insurance does not cover damage to personal vehicles used for City business.

SECTION VI: TRAVEL AND VEHICLE USE OUTSIDE CITY LIMITS
Out-of-City Travel
Employees may use City vehicles for same-day travel outside city limits. However, due to limited range, use of CNG vehicles should be carefully planned. For multi-day trips, overnight stays, or air travel involving airport parking, personal or rental vehicles are recommended. All travel must follow the City’s Travel Policy and be coordinated with department supervisors. Exceptions may be granted by the City Manager with justification.
480
PW-002

Use of Personal Vehicles
POVs may be used with prior approval through the City’s Travel Pre-Approval Itinerary Form.

Mileage reimbursement follows IRS rates. Parking is reimbursed with valid receipts. To be eligible:
 Vehicle must have valid registration and meet California insurance requirements.  Driver must carry proof of insurance and perform a pre-trip inspection.  Employee bears responsibility for any claims or deductibles incurred during official use.

Use of POVs is recommended for long-distance or extended-duration travel. Motorcycles may not be used for City business.

Use of Rental Vehicles
Employees may use rentals when City or personal vehicles are not practical. Rental cars must be returned and re-rented for segmented travel. Rental agreements often include roadside support, which is encouraged. The City reimburses rental costs and the CDW (collision damage waiver).

Additional liability coverage should not be purchased, as City liability already extends to rentals.

Drivers must inspect rentals before using them, and operate them with the same standards as City vehicles. Rental vehicles are approved through the City’s Travel Pre-Approval Itinerary Form.

Combined Business and Personal Travel
Employees may combine personal time with authorized City business travel. In such cases:
 A personal vehicle or rental must be used.
 City reimbursement applies only to business-related costs (e.g., vehicle rental, insurance).
 Timeframes for business versus personal travel must be documented and pre-approved.  Reimbursement for rental and insurance (CDW) applies only to the City business portion.

If separate rental contracts cover business and personal parts, documentation of time frames is not required.

Travel Outside the United States
City vehicles cannot be driven across the border into Mexico or Canada under any circumstances for any period of time. Employees should not rent and drive a vehicle out of the country for business travel unless the rental contract specifically allows it. Most rental agreements prohibit travel across a border. Alternate travel arrangements should be used for cross-border segments.

SECTION VII: ROAD INCIDENTS AND EMERGENCIES
Roadside Emergencies
The City does not provide formal roadside assistance. During business hours, Public Works may assist with breakdowns within the Coachella Valley. Outside business hours or the region, employees are responsible for arranging support. Rental vehicles typically include 24-hour roadside coverage, which should be confirmed before use. Towing of personal vehicles in prohibited.
481
PW-002

Employees may perform basic roadside repairs (e.g., changing a flat tire) only if it can be done safely. High-visibility safety vests must be worn. Emergency repairs made out of area may be reimbursed with proper documentation and Public Works Director or designee approval.

Vehicle Accidents
A City vehicle accident must be reported immediately to the employee’s Department Head and Public Works Director or designee. A City Vehicle Accident Report Form must be submitted to the Human Resources Department.

Accidents involving other vehicles or property damage must also be reported to police for a Traffic Collision Report. An accident report must be filed with the Human Resources Department upon return to City Hall. Injuries require a First Report of Injury filed with the Human Resources Department.

All accidents with a City vehicle hitting a road hazard must be reported.

An accident kit in each vehicle guides information collection. At the scene, avoid assigning fault or confronting others; wait for police and provide clear facts. Identify witnesses. If possible, photograph vehicle damage, scene, road conditions, and relevant signs or markings. Submit photos to the Human Resources Department promptly.

SECTION VIII: VEHICLE REPLACEMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY
The City maintains a structured vehicle replacement plan aligned with California Air Resources Board (CARB) regulations and internal sustainability goals. Vehicle replacement is based on age, mileage, maintenance history, and operational need.

Target Replacement Cycles:
 Sedans / Light Trucks: 8 years or 100,000 miles
 Heavy Equipment: 10-12 years
 Specialty Units: Based on duty cycle and usage
Sustainability Goals:
 Transition 75% of the light-duty fleet to electric or hybrid vehicles by 2030  Reduce fleet greenhouse gas emissions by 25% over 10 years Replacement planning is coordinated with the budget process and updated through the City’s capital improvement strategy. Vehicle replacement planning shall be a collaborative process between the user Department and Fleet Management to ensure that replacement units are appropriately matched to operational requirements. Any changes to the established replacement strategy must receive prior approval from the City Manager.

Attachments:

A. Travel Pre-Approval Itinerary Form
B. Vehicle Accident Report Form
Attachment A
482
PW-002

Travel Pre-Approval Itinerary Form
483
PW-002

484
PW-002

Attachment B
Vehicle Accident Report Form
485
486

CITY OF PALM DESERT

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: December 11, 2025
PREPARED BY: Angelique Hodges, Management Analyst
Shannon Vonnegut, Director of Library Services
SUBJECT: RESOLUTION ADOPTING UPDATES TO THE LIBRARY SERVICES’ POLICIES TO REPLACE AND SUPERCEDE RESOLUTION NO. 2024-039 RECOMMENDATION:

Adopt a Resolution entitled “A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PALM DESERT, CALIFORNIA, ADOPTING UPDATED LIBRARY SERVICES POLICIES LIBR-002, LIBR-003, LIBR-004, LIBR-005, LIBR-006, AND LIBR-010, TO REPLACE AND SUPERSEDE THE VERSIONS PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED UNDER RESOLUTION NO. 2024-039” BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS:

On June 27, 2024, through Resolution No. 2024-039, and on August 22, 2024, through Resolution No. 2024-060, the City Council adopted Library Policies 1–15. Approval of these updated policies were necessary to ensure alignment with applicable laws, City procedures, and operational needs.

Since the City of Palm Desert assumed operational responsibility for the Library from the County of Riverside over one year ago, a thorough review of library operations has been conducted.

Based on insights during the first year of management, the City Council is now presented with proposed amendments to the existing Library policies designed to enhance and clarify current operations and ensure continued alignment with state standards and best practices including compliance with the California Freedom to Read Act (AB 1825), which requires public libraries to establish and maintain a written and publicly accessible collection development policy by January 1, 2026.

The California Freedom to Read Act affirms the public’s right to access a wide range of materials and viewpoints and prohibits censorship based on personal or political beliefs. It requires every public library to maintain a transparent, written collection development policy that outlines how materials are selected, retained, or removed, and to make that policy publicly accessible by January 1, 2026. These policy updates are intended to ensure the continued delivery of excellent library services, provide clearer guidance for patron conduct, operational expectations, and data privacy protections.

The attached amendments to the Library Policies are crafted to establish well-defined standards that support a secure, healthy, and pleasant environment for visitors and staff. The City Council’s adoption of these updates will reinforce our shared commitment to maintaining the Palm Desert Library as a vital and accessible community resource.
487
City of Palm Desert
Updates to Library Policies

The proposed amendments, included as Exhibit A to the resolution, incorporate the following key updates:

LIBR 002 – Circulation Policy: Interlibrary loan clarification LIBR 003 – Code of Conduct Policy: Added health-related language for wounds.

LIBR 004 – Collection Development Policy: Expanded General Policies in Section III, A. criteria for selection of materials for AB 1825 compliance.

LIBR 005 – Community Room Policy: Clarification on “no-shows” for the Community Room reservations.

LIBR 006 – Computer Use, Booking & Printing Policy: Clarification on printing limit.

LIBR 010 – Privacy and Confidentiality Policy: Updated the Patron Use Section, added text messaging language, third-party partners, and data security information.

All other Library Services policies adopted and under Resolution No. 2024-039 and 2024-060 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

LEGAL REVIEW:

The amendments to the policies have been reviewed by the City Attorney’s Office.

FINANCIAL IMPACT:

There is no direct Financial Impact associated with the adoption of the amended policies.

ATTACHMENTS:

1. Resolution

2. Exhibit A: Draft of Library Policies
488
RESOLUTION NO. 2025-
ADOPTING UPDATED LIBRARY SERVICES POLICIES LIBR-002, LIBR-003, LIBR-004, LIBR-005, LIBR-006, AND LIBR-010, TO REPLACE AND SUPERSEDE THE VERSIONS PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED UNDER RESOLUTION NO. 2024-039 WHEREAS, on June 27, 2024, the City Council adopted Resolution No. 2024-039 approving Library Policies 1 through 13, collectively establishing governing policies for the Palm Desert Library; and
WHEREAS, All other Library Services policies adopted and under Resolution No. 2024-039 and 2024-060 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

WHEREAS, the City Council recognizes its ongoing responsibility to foster efficient and safe library services, protect the well-being and comfort of patrons, and maintain compliance with applicable state and federal laws; and
WHEREAS, the updated policies clarify administrative responsibilities, align with Citywide procedures, and reinforce the Palm Desert Library’s mission to nurture community well-being through social, cultural, and learning experiences; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Palm Desert, California, as follows:

SECTION 1. The above recitals are true and correct and are incorporated herein by this reference.

SECTION 2. The City Council hereby adopts the updates to the Library Policies set forth in Exhibit “A” is hereby adopted in its entirety.

SECTION 3. Adopting updates Library Services policies LIBR-002, LIBR-003, LIBR004, LIBR-005, LIBR-006, AND LIBR-010, to replace and superced the versions previously adopted under Resolution No.’s 2024-039.

SECTION 4. This City Clerk shall certify the adoption of this resolution.

ADOPTED ON ________________, 2025.

JAN C. HARNIK
MAYOR
ATTEST:

ANTHONY J. MEJIA

CITY CLERK
I, Anthony J. Mejia, City Clerk of the City of Palm Desert, hereby certify that 489 Resolution No. 2025-__ is a full, true, and correct copy, and was duly adopted at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Palm Desert on _______________________, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

RECUSED:

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the City of Palm Desert, California, on ___________________.

ANTHONY J. MEJIA

CITY CLERK
490

CITY OF PALM DESERT
Subject Circulation Policy
Policy No. LIBR-002
Date Issued: June 27, 2024
Amended: December 11, 2025
Approved by Resolution No. 2025-____
Authored by Library Services
I. PURPOSE
A. This policy outlines the circulation policy for the Palm Desert Library.

II. SCOPE
A. The Palm Desert Library will make available a wide range of materials in various formats for customer use. This policy establishes circulation guidelines to encompass materials borrowing and use.

B. LIBRARY CARDS
i. To check out materials, each library customer must have a valid library card. There is no charge for the initial library card for any resident of California. Lost or damaged cards will be replaced at no charge the first time. Additional library card replacements will be charged a $1.00 fee.

Library cards are non-transferable. Each library cardholder may have up to 30 items checked out at a time. The following item checkout limitation exists for each card:

1. Printed Materials (books and magazines): 30 per card

2. DVDs & Blu-Rays: 30 per card, not to exceed 30 total items

3. Audiobooks: 30 per card, not to exceed 30 total items

4. Link+: 20 items
C. LOAN PERIODS AND NUMBER OF RENEWALS ALLOWED
i. Books: 14 days; 5 renewals
ii. Sound Recordings: 14 days; 5 renewals
iii. DVD & Blu-Rays: 14 days; 5 renewals
iv. Magazines: 14 days; 2 renewals
v. Interlibrary Loan: 1 renewal
vi. Kits: 2 renewals
vii. Link+: 21 days
III. TRANSACTIONAL PROCEDURES
A. HOLDS
i. If an item is not available, a customer can place a hold on it. There is no charge for placing a hold on an item. Some items may not be holdable. All 491
Palm Desert Library
LIBR-002
Circulation Policy

holds must be checked out on the card that placed the request. There is a maximum of 30 holds per card. Cardholders can place holds on up to 30 books, DVDs, sound recordings, and other materials. Link+ materials have a maximum of 20 holds at a time.

B. INTERLIBRARY LOANS
i. If an item is not available to borrow from the Library’s collection, it can be requested via Interlibrary Loan from another library system. There will be a $3.00 charge for Interlibrary Loans and a limit of three requests within a year. All Interlibrary Loans are reviewed by professional staff. Loans, loaning periods, and renewals are at the discretion of the loaning institution.

C. RECOVERING OVERDUE MATERIALS
i. The Palm Desert Library will attempt to notify the customer three (3) days after the item is due, and again ten (10) days after the item is due. Thirty (30) days after the item is due, if it is still not returned, a bill notification is sent to the customer requesting that the item be returned or the cost of the item be paid.

D. LOST MATERIALS
i. A lost item is library material that is not returned to the Library. Items not returned within thirty (30) days of the due date are considered lost. Items reported lost, misplaced, or missing by a customer are also considered lost.

It is the responsibility of customers to return materials or be subject to a replacement fee for the item. If a customer locates an item within thirty (30) days of payment, the item, returned with a receipt, can receive a refund at the Library which initially accepted payment, in the original payment form.

E. DAMAGED MATERIALS
i. A damaged item is an item that is not returned in the condition in which it was borrowed. Damage includes, but is not limited to wet, stained, scratched, chipped, sticky, sandy, chewed, odiferous, missing pages, written in, or missing pieces. It is the responsibility of the customer to return items in the same condition as when the item was borrowed or be subject to a replacement fee for the item. It is the responsibility of the customer to report any existing damage at the time an item is checked out.

F. CLAIMS RETURNED MATERIALS
i. A Claims Returned item is a library material that was borrowed, which the customer then claims the item was returned but the library’s inventory system does not identify it as returned. If a library customer is notified that they have not returned an item and the customer claims they have returned it, library staff will check the shelf for the item and if it is not located, may set the item to Claims Returned. A customer is only allowed to have five items with a Claims Returned/Claims Never Had status. Additional items will be marked as Lost and patrons will be responsible for the replacement.

G. CLAIMS NEVER HAD MATERIALS
i. A Claims Never Had item is a library material that appears on a customer’s library account, but that they claim was never borrowed. If a library customer is notified that they have not returned an item and they claim they 492
Palm Desert Library
LIBR-002
Circulation Policy

never borrowed the item, library staff may set the item to Claims Returned.

The item will remain on the customer’s account with a Claims Returned status until the item is found. A customer is only allowed to have five items with a Claims Returned/Claims Never Had status. Additional items will be marked as Lost and patrons will be responsible for the replacement. This policy will also apply for items checked out, but the customer reports the case was empty.

H. REFUNDS
i. Refunds will be issued for paid lost items within 30 days. After 30 days, refunds cannot be processed. The item returned must be in good condition:
no water damage, torn pages, or cover, or handwriting on pages. 493

CITY OF PALM DESERT
Subject Code of Conduct Policy
Policy No. LIBR-003
Date Issued: June 27, 2024
Amended: December 11, 2025
Approved by Resolution No. 2025-____
Authored by Library Services
I. PURPOSE
A. This policy outlines the code of conduct for patrons and visitors of the Palm Desert Library.

II. SCOPE
A. The Palm Desert Library is open to the general public. This policy ensures that everyone has the right to use Library services and resources provided their behavior does not unreasonably interfere with the rights of others to do the same. This policy requires the following specific behaviors be observed in the Library:

B. GENERAL BEHAVIOR
i. Behavior must not disrupt other people’s use of the Library. ii. Library customers must be considerate of others in the Library and treat other customers, staff, and volunteers with courtesy and respect. Honor other customers’ privacy and keep all conversations at a reasonable noise level. Loud, abusive, or threatening language will not be tolerated. iii. Any action recognized as illegal is prohibited in the Library, including possession or use of firearms, weapons, and illegal or controlled substances.
iv. Electronic devices, including cell phones, must be set to mute or vibrate in the Library. Volume from devices must be inaudible to others. Phone and video conversations must be taken outside of the Library buildings. v. Food and beverages may only be consumed in designated areas. All beverages must have a lid in the Library.
vi. If a person creates or emanates a detectable odor, including that of controlled substances, has visible unbandaged open wounds or other health issues that objectively present a health concern or that disturbs other Library customers or staff, they will be asked to leave until the situation is corrected. This provision will be applied consistently and without discrimination, in accordance with applicable laws.
vii. Bicycles are not permitted in Library buildings. Skates, skateboards, collapsible scooters, wheelies, hoverboards, and other such items may not be used in Library entryways or walkways and must be kept out of passageways.
494
Palm Desert Library
LIBR-003
Code of Conduct Policy

72500.00001\44329613.1
viii. Shopping carts or other wheeled conveyances, except medically required equipment or strollers and wheelchairs carrying people, are not allowed in the Library.
ix. Smoking, vaping, or use of tobacco products is not allowed in the Library or within 20 feet of entryways. Smoking includes holding, carrying, burning, emitting, inhaling, or exhaling the fumes or vapor of a lighted or activated pipe, cigar, cigarette, or any electronic smoking device. x. The consumption or possession of alcohol is prohibited on the premises except for special events whose organizers have obtained appropriate approvals.
xi. Customers are not permitted to enter the Library with more than two backpacks, suitcases, or other large parcels or any combination of these, and these items may not be left unattended. The Library is not responsible for unattended items in the Library.
xii. Animals other than service animals are not allowed in the Library. “Service animal” means a dog that has been individually trained to do work or perform tasks for an individual with a disability, as defined under the Americans with Disabilities Act and subject to reasonable accommodations.
xiii. Library restrooms may not be used for bathing, grooming, or washing clothing.
xiv. Customers must be fully clothed in the Library. Upper and lower body must be appropriately covered, and footwear must be worn at all times. xv. Sleeping is not allowed in the Library.
xvi. Customers cannot solicit, panhandle, sell products, or conduct business, including tutoring for a fee, in the Library.
xvii. The Children’s and Teen areas of the Library are specifically designed to meet the needs of young Library customers. Priority for use of the Children’s and Teen areas will go to children, teens, and their accompanying adults, and by adults who have been given permission by Library staff. Adults that are not accompanying minors and adults that have not been given permission by Library staff will be asked to relocate to another section of the Library.
xviii. Using Library materials, equipment, furniture, fixtures, or building in a manner inconsistent with customary use or in a destructive, abusive, or potentially damaging manner is not permitted.

III. RULES FOR SUPERVISION OF MINORS
A. Parents, legal guardians, caregivers, and teachers are responsible for the behavior of children under their supervision. Children under the age of 11 must be accompanied by a parent or responsible caregiver 13 years old or older. A responsible adult must directly accompany babies, toddlers, and preschool children at all times. The Library is a public building; Library staff and volunteers cannot assume responsibility for children at any time. If a child is left unattended, staff will attempt to find the parent/caregiver within the Library. If staff is unable 495
Palm Desert Library
LIBR-003
Code of Conduct Policy

72500.00001\44329613.1
to locate a responsible party, the child will be considered abandoned, and law enforcement personnel will be notified. If an unattended child is in the Library 15 minutes prior to closing time, law enforcement personnel will be notified and asked to pick up the child. Library staff are not permitted to provide transportation for the child.
496

CITY OF PALM DESERT
Subject Collection Development Policy
Policy No. LIBR-004
Date Issued: June 27, 2024
Amended: December 11, 2025
Approved by Resolution No. 2025-____
Authored by Library Services
I. PURPOSE
A. This policy outlines the collection development for the Palm Desert Library.

II. SCOPE
A. This Collection Development Policy provides a general guide to the selection and maintenance of material collections offered by the Library and emphasizes the Library’s commitment to the needs of the community it serves, intellectual freedom, and unrestricted access to information per American Library Association Guidelines and the Freedom to Read Statement.

B. The Palm Desert Library collection is:
i. Available 7 days a week and online 24 hours a day
ii. Available in variety of formats including those for the vision impaired iii. Diverse and inclusive
iv. Well organized and in good condition
v. Current and relevant
vi. Responsive to new trends, issues, and interests
vii. Built by the dedicated work of professional staff
viii. Shaped by the input of our community and representative of its needs ix. Guided by the Library’s Mission Statement as well as the city’s Mission and Core Values.
x. Thought provoking
xi. Comprised of works of lasting value
III. GENERAL POLICIES
A. Criteria for Selection of Materials
While much professional effort has gone into the selection of materials, the Palm Desert Library recognizes that members of our community may find issue with one or more items. Library staff will ensure the collection meets the broad and diverse interests of the community and respects both the library’s autonomy and their specific community needs. The public library serves as a center for voluntary inquiry and the dissemination of information and ideas. In line with our collection policy, library materials should be provided for the interest, information, and enlightenment of all people, and should present diverse points of view in the collection as a whole. It is the right of public to receive access to a range of social, political, aesthetic, moral, and other ideas and experiences. The Library, by selecting individual materials, does not 497
Palm Desert Library
LIBR-004
Collection Development Policy

promote, support or endorse any particular viewpoint, but rather aims to support the Freedom to Read statement of the American Library Association (below).

B. General Criteria
The following general criteria are used to evaluate the appropriateness of materials added to the Library collection:
i. Accuracy of information
ii. Merit, awards, or critical acclaim
iii. Existence of authoritative, published reviews
iv. Timeliness or permanent value
v. Popular interest or demand
vi. Extent to which the subject matter is already represented in the Library collection
vii. Readability or literary style
viii. Social significance
ix. Reputation of the author or publisher
x. Space limitations
xi. Cost
xii. Physical durability, attractiveness and other format characteristics C. Local Author Materials
Local author materials will be accepted for review, to be added to the Library collection, if they meet the general criteria above. The addition of local author materials will be dependent upon the approval of professional Library staff D. Responsibility for Collection Decisions
Responsibility for the selection of Library materials rests with the Library Director. The Library Director will delegate selection responsibilities to Library staff as necessary. For purposes of this policy, “library materials” includes, but is not limited to, books, periodicals and serials, audio materials, audiovisual materials, instructional materials, maps, databases, government documents, records, photographs, and other similar materials, whether in tangible or electronic form.

E. Suggestions
Library users are welcomed and encouraged to suggest items for addition to the Library collection. Customers can fill out a Suggest-A-Purchase Form at the library, as well as on the library’s website. If access to the website is not available, a request can be sent via email to [email protected]. After the request is made, Library staff will evaluate the request based on the general selection criteria outlined in this document. For users to receive notification that one or more of their requests were selected for the collection, valid email contact 498
Palm Desert Library
LIBR-004
Collection Development Policy

information must be provided. Library users may also check the online catalog or contact staff to see if a requested item was purchased.

IV. ACCESS TO LIBRARY MATERIALS
A. Materials held at the Palm Desert Library will be available to all members of the public, unless a parent a guardian requests limits on a minor’s account.

V. STATEMENT OF MATERIALS CONSIDERATION
A. The following process will be employed when requests for reconsideration are submitted.
i. The Palm Desert Library (PDL) responds to requests for reconsideration of Library materials in writing.
ii. Requestors must have read, listened, or viewed the entire work to have their request considered.
iii. Requestors must be a resident of Palm Desert and hold a valid Palm Desert Library card.
iv. PDL’s Challenged Materials Committee reviews these requests. v. The Committee, consisting of PDL librarians and headed by the Library Director, reviews the item considering the customer’s request, the PDL selection policy and professional reviews of the title within 30 days. vi. The Committee’s decision will be communicated in writing to the requesting party via a letter sent by the Library Director. vii. Each time there is a request to reconsider an item from the Library collection, the Library Director or someone acting on their behalf will report this request to the American Library Association Office of Intellectual Freedom. The Office of Intellectual Freedom will then note the occurrence and document it despite the decision of the review committee.

VI. DESELECTION AND REFRESHING OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
The Library utilizes a specific deselection and refreshment schedule in order to best remove outdated, worn, inaccurate and incomplete materials. The deselection schedule allows for Library staff to remove items that meet any of the below deselection criteria, evaluate the need for replacements and updating, and select materials needed to refresh the collection. The deselection schedule is meant to encourage deselection and refreshing on an ongoing basis. Library staff will also deselect as needed in other areas of the Library. Whenever possible, deselected materials will be offered to a local organization. To be considered as an entity to receive deselected materials, please submit a request in writing to [email protected].

A. Criteria for deselection of Library materials includes, but is not limited to:
i. Usage or circulation
ii. Physical condition
iii. Duplication in Library collection
iv. Edition or accuracy of information
v. Completeness
499
Palm Desert Library
LIBR-004
Collection Development Policy

vi. Space
B. Magazine and Newspaper Deselection
Magazines will be deselected when they are 12 months past delivery date for monthly magazines, and 6 months for weekly magazines, as space permits.

Magazines are recycled or repurposed for Library craft projects as appropriate.

C. Newspapers will be removed from the collection when they are 8 days past delivery date. Library staff will recycle newspaper materials.

D. Donating Gift Materials
i. All donated/gift materials will be received by library Book Sale volunteers.

The Book Sale volunteers may at any time suspend the collection of gift materials due to space, deny the acceptance of materials due to condition, or transfer donated/gift materials.

The Freedom to Read Statement
See: American Library Association, Freedom to Read Statement https://www.ala.org/advocacy/intfreedom/freedomreadstatement 500

CITY OF PALM DESERT
Subject Community Room Policy
Policy No. LIBR-005
Date Issued: June 27, 2024
Amended: December 11, 2025
Approved by Resolution No. 2025-____
Authored by Library Services
I. PURPOSE
A. This policy outlines the community room policy for the Palm Desert Library.

II. SCOPE
A. The Palm Desert Library welcomes the public use of its facilities and meeting rooms in keeping with the Library's mission to “nurture community well-being through social, cultural and learning experiences.” The Library permits the public to use its facilities and meeting rooms when such use does not interfere with Library-sponsored programs and services.

B. The Library allows outside organizations and groups to use its facilities and meeting rooms when they are not needed for administrative use or for activities or programs sponsored in whole or in part by the Library. The Library reserves the right to deny applications for use based on the availability of space and staff, frequency of use, or as otherwise outlined in guidelines available on the Library's public website.

III. GENERAL POLICIES
A. Permission to use the Community Room does not imply that the Library Board of Trustees, the Library staff or the City of Palm Desert supports the opinions and/or views of the users.

B. Reservations for non-Library events held in the Community Room must be open public forums of a civic, cultural, educational or intellectual nature. No private events of a purely social nature (receptions, parties, showers, etc.) are allowed.

C. Organizations using the Community Room must have a non-commercial purpose and may be required to provide evidence of their official non-profit status. No admission fees can be charged. Events must not be commercial in nature, including transacting business or soliciting customers or clients.

D. The Library Code of Conduct governs behavior in the Community Room.

Users must comply with room capacity. Users not in compliance with Library policies will be asked to leave and may be denied future use of the space. The Library will not be responsible for theft or damage of equipment or material supplied by users. This includes personal items.

E. Smoking and alcoholic beverages are not permitted anywhere in the library. 501
Palm Desert Library
LIBR-005
Community Room Policy

72500.00001\44329694.1
F. Amplified music is not permitted.

G. Customers may not attach or adhere anything to the community room walls.

H. Booking requests must be made by an adult who is 18 years or older and has a Palm Desert Library card in good standing. Adults must ensure supervision is provided. The contact person listed on the booking request must be present and assumes full responsibility for damage to Library property in their custody.

I. The Library’s contact information cannot be used as an official address for any organization using the community room.

J. The Community Room may be used only during regularly scheduled hours of Library service. The booking must include the time required to set up and return the room to proper order. The furniture must be returned to its original arrangement and all participants must be out of the room by the scheduled ending time.

K. Community Room booking requests will be considered in a "first come, first served" manner up to 60 days in advance when such uses do not conflict with regular City Library programs. A maximum of three (3) events can be scheduled to occur from the current date 60 days forward.

L. Use of the Community Room on a standing or continuing basis is not allowed.

Community Room booking requests require approval by staff – requests are typically reviewed within 2 business days. Cancellations should be made promptly so other meetings may be scheduled.

M. Users are to check in at the service desk for access to the Community Room.

N. Three instances of failing to appear for confirmed reservations (“no-shows”) will result in a one-year suspension of reservation privileges. 502

CITY OF PALM DESERT
Subject Computer Use, Booking & Printing Policy
Policy No. LIBR-006
Date Issued: June 27, 2024
Amended: December 11, 2025
Approved by Resolution No. 2025-____
Authored by Library Services
I. PURPOSE
A. This policy outlines computer use, booking, and printing policies for the Palm Desert Library.

II. GENERAL POLICIES
A. Palm Desert Library (PDL) offers computers equipped with basic productivity software, internet access, and special access to learning resources and databases. The library offers printers, copiers, and scanners for public use.

B. Palm Desert residents are required to obtain a PDL library card to use public computers. Individuals must use their own library card number only to log on.

C. Out-of-State visitors are eligible for a library card.

D. Customers may use up to the maximum of 120 minutes per day on the public computers.

E. Public computers will automatically log off 10 minutes before closing.

F. PDL cannot guarantee the performance or reliability of the public computers or the software on them. All copyright laws apply when using public computers and the Internet in the library.

G. Printing
i. PDL customers are given $1.00 in free printing each day. This allowance does not cumulate or roll over.
ii. Customers using the pay-to-print kiosk may also pay for copying and printing above the $1.00 in free prints.
iii. Public computer printing is directed to a network printer. Customers may claim their print jobs using their library account number and PIN at a Print Release station.
iv. Customers using personal devices are invited to save their work to the Cloud (Google Drive, OneDrive, etc.) or to a storage device, and then print wirelessly using a Print Release Station.
v. Staff will not change paper for custom printing projects for patrons. Staff will assist patrons in finding commercial printing businesses that provide these services.
vi. Customers are limited to copying to printing no more than 100 pages per day. Information on local copy and print resources will be available. 503

CITY OF PALM DESERT
Subject Privacy and Confidentiality Policy
Policy No. LIBR-010 Amendment 1
Date Issued: June 27, 2024
Amended: December 11, 2025
Approved by Resolution No. 2025-____
Authored by Library Services
I. PURPOSE
This policy outlines the privacy and confidentiality practices for the Palm Desert Library.

II. SCOPE
The privacy and confidentiality policy at the Palm Desert Library is designed to safeguard the personal information and reading habits of our patrons, ensuring their privacy and promoting trust within our community. This policy is rooted in the fundamental principles of intellectual freedom and the right to privacy, recognizing that patron confidentiality is essential for free inquiry and access to information. The Palm Desert Library is committed to protecting the privacy of all library users and upholding confidentiality in all interactions, transactions, and records. This policy outlines the measures and practices we adopt to secure patron data, comply with applicable laws, and respond to privacy concerns, fostering a safe and respectful environment for all individuals seeking knowledge and information.

III. GENERAL POLICIES
A. Patron Use Records. At the state level, Section 7927.105 of the California Government Code provides as follows:

1. All patrons use records (i.e., identifying and borrowing information) of any library which is in whole or in part supported by public funds shall remain confidential and shall not be disclosed to any person, local agency, or state agency except as follows:
a. By a person acting within the scope of his or her duties within the administration of the library.
b. By a person authorized, in writing, by the individual to whom the records pertain, to inspect the records.
c. By order of the appropriate superior court.

2. This section does not apply to either of the following:
a. Statistical reports of patron use.
b. Records of fines collected by a library.
504
72500.00001\44329899.1

3. In addition, Section 7927.100 of the California Government Code provides that the California Public Records Act does not require disclosure of library circulation records kept for the purpose of identifying the borrower of items available in libraries (except records of fines imposed on borrowers) or library materials made or acquired and presented solely for reference or exhibition purposes.

The privacy and confidentiality policies of the Palm Desert Library shall comply with the applicable federal, state and local laws. Records will be made available only when required by law, such as pursuant to a valid court order or other legally authorized process.

4. For public records requests, see the City of Palm Desert’s Records Request Portal. Note that patron use records, as discussed above, are generally exempt from disclosure under the California Public Records Act.

B. Text Messaging Terms and Conditions
For customers who opt in, Palm Desert Library may send notices via text messaging services. Customers can expect to receive account notification, Library service updates, and/or event registration notices. Message frequency may vary depending upon a customer’s account activity. Message and data rates may apply. Customers may receive support by contacting Library staff by email at [email protected], or by calling the Library to 760-346-6552. Library staff will respond as able during regular business hours. Customers can opt out of receiving text notification by texting STOP to cancel or by reaching out to Library staff. Personal information and mobile numbers collected through opt-in will not be shared, sold, or rented with third parties for marketing purposes.

C. Third-Party Partners
The Library has teamed up with reputable third-party partners to provide certain online services to its patrons, such as Homework Help, OverDrive eBooks, and other online services. The information you submit to the Library may be provided to those third parties on a confidential basis so they can assist us in providing these services. In cases where patrons leave the Library’s website to visit one of its partners’ websites, they are encouraged to learn about the privacy policies of the websites they visit.

D. Security
Palm Desert Library has taken reasonable steps to safeguard the integrity of its data and prevent unauthorized access to information it maintains, including but not limited to authentication, monitoring, and auditing. Security measures have been integrated into the design, implementations, and day-to-day practices of the entire operating environment as part of its continuing commitment to risk management. These measures are intended to prevent corruption of data, block unknown or unauthorized access to our systems and information, and to provide reasonable protection of private information in our possession.
505
506

CITY OF PALM DESERT

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: December 11, 2025
PREPARED BY: Casey Arndt, Deputy Director of Public Works SUBJECT: REJECT ALL PROPOSALS FOR STORM DRAIN AND STORMWATER

CHANNEL CLEAN UP AND QUARTERLY MAINTENANCE SERVICES
(PROJECT NO. MDR00004)
RECOMMENDATION:

Reject all bid proposals submitted under Request for Proposal No. 2025-RFP-219 for Storm Drain and Stormwater Channel Clean Up and Quarterly Maintenance Services BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS:

On October 9, 2025, the Public Works Streets and Fleet Division issued Request for Proposal (RFP) No. 2025-RFP-219 seeking qualified contractors to provide storm drain and stormwater channel clean up and quarterly maintenance services. The scope of work included, but was not limited to:
 Debris Removal: Remove and properly dispose of trash, organic material, and debris obstructing water flow within channels and along perimeter walls.  Weed and Vegetation Control: Clear weeds, overgrowth, and vegetation inside the channel and along perimeter walls to maintain clear water conveyance.  Sediment Removal: Excavate, remove, and dispose of accumulated sediment, silt, and other deposits restricting drainage.
 Perimeter and Wall Cleaning: Remove vegetation and debris along channel walls and edges to prevent buildup and maintain proper flow.
 Full Channel Coverage: Perform clean up and maintenance across both concrete-lined and earthen channel sections.

Storm drain and channel maintenance has historically been performed in-house by City staff.

Following the significant storm impacts from Hurricane Hilary, the City utilized its On-Call Repairs for Public Streets and Spaces contract (Project No. SST00001, Contract No. C49090) to supplement staff capacity. This on-call contract provided support on an as-needed basis for emergency cleanup and to address backlogs created by increased storm-related workload.

The purpose of the RFP was to evaluate whether establishing a dedicated, standalone contract for these maintenance activities would be cost-effective and beneficial for long-term operations - particularly during periods of heavy storm activity or when additional support may be required. 507
City of Palm Desert
Reject all bid proposals for Storm Drain and Stormwater Channel Clean Up and Quarterly Maintenance Services

After reviewing the submitted proposals, staff determined that:
 All bids substantially exceeded the approved project budget, making a standalone contracted maintenance program cost-prohibitive.
 The City has completed key equipment replacements and additions that restore the Division’s ability to perform these routine maintenance activities in-house.  Continuing this work internally allows the City to maintain service levels without incurring significant contracted costs.

For these reasons, staff recommend rejecting bids and returning routine storm drain and stormwater channel maintenance activities to City crews, utilizing the on-call contract only as needed for emergencies or overflow conditions.

Legal Review:

This report has been reviewed by the City Attorney’s office.

FINANCIAL IMPACT:

There is no fiscal impact associated with rejecting the bid proposals. 508

CITY OF PALM DESERT

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: December 11, 2025
PREPARED BY: Kevin Swartz, Project Manager
SUBJECT: REJECT BID PROPOSAL FOR ON-CALL SPORTS COURTS

MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS WITHIN CITY PARK FACILITIES
(PROJECT NO. CFA00011)
RECOMMENDATION:

1. Reject bid proposal submitted under Request for Proposal (RFP) 2025-RFP-202 for On-Call Sports Courts Maintenance and Repairs.

2. Authorize staff to re-advertise the request.

BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS:

The Public Works Department oversees the maintenance and operational readiness of all sports courts located within the City of Palm Desert (City) park facilities. The City sought to enter into an agreement with a qualified contractor to perform assessments, routine maintenance, and oncall repairs of tennis, pickleball, basketball, volleyball courts, and associated site amenities. Each facility has unique repair and maintenance needs that will be addressed under the resulting agreement. The scope of work includes, but is not limited to, the following categories:

Recreational Court Maintenance and Repairs:
 Resurfacing and striping of tennis, basketball, volleyball, and pickleball courts.  Installation and repair of fencing, gates, net posts, hoops, backboards, poles, and nets.  Repair or replacement of court lighting.
 Surface inspections for cracks, wear, and damage.
 Surface patching, crack sealing, and line repainting.  Routine debris removal to maintain safe and clean conditions.  Installation or replacement of shade structures.
 Installation and repair of amenities such as drinking fountains, trash and recycling receptacles, benches, misters, bleachers, and scoreboards.

Site and Pavement Work:
 Resurfacing and repairing asphalt or concrete pavement, including pathways to courts.  Crack sealing, patching, restriping, and ADA compliance improvements.

Signage Installation and Replacement:
 Design, fabrication, and installation of new or replacement signage. 509
City of Palm Desert
Reject Bids for On-Call Sports Courts Maintenance and Repairs

Selection Process:

On September 11, 2025, the City issued RFP (Project ID No. 2025-RFP-202) through OpenGov for On-Call Sports Courts Maintenance and Repairs. The RFP closed on September 30, 2025, and the City received a single proposal from SAVI Construction, Inc.

Upon review, staff determined that while SAVI Construction has demonstrated experience with concrete (sidewalks) and asphalt (parking lots), the proposal did not demonstrate sufficient experience in sports court maintenance or rehabilitation. As outlined in the RFP, demonstrated sports court experience was a minimum qualification requirement. The specialized nature of sports court surfacing, coatings, striping, and material-specific repair techniques requires demonstrated expertise to ensure high-quality results, safety, and long-term performance. As such, staff concluded the firm does not meet the qualifications necessary for this project.

Given the limited response and the absence of specialized qualifications in the single proposal received, staff recommend rejecting the proposal and re-advertising the RFP. As part of the reissuance, staff will expand outreach by contacting other jurisdictions for contractor recommendations and notifying qualified firms of the opportunity. This approach is intended to increase competition and attract proposers with the requisite sports court experience.

Legal Review:

This report has been reviewed by the City Attorney’s Office.

FINANCIAL IMPACT:

There is no fiscal impact associated with rejecting the bid proposal and re-advertising the RFP.

The reissuance will allow the City to broaden outreach efforts and solicit proposals from contractors with proven sports court experience, without incurring additional costs. 510

CITY OF PALM DESERT

STAFF REPORT
MEETING DATE: December 11, 2025
PREPARED BY: Brad Chuck, Public Works Superintendent
Shawn Muir, Community Services Manager
SUBJECT: AWARD A CONTRACT TO WESTERN STATE BUILDERS, INC., FOR

THE CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND RENOVATION (PROJECT
NO. CFA00011)
RECOMMENDATION:

1. Award a construction contract to Western State Builders, Inc., of Escondido, California, in the amount of $1,570,136.14, plus a $157,000 contingency for unforeseen expenses.

2. Authorize Director of Finance to appropriate funds from General Fund Facility Reserve to the Interfund Transfer Out Account No. 1104199-4501000 in the amount of $1,000,000 and transfer to Capital Projects Fund Transfer In Account No. 4000000-3910000.

3. Appropriate $1,000,000 Capital Projects Fund – Civic Center Account No. 4004674- 4400100.

4. Authorize the City Attorney to make necessary non-monetary changes to the agreement.

5. Authorize the City Manager to execute the agreement and any written requests for change orders up to the contingency amount, amendments, and any other documents necessary to effectuate this action, in accordance with Palm Desert Municipal Code Section 3.30.170(B).

6. Authorize the City Manager to execute the Notice of Completion (NOC) and the City Clerk to file the NOC upon satisfactory completion of the Project.

BACKGROUND/ANALYSIS:

The Civic Center Park playground is an integral part of the City’s largest and most frequented public park. In 2024, staff initiated a playground renovation project to address accessibility, safety, and general improvement needs. The new design is based on community input collected through surveys and outreach events and prioritizes inclusive play features and increased shade coverage.

On January 14, 2025, the City entered into agreements with Michael Baker International, Inc., and its subcontractor, In-Site Landscape Architecture, Inc., for design and engineering services.

Their scope includes public engagement, conceptual planning, and construction documents.

Project Description:

The project will renovate the existing outdated playground area to enhance visitor and resident experience. Key elements of the renovation include:
 Installation of new ADA-compliant playground structures 511
City of Palm Desert
Award Construction Contract for Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

 New concrete sidewalks and paths
 Creation of picnic areas with new park furnishings and respite areas along the path for rest and recreation
 Installation of shade canopies to provide sun protection in gathering areas  Area lighting to improve visibility and safety during evening hours  Landscape enhancements
This comprehensive playground upgrade will ensure compliance with ADA standards while improving functionality, comfort, and aesthetics at Civic Center Park.

Selection Process:

The project was advertised via the City’s bid portal, OpenGov, (Project ID 2025-NIB-210), and five bids were received electronically on October 9, 2025:

Contractor Location Base Bid Amount
Western State Builders, Inc. Escondido, CA $1,570,136.14 Varn Painting, Inc. Tujunga, CA $1,607.635.30
Earthscapes Landscape, Inc. Ontario, CA $1,822.923.63
Tovey/Shultz Construction Lake Elsinore, CA $1,905,859.10 PUB Construction, Inc. Diamond Bar, CA $3,782,910.16
Based on the lowest responsible bid, staff recommends awarding the construction contract to Western State Builders, Inc.

Legal Review:

This report has been reviewed by the City Attorney’s Office.

Appointed Body Recommendation:

The initial conceptual design was presented to the Parks and Recreation Committee on May 6, 2025. Committee members expressed overall support for the project and provided positive feedback. No additional comments or requests for modifications to the conceptual design were received.

On May 22, 2025, staff presented the conceptual design to the City Council during a Study Session. Staff confirmed that the proposed play features were selected based on community feedback and recommendations from the landscape designer. The playground is designed to offer multiple levels of play and includes sensory components to accommodate children with neurodevelopmental disorders.

Staff also clarified that shade structures will be incorporated into the design, existing trees will be preserved, and larger concrete planters will be utilized to promote healthy tree and root growth.

FINANCIAL IMPACT:

Funds in the amount of $2,284,651 have been included in the approved Fiscal Year 2025-26 512
City of Palm Desert
Award Construction Contract for Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

Financial Plan and Capital Improvements Project (CIP) List for the Civic Center Park Improvements project under Capital Account No’s. 4004674-4400100 and 2334618-4400100.

At the time of the FY 2025-26 budget process, this project did not include replacement of the playground equipment. Later in the year, components of the playground equipment were discovered to be broken or damaged through use. It became apparent that the equipment had reached the end of its useful life and a replacement playground should be incorporated into the project. This increased the total project cost by approximately $860,000. The project total estimated cost is $3,279,995; therefore, a $1 million appropriation is necessary, which includes contingency. The table below provides a breakdown of the project budget and expenses:

Civic Center Park Improvements Budget Expenses Balance
4004674-4400100 $1,634,651
2334618-4400100 $650,000
Park Design / Plan – In-Site
Park Design/Plans - Michael Baker $141,465
Shade Structures - USA Shade $492,159
Shade Structure – Contingency $50,000
Playground Equipment - Landscape Structures $445,407
Playground Equipment - Contingency $45,000
Volleyball Sand Replacement – TriStar $138,328
Plant Infills - Vintage $40,500
Estimated Additional Park Improvements $200,000
* Construction - Installation $1,570,136
*Construction Contingency $157,000
Total $2,284,651 $3,279,995 ($995,344)
*Requested Appropriation $1,000,000
Account Balance $4,656
*Current Request
ATTACHMENTS:

1. Construction Agreement

2. Payment and Performance Bonds

3. Western State Builders Proposal

4. Plans and Conceptual Drawings
513
514
Contract No. ___________
1 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 CITY OF PALM DESERT

LONG FORM CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
This Agreement is made and entered into on December 11, 2025, by and between the City of Palm Desert, a municipal corporation organized under the laws of the State of California with its principal place of business at 73-510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, California 92260-2578, (“City”) and Western State Builders, Inc., a Stock Corporation, with its principal place of business at 2141 Orange Avenue, Escondido, CA 92029 ("Contractor"). The City and Contractor are sometimes individually referred to herein as “Party” and collectively as “Parties”.

CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL
On December 11, 2025 City Council approved the award of this agreement to the Contractor above.

WITNESSETH: That the parties hereto have mutually covenanted and agreed, and by these presents do covenant and agree with each other as follows:

ARTICLE 1. SCOPE OF WORK.

The Contractor shall perform all Work within the time stipulated in the Contract, and shall provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, utility services, and transportation to complete all of the Work required in strict compliance with the Contract Documents as specified in Article 5, below, for the following Project:

Civic Center Park Playground Renovation Project
Project No. CFA00011
(hereinafter referred to as “the Project”).

The project will renovate the existing outdated playground area to enhance visitor and resident experience. Key elements of the renovation include:
 Installation of new ADA compliant playground structures  New concrete sidewalks and paths
 Creation of picnic areas with new park furnishings and respite areas along the path for rest and recreation
 Installation of shade canopies to provide sun protection in gathering areas  Area lighting to improve visibility and safety during evening hours  Landscape enhancements
This comprehensive playground upgrade will ensure compliance with ADA standards while improving functionality, comfort, and aesthetics at Civic Center Park.

Contractor is an independent contractor and not an agent of the City. The Contractor and its surety shall be liable to the City for any damages arising as a result of the Contractor’s failure to comply with this obligation.
515
Contract No. ___________
2 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 ARTICLE 2. TIME FOR COMPLETION.

Time is of the essence in the performance of the Work. The Work shall be commenced on the date stated in the City’s Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall complete all Work required by the Contract Documents within 90 Days from the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. By its signature hereunder, Contractor agrees the time for completion set forth above is adequate and reasonable to complete the Work.

ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT PRICE.

The City shall pay to the Contractor as full compensation for the performance of the Contract, subject to any additions or deductions as provided in the Contract Documents, including all applicable taxes and costs, the sum of One Million Five Hundred Seventy Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Six Dollars and 14/100 Cents ($1,570,136.14). Payment shall be made as set forth in the General Conditions. The City will pay to Contractor compensation based upon the prices set forth in the Bid Schedule.

ARTICLE 4. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.

Contractor acknowledges that the City will sustain actual damages for each and every Day completion of the Project is delayed beyond the Contract Time. Because of the nature of the Project, it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to determine the City’s actual damages. Accordingly, in accordance with Government Code section 53069.85, it is agreed that the Contractor will pay the City the sum of $1,000.00 for each and every day of delay beyond the time prescribed in the Contract Documents for finishing the Work, as Liquidated Damages and not as a penalty or forfeiture. In the event this is not paid, the Contractor agrees the City may deduct that amount from any money due or that may become due the Contractor under the Contract. This Section does not exclude recovery of other damages specified in the Contract Documents.

Liquidated damages may be deducted from progress payments due Contractor, Project retention or may be collected directly from Contractor, or from Contractor's surety. These provisions for liquidated damages shall not prevent the City, in case of Contractor's default, from terminating the Contractor.

ARTICLE 5. COMPONENT PARTS OF THE CONTRACT.

The “Contract Documents” include the following:

Notice Inviting Bids
Instructions to Bidders
Bid Forms
Bid Acknowledgement
Bid Schedule
Bid Guarantee
Designation of Subcontractors
Information Required of Bidders
516
Contract No. ___________
3 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 Non-Collusion Declaration Form
Iran Contracting Act Certification
Public Works Contractor DIR Registration Certification
Performance Bond
Payment (Labor and Materials) Bond
Contract for Construction
General Conditions
Special Conditions
Specifications
Addenda
Construction Plans and Drawings
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction “Greenbook”, latest edition, Except Sections 1-9
Standard Plans of the City of Palm Desert, latest edition Standard Plans for Public Works Construction, latest edition Caltrans Standard Specifications, latest edition, Except Division 1 Caltrans Standard Plans, latest edition
California Manual on Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (CAMUTCD), latest edition
Work Area Traffic Control Handbook, latest edition
Reference Specifications
Approved and fully executed Change Orders
Permits
Any other documents contained in or incorporated into the Contract The Contractor shall complete the Work in strict accordance with all of the Contract Documents.

All of the Contract Documents are intended to be complementary. Work required by one of the Contract Documents and not by others shall be done as if required by all. In the event of conflict, the various Contract Documents will be given effect in the order set forth in the General Conditions. This Contract shall supersede any prior agreement of the parties.

ARTICLE 6. PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY LAW AND CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE.

Each and every provision of law required to be included in these Contract Documents shall be deemed to be included in these Contract Documents. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations, including, but not limited to, the provisions of the California Labor Code and California Public Contract Code which are applicable to this Work.

ARTICLE 7. INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.

A.Indemnification

1. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor shall immediately defend (with counsel of the City’s choosing), indemnify, and hold harmless the City, 517
Contract No. ___________
4 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 its officials, officers, agents, employees, and representatives, and each of them from and against:
(a) Any and all claims, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, injuries, losses or liabilities, in law or in equity, of every kind or nature whatsoever, but not limited to, injury to or death, including wrongful death, of any person, and damages to or destruction of property of any person, arising out of, related to, or in any manner directly or indirectly connected with the Work or this Contract, including claims made by subcontractors for nonpayment, including without limitation the payment of all consequential damages and attorney’s fees and other related costs and expenses, however caused, regardless of whether the allegations are false, fraudulent, or groundless, and regardless of any negligence of the City or its officers, employees, or authorized volunteers (including passive negligence), except the sole negligence or willful misconduct or active negligence of the City or its officials, officers, employees, or authorized volunteers;
(b) Contractor’s defense and indemnity obligation herein includes, but is not limited to damages, fines, penalties, attorney’s fees and costs arising from claims under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or other federal or state disability access or discrimination laws arising from Contractor’s Work during the course of construction of the improvements or after the Work is complete, as the result of defects or negligence in Contractor’s construction of the improvements;
(c) Any and all actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, fines, penalties or liabilities, in law or equity, of every kind or nature whatsoever, arising out of, resulting from, or on account of the violation of any governmental law or regulation, compliance with which is the responsibility of Contractor;
(d) Any and all losses, expenses, damages (including damages to the Work itself), attorney’s fees, and other costs, including all costs of defense which any of them may incur with respect to the failure, neglect, or refusal of Contractor to faithfully perform the Work and all of Contractor’s obligations under Contract. Such costs, expenses, and damages shall include all costs, including attorney’s fees, incurred by the indemnified parties in any lawsuit to which they are a party.

2. Contractor shall immediately defend, at Contractor’s own cost, expense and risk, with the counsel of the City choosing, any and all such aforesaid suits, actions or other legal proceedings of every kind that may be brought or instituted against the City, its officials, officers, agents, employees and representatives. Contractor shall pay and satisfy any judgment, award or decree that may be rendered against the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents, employees, and representatives, in any such suit, action or other legal proceeding. Contractor shall reimburse the City, its 518
Contract No. ___________
5 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 officials, officers, agents, employees, and representatives for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by each of them in connection therewith or in enforcing the indemnity herein provided. The only limitations on this provision shall be those imposed by Civil Code section 2782.

3. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Contract howsoever caused, and no payment, partial payment, or acceptance of occupancy in whole or part of the Work shall waive or release any of the provisions of this Article.

B.Insurance

1. Without limiting Contractor’s indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of Work, Contractor shall obtain, provide, and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Contract, policies of insurance of the type and amounts described below and in a form that is satisfactory to City.

2. General Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain commercial general liability insurance with coverage at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CG 00 01, in an amount not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence, $4,000,000 general aggregate, for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage, and a $4,000,000 completed operations aggregate.

The policy must include contractual liability that has not been amended. Any endorsement restricting standard ISO “insured contract” language will not be accepted.

3. Automobile Liability Insurance. Contractor shall maintain automobile insurance at least as broad as Insurance Services Office form CA 00 01 covering bodily injury and property damage for all activities of the Contractor arising out of or in connection with Work to be performed under this Contract, including coverage for any owned, hired, non-owned or rented vehicles, in an amount not less than $1,000,000 combined single limit for each accident.

4. Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance. Contractor may opt to utilize umbrella or excess liability insurance in meeting insurance requirements. In such circumstances, Contractor may obtain and maintain an umbrella or excess liability insurance policy with limits that will provide bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage liability coverage at least as broad as the primary coverages set forth above, including commercial general liability, automotive liability and employer’s liability. Such policy or policies shall include the following terms and conditions:

A drop-down feature requiring the policy to respond in the event that any primary insurance that would otherwise have applied proves to be uncollectible in whole or in part for any reason;
(a) Pay on behalf of wording as opposed to reimbursement; and 519
Contract No. ___________
6 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 (b) Concurrency of effective dates with primary policies; and (c) Policies shall “follow form” to the underlying primary policies; and (d) Insureds under primary policies shall also be insureds under the umbrella or excess policies.

5. Workers’ Compensation Insurance. Contractor shall maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance (Statutory Limits) and Employer’s Liability Insurance (with limits of at least $1,000,000) for Contractor’s employees in accordance with the laws of the State of California, Section 3700 of the Labor Code. In addition, Contractor shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability Insurance in accordance with the laws of the State of California, Section 3700 for all of the subcontractor’s employees. Contractor shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement in favor of the City, its officers, agents, employees, and volunteers.

6. Fidelity Coverage. RESERVED

7. Pollution Liability Insurance. Environmental Impairment Liability Insurance shall be written on a Contractor’s Pollution Liability form or other form acceptable to the City providing coverage for liability arising out of sudden, accidental, and gradual pollution and remediation. The policy limit shall be no less than $1,000,000 dollars per claim and in the aggregate. All activities contemplated in this Agreement shall be specifically scheduled on the policy as “covered operations”. The policy shall provide coverage for the hauling of waste from the Project site to the final disposal location, including nonowned disposal sites.

C.Other Provisions or Requirements

1. Proof of Insurance. Contractor shall provide certificates of insurance to City as evidence of the insurance coverage required herein, along with a waiver of subrogation endorsement for workers’ compensation. Insurance certificates and endorsements must be approved by City’s Risk Manager prior to commencement of performance. Current certification of insurance shall be kept on file with City at all times during the term of this contract.

City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time.

2. Duration of Coverage. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property, which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the Work hereunder by Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees, or subcontractors. Contractor must maintain general liability and umbrella or excess liability insurance for as long as there is a statutory exposure to completed operations claims. The City and 520
Contract No. ___________
7 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 its officers, officials, employees, and agents shall continue as additional insureds under such policies.

3. Primary/Non-Contributing. Coverage provided by Contractor shall be primary and any insurance or self-insurance procured or maintained by City shall not be required to contribute with it. The limits of insurance required herein may be satisfied by a combination of primary and umbrella or excess insurance. Any umbrella or excess insurance shall contain or be endorsed to contain a provision that such coverage shall also apply on a primary and non-contributory basis for the benefit of City before the City’s own insurance or self-insurance shall be called upon to protect it as a named insured.

4. Products/Completed Operations Coverage. Products/completed operations coverage shall extend a minimum of three (3) years after project completion.

Coverage shall be included on behalf of the insured for covered claims arising out of the actions of independent contractors. If the insured is using subcontractors, the Policy must include work performed “by or on behalf” of the insured. Policy shall contain no language that would invalidate or remove the insurer’s duty to defend or indemnify for claims or suits expressly excluded from coverage. Policy shall specifically provide for a duty to defend on the part of the insurer. The City, its officials, officers, agents, and employees, shall be included as additional insureds under the Products and Completed Operations coverage.

5. City’s Rights of Enforcement. In the event any policy of insurance required under this Contract does not comply with these requirements, or is canceled and not replaced, City has the right, but not the duty, to obtain the insurance it deems necessary, and any premium paid by City will be promptly reimbursed by Contractor, or City will withhold amounts sufficient to pay premium from Contractor payments. In the alternative, City may cancel this Contract.

6. Acceptable Insurers. All insurance policies shall be issued by an insurance company currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance or is on the List of Approved Surplus Line Insurers in the State of California, with an assigned policyholders’ Rating of A- (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best’s Key Rating Guide, unless otherwise approved by the City’s Risk Manager.

7. Waiver of Subrogation. All insurance coverage maintained or procured pursuant to this agreement shall be endorsed to waive subrogation against the City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees, and volunteers, or shall specifically allow Contractor or others providing insurance evidence in compliance with these specifications to waive their right of recovery prior to a loss. Contractor hereby waives its own right of recovery against the City, its elected or appointed officers, agents, officials, employees, and volunteers and shall require similar written express waivers and insurance clauses from each of its subcontractors.
521
Contract No. ___________
8 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 8. Enforcement of Contract Provisions (non estoppel). Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of the City to inform Contractor of non-compliance with any requirement imposes no additional obligations on the City nor does it waive any rights hereunder.

9. Requirements Not Limiting. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only as it pertains to a given issue and is not intended by any party or insured to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type. If the Contractor maintains higher limits than the minimums shown above, the City requires and shall be entitled to coverage for the higher limits maintained by the Contractor. Any available insurance proceeds in excess of the specified minimum limits of insurance and coverage shall be available to the City.

10.Notice of Cancellation. Contractor agrees to oblige its insurance agent or broker and insurers to provide to City with a thirty (30) Day notice of cancellation (except for nonpayment for which a ten (10) Day notice is required) or nonrenewal of coverage for each required coverage.

11.Additional Insured Status. General liability, automobile liability, and if applicable, pollution liability policies shall provide or be endorsed to provide that the City and its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers shall be additional insureds under such policies. This provision shall also apply to any excess/umbrella liability policies. Coverage shall be at least as broad as coverage provided by ISO’s Owners, Lessees, or Contractors Additional Insured Endorsement for the ongoing (i.e. ISO Form CG 20 10 07 04) and completed operations (i.e. ISO Form CG 20 37 07 04) of Contractor.

12.Prohibition of Undisclosed Coverage Limitations. None of the coverages required herein will be in compliance with these requirements if they include any limiting endorsement of any kind that has not been first submitted to City and approved of in writing.

13.Separation of Insureds. A severability of interests provision must apply for all additional insureds ensuring that Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the insurer’s limits of liability. The policy(ies) shall not contain any cross-liability exclusions.

14.Pass Through Clause. Contractor agrees to ensure that its sub-consultants, sub-contractors, and any other party involved with the Project who is brought onto or involved in the project by Contractor, provide the same minimum insurance coverage and endorsements required of Contractor.

Contractor agrees to monitor and review all such coverage and assumes all responsibility for ensuring that such coverage is provided in conformity with the requirements of this section. Contractor agrees that upon request, all 522
Contract No. ___________
9 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 agreements with consultants, subcontractors, and others engaged in the Project will be submitted to City for review.

15.City’s Right to Revise Requirements. The City or its Risk Manager reserves the right at any time during the term of the contract to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving the Contractor ninety (90) Days advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional cost to the Contractor, the City and Contractor may renegotiate Contractor’s compensation. If the City reduces the insurance requirements, the change shall go into effect immediately and require no advanced written notice.

16.Self-Insured Retentions. Any self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. City reserves the right to require that self-insured retentions be eliminated, lowered, or replaced by a deductible. Selfinsurance will not be considered to comply with these specifications unless approved by City.

17.Timely Notice of Claims. Contractor shall give City prompt and timely notice of claims made or suits instituted that arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance under this Contract, and that involve or may involve coverage under any of the required liability policies.

18.Additional Insurance. Contractor shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the Work.

19.Safety. Contractor shall execute and maintain its work so as to avoid injury or damage to any person or property. In carrying out its Services, the Contractor shall at all times be in compliance with all applicable local, state and federal laws, rules and regulations, and shall exercise all necessary precautions for the safety of employees appropriate to the nature of the work and the conditions under which the work is to be performed. Safety precautions, where applicable, shall include, but shall not be limited to: (A) adequate life protection and lifesaving equipment and procedures; (B) instructions in accident prevention for all employees and subcontractors, such as safe walkways, scaffolds, fall protection ladders, bridges, gang planks, confined space procedures, trenching and shoring, equipment and other safety devices, equipment and wearing apparel as are necessary or lawfully required to prevent accidents or injuries; and (C) adequate facilities for the proper inspection and maintenance of all safety measures.

ARTICLE 8. PREVAILING WAGES.

Contractor shall be required to pay the prevailing rate of wages in accordance with the Labor Code which such rates shall be made available at the City’s Office or may be obtained online at http://www.dir.ca.gov and which must be posted at the job site.
523
Contract No. ___________
10 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 ARTICLE 9. FALSE CLAIMS.

Contractor acknowledges that if a false claim is submitted to the City, it may be considered fraud and Contractor may be subject to criminal prosecution. Contractor acknowledges that the False Claims Act, California Government Code sections 12650, et seq., provides for civil penalties where a person knowingly submits a false claim to a public entity. These provisions include within their scope false claims made with deliberate ignorance of the false information or in reckless disregard of the truth or falsity of the information. In the event the City seeks to recover penalties pursuant to the False Claims Act, it is entitled to recover its litigation costs, including attorneys’ fees. Contractor hereby acknowledges that the filing of a false claim may the Contractor to an administrative debarment proceeding wherein Contractor may be prevented from further bidding on public contracts for a period of up to five (5) years.
[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]
524
Contract No. ___________
11 Revised 01-2024
BBK 72500.00001\32374943.1

9.15.25 SIGNATURE PAGE TO LONG FORM CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN THE CITY OF PALM DESERT
AND WESTERN STATE BUILDERS, INC.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first above written.

CITY OF PALM DESERT
By:

Chris Escobedo
City Manager
Attest:

By: __________________________
Anthony J. Mejia
City Clerk
Approved as to Form:

By:

Isra Shah
City Attorney
WESTERN STATE BUILDERS, INC., AN

S CORPORATION
By:

James Jared Moen
President/Secretary
By:

Julian Dillavou-Moen
Vice President/Treasurer
Contractor’s License Number and
Classification
DIR Registration Number (if applicable)
Clerk QC: _______
Contract QC: ______
Insurance:
__________
Initial Review
__________
Final Approval
Bonds: _______
525
526
Contract No. ___________
Exhibit “C”
Revised 11-2-20
BBK 72500.00001\32374915.1

PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:

THAT WHEREAS, the City of Palm Desert (hereinafter referred to as “City”) has awarded to Western State Builders, Inc., (hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor”) an agreement for the Civic Center Park Playground Renovation Project (hereinafter referred to as the “Project”).

WHEREAS, the work to be performed by the Contractor is more particularly set forth in the Contract Documents for the Project dated September 4, 2025, (hereinafter referred to as “Contract Documents”), the terms and conditions of which are expressly incorporated herein by reference; and
WHEREAS, the Contractor is required by said Contract Documents to perform the terms thereof and to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of said Contract Documents.

NOW, THEREFORE, we, Western State Builders, Inc., the undersigned Contractor and _____________________________________________ as Surety, a corporation organized and duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the sum of One Million Five Hundred Seventy One Hundred Thirty-Six Dollars and 14/100 Cents, ($1,570,136.14), said sum being not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the total amount of the Contract, for which amount well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, if the Contractor, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their intent and meaning; and shall faithfully fulfill all obligations including the one-year guarantee of all materials and workmanship; and shall indemnify and save harmless the City, its elected or appointed officers, and their respective agents, officials, employees, volunteers and representatives, as stipulated in said Contract Documents, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

As a condition precedent to the satisfactory completion of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise provided for in the Contract Documents, the above obligation shall hold good for a period of one (1) year after the acceptance of the work by City, during which time if Contractor shall fail to make full, complete, and satisfactory repair and replacements and totally protect the City from loss or damage resulting from or caused by defective materials or faulty workmanship, Surety shall undertake and faithfully fulfill all such obligations. The obligations of Surety hereunder shall continue so long as any obligation of Contractor remains. Nothing herein shall limit the City’s rights or the Contractor or Surety’s obligations under the Contract, law, or equity, including, but not limited to, California Code of Civil Procedure section 337.15.

Whenever Contractor shall be, and is declared by the City to be, in default under the Contract Documents, the Surety shall remedy the default pursuant to the Contract Documents, or shall promptly, at the City’s option:
(1) Take over and complete the Project in accordance with all terms and conditions in the Contract Documents; or
527
Contract No. ___________
(2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Project in accordance with all terms and conditions in the Contract Documents and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsive and responsible bidder, arrange for a Contract between such bidder, the Surety and the City, and make available as work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of the Project, less the balance of the contract price, including other costs and damages for which Surety may be liable. The term “balance of the contract price” as used in this paragraph shall mean the total amount payable to Contractor by the City under the Contract and any modification thereto, less any amount previously paid by the City to the Contractor and any other set offs pursuant to the Contract Documents.
(3) Permit the City to complete the Project in any manner consistent with local, California and federal law and make available as work progresses sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion of the Project, less the balance of the contract price, including other costs and damages for which Surety may be liable. The term “balance of the contract price” as used in this paragraph shall mean the total amount payable to Contractor by the City under the Contract and any modification thereto, less any amount previously paid by the City to the Contractor and any other set offs pursuant to the Contract Documents.

Surety expressly agrees that the City may reject any contractor or subcontractor which may be proposed by Surety in fulfillment of its obligations in the event of default by the Contractor.

Surety shall not utilize Contractor in completing the Project nor shall Surety accept a bid from Contractor for completion of the Project if the City, when declaring the Contractor in default, notifies Surety of the City’s objection to Contractor’s further participation in the completion of the Project.

The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Documents or to the Project to be performed thereunder shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Documents or to the Project, including but not limited to the provisions of sections 2819 and 2845 of the California Civil Code.
[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]
528
Contract No. ___________
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this _______ day of ______________, 20____.
(Corporate Seal)
Contractor/ Principal
By ____________________ ____
Printed name: _______________________
Title: ______________________________
(Corporate Seal) Surety
By: ________________________________
Printed Name: _______________________
Attorney-in-Fact
(Attach Attorney-in-Fact Certificate)
Signatures of those signing for the Contractor and Surety must be notarized and evidence of corporate authority attached.

The rate of premium on this bond is ____________ per thousand. The total amount of premium charges, $_______________________________.
(The above must be filled in by corporate attorney.)

THIS IS A REQUIRED FORM
Any claims under this bond may be addressed to:
(Name and Address of Surety)
(Name and Address of Agent or
Representative for service of
process in California, if different
from above)
(Telephone number of Surety and
Agent or Representative for
service of process in California)
NOTE: A copy of the Power-of-Attorney authorizing the person signing on behalf of the Surety to do so must be attached hereto.
529
Contract No. ___________
NOTE: This acknowledgment is to be completed for Contractor/Principal.

Notary Acknowledgment
A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF ______________
On , 20___, before me, _______________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared ___________________________ , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of
the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature of Notary Public

OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.

CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER DESCRIPTION OF ATTACHED DOCUMENT Individual
Corporate Officer
Title(s) Title or Type of Document
Partner(s) Limited
General Number of Pages
Attorney-In-Fact
Trustee(s)
Guardian/Conservator Date of Document
Other:

Signer is representing:

Name Of Person(s) Or Entity(ies)
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above
530
Contract No. ___________
NOTE: This acknowledgment is to be completed for the Attorney-in-Fact. The Power-of-Attorney to local representatives of the bonding company must also be attached.

Notary Acknowledgment
A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF ______________
On , 20___, before me, _______________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared _____________________________ , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of
the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature of Notary Public

OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.

CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER DESCRIPTION OF ATTACHED DOCUMENT Individual
Corporate Officer
Title(s) Title or Type of Document
Partner(s) Limited
General Number of Pages
Attorney-In-Fact
Trustee(s)
Guardian/Conservator Date of Document
Other:

Signer is representing:

Name Of Person(s) Or Entity(ies)
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above
531
Contract No. ___________

PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS That
WHEREAS, the City of Palm Desert (hereinafter designated as the “City”), by action taken or a resolution passed December 11, 2025, has awarded to Western State Builders, Inc., hereinafter designated as the “Principal,” a contract for the work described as follows:

Civic Center Park Playground Renovation Project (the “Project”).; and WHEREAS, the work to be performed by the Principal is more particularly set forth in the Contract Documents for the Project dated September 4, 2025, (“Contract Documents”), the terms and conditions of which are expressly incorporated by reference; and WHEREAS, said Principal is required to furnish a bond in connection with said contract; providing that if said Principal or any of its Subcontractors shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, provender, equipment, or other supplies used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of said Principal and its Subcontractors with respect to such work or labor the Surety on this bond will pay for the same to the extent hereinafter set forth.

NOW THEREFORE, we, the Principal and __________________________ as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of One Million Five Hundred Seventy One Hundred Thirty-Six Dollars and 14/100 Cents, ($1,570,136.14) lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if said Principal, his or its subcontractors, heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall fail to pay any of the persons named in Section 9100 of the Civil Code, fail to pay for any materials, provisions or other supplies, used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind, or amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to work or labor performed under the contract, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Employment Development Department or Franchise Tax Board from the wages of employees of the contractor and his subcontractors pursuant to Section 18663 of the Revenue and Taxation Code, with respect to such work and labor the Surety or Sureties will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum herein above specified, and also, in case suit is brought upon this bond, all litigation expenses incurred by City in such suit, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expert witness fees and investigation expenses.

This bond shall inure to the benefit of any of the persons named in Section 9100 of the Civil Code so as to give a right of action to such persons or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond.

It is further stipulated and agreed that the Surety on this bond shall not be exonerated or released from the obligation of this bond by any change, extension of time for performance, addition, alteration or modification in, to, or of any contract, plans, specifications, or agreement pertaining or relating to any scheme or work of improvement herein above described, or pertaining or relating to the furnishing of labor, materials, or equipment therefore, nor by any change or modification of any terms of payment or extension of the time for any payment pertaining or 532
Contract No. ___________
relating to any scheme or work of improvement herein above described, nor by any rescission or attempted rescission of the contract, agreement or bond, nor by any conditions precedent or subsequent in the bond attempting to limit the right of recovery of claimants otherwise entitled to recover under any such contract or agreement or under the bond, nor by any fraud practiced by any person other than the claimant seeking to recover on the bond and that this bond be construed most strongly against the Surety and in favor of all persons for whose benefit such bond is given, and under no circumstances shall Surety be released from liability to those for whose benefit such bond has been given, by reason of any breach of contract between the owner or City and original contractor or on the part of any obligee named in such bond, but the sole conditions of recovery shall be that claimant is a person described in Section 9100 of the Civil Code, and has not been paid the full amount of his claim and that Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, addition, alteration or modification herein mentioned and the provisions of sections 2819 and 2845 of the California Civil Code.
[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]
533
Contract No. ___________
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals this _______ day of ______________, 20__.
(Corporate Seal)
Contractor/ Principal
By ____________________ ____
Printed name: _______________________
Title: ______________________________
(Corporate Seal) Surety
By: ________________________________
Printed Name: _______________________
Attorney-in-Fact
(Attach Attorney-in-Fact Certificate)
Signatures of those signing for the Contractor and Surety must be notarized and evidence of corporate authority attached. A Power-of-Attorney authorizing the person signing on behalf of the Surety to do so much be attached hereto.

NOTE: A copy of the Power-of-Attorney authorizing the person signing on behalf of the Surety to do so must be attached hereto.
534
Contract No. ___________
NOTE: This acknowledgment is to be completed for Contractor/Principal.

Notary Acknowledgment
A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF ______________
On _________________, 20___, before me, _______________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared _______________________________ , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of
the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature of Notary Public

OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.

CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER DESCRIPTION OF ATTACHED DOCUMENT Individual
Corporate Officer
Title(s) Title or Type of Document
Partner(s) Limited
General Number of Pages
Attorney-In-Fact
Trustee(s)
Guardian/Conservator Date of Document
Other:

Signer is representing:

Name Of Person(s) Or Entity(ies)
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above
535
Contract No. ___________
NOTE: This acknowledgment is to be completed for the Attorney-in-Fact. The Power-of-Attorney to local representatives of the bonding company must also be attached.

Notary Acknowledgment
A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

STATE OF CALIFORNIA
COUNTY OF ______________
On _________________, 20___, before me, _______________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared _______________________________ , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of
the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

Signature of Notary Public

OPTIONAL
Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document.

CAPACITY CLAIMED BY SIGNER DESCRIPTION OF ATTACHED DOCUMENT Individual
Corporate Officer
Title(s) Title or Type of Document
Partner(s) Limited
General Number of Pages
Attorney-In-Fact
Trustee(s)
Guardian/Conservator Date of Document
Other:

Signer is representing:

Name Of Person(s) Or Entity(ies)
Signer(s) Other Than Named Above
536
City of Palm Desert
PW - Operations & Maintenance
Randy Chavez, Director of Public Works
73-510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, CA 92260
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
RESPONSE DEADLINE: October 9, 2025 at 2:00 pm
Report Generated: Tuesday, November 18, 2025
Western State Builders Inc. Response

CONTACT INFORMATION
Company:

Western State Builders Inc.

Email:
[email protected]
Contact:

Julian Moen
Address:
2141 Orange Ave
Escondido, CA 92029
Phone:
(760) 546-2405
Website:

Www.Westernstatebuilder.com
Submission Date:

Oct 9, 2025 12:57 PM (Pacific Time)
537
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

ADDENDA CONFIRMATION
Addendum #1
Confirmed Oct 9, 2025 10:08 AM by Scott Bando
Addendum #2
Confirmed Oct 9, 2025 10:08 AM by Scott Bando
Addendum #3
Confirmed Oct 9, 2025 10:08 AM by Scott Bando

QUESTIONNAIRE

1. BID ACKNOWLEDGMENT*
To the City of Palm Desert, a municipal corporation, organized under the laws of the State of California, with its principal place of business at 73-510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, California 92260.

1. In response to the Contract Documents for project ID 2025-NIB-210 and in accordance with the accompanying Instructions to Bidders, the undersigned hereby proposes to the City to furnish all labor, technical and professional services, supervision, materials and equipment, other than materials and equipment specified as furnished by the City, and to perform all operations necessary and required to construct the Project in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and any addenda thereto, and at the prices stated opposite the respective items set forth in the Bid Schedule.

2. This Bid constitutes a firm offer to the City which cannot be withdrawn for 90 calendar days after the date set for opening of Bids, or until a Contract is executed by the City and a third party, whichever is earlier.

3. The undersigned certifies that it has examined and is fully familiar with all of the provisions of the Contract Documents and any addenda thereto; that it has carefully checked all of the words and figures shown in its Bid Schedule; that it has carefully reviewed the accuracy of all statements in this Bid and attachments hereto; and that it understands and agrees that the City will not be responsible for any errors or omissions on the part of the undersigned in preparing this Bid. 538
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

4. If awarded a Contract, the undersigned agrees to execute and deliver to the City within ten (10) Days after date of receipt of Notice of Award, a signed Contract and the necessary Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and Certificates of Insurance and Endorsements.

5. All Bid Forms, which have been completed and executed by undersigned Bidder, are incorporated by this reference and made a part of this Bid.

6. The undersigned is hereby representing that it is and will be properly licensed both at the time that it submits a Bid as well as at the time the Contract is awarded, if the Contract is awarded to the undersigned.

A. If Individual Contractor. Undersigned certifies that it is now licensed in accordance with the provisions of the Contractor's License Law of the State of California; or
B. If Joint Venture. Undersigned certifies that the individual members of the joint venture are now licensed in accordance with the provisions of the Contractor's License Law of the State of California.

I hereby certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the information submitted in connection with this Bid and all of the representations made herein are true and correct.

Confirmed

2. BID SCHEDULE*
IMPORTANT:

THE ELECTRONIC #BID SCHEDULE MUST BE COMPLETED BY EACH BIDDER AND PROPERLY SUBMITTED ON OPENGOV PROCUREMENT.

FAILURE TO COMPLETE THE BID SCHEDULE WILL RESULT IN AN INCOMPLETE AND NON-RESPONSIVE BID.

THE ELECTRONIC BID SCHEDULE WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.

The costs for any Work shown or required in the Contract Documents, but not specifically identified as a line item are to be included in the related line items and no additional compensation shall be due to Contractor for the performance of the Work. All blank spaces appearing in the Electronic Bid Schedule must be filled in. Failure to fill in any blank spaces may render the bid non-responsive. 539
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

The estimated quantities for Unit Price items are for purposes of comparing Bids only and the City makes no representation that the actual quantities of work performed will not vary from the estimates. Final payment shall be determined by the Engineer from measured quantities of work performed based upon the Unit Price.

If the Contract Documents specify Alternate Bid items, the City can choose to include any, all, or none of the Alternate Bid items in the Work. If the City selects any of the Alternate Bid items, the corresponding Alternate Bid prices shall be added to or deducted from Base Bid Price for the Work. The City can award/select Alternate Bid items at any time(s).

I certify that I have read, understood the above statement.

Confirmed

3. BID GUARANTEE*
IF SUBMITTING AN ORIGINAL BID BOND: Please download the Bid Bond Form under #ATTACHMENTS, and Mail or hand deliver in a sealed and labeled envelope including the Project Number, Project Title, and Project Due Date visible on the outside of the envelope to the City Clerk's Office located at 73-510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, CA 92260 before the bid submittal deadline.

IF SUBMITTING CASH OR CASHIER'S CHECK: Mail or hand deliver in a sealed and labeled envelope including the Project Number, Project Title, and Project Due Date visible on the outside of the envelope to the City Clerk's Office located at 73-510 Fred Waring Drive, Palm Desert, CA 92260 before the bid submittal deadline.

IF SUBMITTING AN E-BID BOND: follow E-Bid Bond instructions.

Hard Copy Original Bid Bond (delivered before bid submittal deadline)

4. E-Bid Bond
Please enter your Bid Bond information from Surety2000 below ONLY IF YOU ARE NOT SUBMITTING A HARD COPY BID BOND, CASH, OR CASHIER'S CHECK.

Bond ID: No response submitted
Vendor ID: No response submitted
540
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

5. Enter Surety Company "Name" who Issued Bid Guarantee * This information will be verified against the California Department of Insurance Website.

Nationwide Mutual Insurance Company
Click to Verify Value will be copied to clipboard

6. DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS*
Please download the below documents, complete, and upload. • DESIGNATION_OF_SUBCONTRACTO...

Civic_Center_Subcontractors.pdf

7. BIDDER INFORMATION AND EXPERIENCE FORM*
Please download the below documents, complete, and upload. • BIDDER_INFORMATION_AND_EXPE...

Civic_Center_Bidder_Information.pdf

8. NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION*
The undersigned declares:

I am an authorized representative of my company, the party making the foregoing Bid, to certify the following.

The Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the Bid Price of the Bidder or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the Bid Price, or of that of any other Bidder. All statements contained in the Bid are true. The Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her Bid Price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative 541
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose.

Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a Bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the Bidder.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.

Confirmed

9. IRAN CONTRACTING ACT CERTIFICATION*
(Public Contract Code section 2200 et seq.)
As required by California Public Contract Code Section 2204, the Contractor certifies subject to penalty for perjury that the option selected below relating to the Contractor’s status in regard to the Iran Contracting Act of 2010 (Public Contract Code Section 2200 et seq.) is true and correct:

Note: In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 2205, false certification of this form shall be reported to the California Attorney General and may result in civil penalties equal to the greater of $250,000 or twice the Contract amount, termination of the Contract and/or ineligibility to bid on contracts for three years.

The amount of the Contract payable to the Contractor for the Project does not exceed $1,000,000.

10. PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR DIR REGISTRATION CERTIFICATION* Pursuant to Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, all contractors and subcontractors that wish to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, or enter into a contract to perform public work must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations. See http://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/PublicWorks.html for additional information.

No bid will be accepted, nor any contract entered into without proof of the contractor’s and subcontractors’ current registration with the Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work. 542
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

Bidder hereby certifies that it is aware of the registration requirements set forth in Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 and is currently registered as a contractor with the Department of Industrial Relations.

Unless Bidder is exempt pursuant to the small project exemption, Bidder further acknowledges:

1. Bidder shall maintain a current DIR registration for the duration of the project.

2. Bidder shall include the requirements of Labor Code sections 1725.5 and 1771.1 in its contract with subcontractors and ensure that all subcontractors are registered at the time of bid opening and maintain registration status for the duration of the project.

3. Failure to submit this form or comply with any of the above requirements may result in a finding that the bid is nonresponsive.

Confirmed

11. Enter your California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Registration number* Please enter your Public Works Contractor DIR Number. This will be verified against the state database. 1000706410
Click to Verify Value will be copied to clipboard

12. Enter your valid CA Contractors State License Board (CSLB) number* Please enter your License Number here. This will be verified against the state database. 1069677
Click to Verify Value will be copied to clipboard

13. CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATE REGARDING WORKERS’ COMPENSATION* I am aware of the provisions of section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract.

Confirmed
543
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

14. Fleet Compliance Certification*
I hereby acknowledge that I have reviewed the California Air Resources Board’s policies, rules and regulations and are familiar with the requirements of Title 13, California Code of Regulations, Division 3, Chapter 9, effective on January 1, 2024 (the “Regulation”). I hereby certify, subject to penalty for perjury, that the option checked below relating to the Bidder’s fleet, and/or that of their subcontractor(s) (“Fleet”) is true and correct:

The Fleet is subject to the requirements of the Regulation, and the appropriate Certificate(s) of Reported Compliance have been attached hereto.

15. Fleet Compliance Documentation*
Please attach supporting documentation for the selection made in the above item.

WSB_CARB_Certificate_2025_(11).jpg

16. Type of Business*
S Corporation (if corporation, two signatures are required)

17. Type your Legal Company Name Here*
State your Company's Name Here. This will be verified against the California Secretary of State's Website.

Western State Builders, Inc.

Click to Verify Value will be copied to clipboard

18. How many years has Bidder’s organization been in business as a Contractor? * 10 19. List the Signatory(s) Authorized to Sign and Bind an Agreement.* (If two (2) signatures are required, include the following information for both signatories)

1. Full Name
544
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

2. Title

3. Physical Business Address

4. Email Address

5. Phone Number
Corporation (C-Corp): Requires two signatures from authorized officers— one from President or Vice President, and the other from the Secretary or Treasurer.

An alternate signatory may be used if authorized by a Notarized Corporate Resolution or Article of Authority.

LLC: Usually requires one signature from an authorized member or manager. For significant contracts (e.g., over $50,000 for construction or over $25,000 for service agreements), additional approvals or signatures may be required.

Sole Proprietorship, Non-Profit, Single LLC: Only the one signature is necessary.

1. Julian Dillavou-Moen

2. Vice President/Treasurer

3. 2141 Orange Ave Escondido, CA 92029

4. [email protected]

5. 760-270-8639

1. James Jared Moen

2. President/Secretary

3. 2141 Orange Ave Escondido, CA 92029

4. [email protected]

5. 760-703-6024
545
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

20. Nondiscrimination Certification*
The City of Palm Desert is committed to promoting equal opportunity in its contracting activities. We ensure that all individuals seeking to do business with the city treat contractors, subcontractors, and employees fairly, without discrimination based on race, color, religion, ancestry, national origin, disability, medical condition, marital status, domestic partner status, sex, gender, gender identity, gender expression, sexual orientation, or membership in any other protected class.

For any purchase exceeding $10,000, vendors must certify compliance with the City’s nondiscrimination policy (G.C. 3.30.200) before contract award. No contract will be awarded until the contractor submits this certification.

By clicking the confirmation box below, the vendor certifies that they have read the code and agree to comply with its requirements.

Failure to comply may result in termination of any agreement entered into with the vendor.

Confirmed

PRICE TABLES

GENERAL ITEMS
Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
1 Mobilization 1 LS $5,000.00 $5,000.00
2 Dust Control 1 LS $2,200.00 $2,200.00
3 SWPPP and Erosion Control 1 LS $4,200.00 $4,200.00
4 Temporary Portable Restroom w/ hand washing station 1 LS $4,500.00 $4,500.00 5 Temporary Perimeter Construction Fence 1 LS $12,771.00 $12,771.00 TOTAL $28,671.00
546
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

DEMOLITION
Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
6 2-SAWCUT EXISTING CONCRETE TO LIMITS SHOWN ON PLAN 250 LF $15.00 $3,750.00 7 3-REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING CONCRETE SIDEWALK 10,200 SF $2.00 $20,400.00 8 4-REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING RUBBERIZED PLAYGROUND SURFACE 1,100 SF $3.00 $3,300.00 9 5-REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING WOOD CHIPS 8,500 SF $2.00 $17,000.00 10 6A-REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING MISC. PAVEMENT 50 SF $5.00 $250.00 11 6B-REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING MISC. PAVEMENT HEADER 200 LS $15.00 $3,000.00 12 7-REMOVE AND DISPOSE OR SALVAGE EXISTING PLAYGROUND EOUIPMENT AND

CANOPIES
1 LS $29,147.00 $29,147.00
13 9-IRRIGATION CONTROL EQUIPMENT- PER IRRIGATION PLANS 1 EA $950.00 $950.00 14 IO-EXISTING TREE TO BE TRANSPLANTED TO A NEW LOCATION PER THE DIRECTION

OF THE CITY
3 LS $750.00 $2,250.00
TOTAL $80,047.00

SITE CONSTRUCTION
Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
15 01-PAVING - CONCRETE TYPE 'A', COLOR: NATURAL. FINISH: TOPCAST #01 -6" thick 9,017 SF $16.75 $151,034.75 16 04-PAVING - STABILIZED D.G. 2,392 SF $3.30 $7,893.60 547
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
17 05-SURFACING-ENGINEERED WOOD FIBER SAFETY SURFACE BASE AND SUBDRAINS 6,416 SF $6.00 $38,496.00 18 06-SURFACING-POURED-IN-PLACE RUBBER SAFETY SURFACING 4,964 SF $43.12 $214,047.68 19 07-PLAY AREA CURB AT WOOD FIBER SURFACE 256 LF $52.75 $13,504.00 20 08-PLAY AREA CURB AT RUBBERIZED SAFETY SURFACE 345 LF $89.00 $30,705.00 21 09-PLAY AREA RAMP 98 SF $14.25 $1,396.50
22 10-POURED IN PLACE SEATWALLS 678 SF $184.00 $124,752.00 23 11B-PLAY EQUIPMENT (LANDSCAPE STRUCTURES) (installation) 1 EA $160,000.00 $160,000.00 24 12B-SHADE SAILS (USA SHADE) (installation) 1 EA $179,716.00 $179,716.00 25 13-INSTALL WIND TURBINE BENCH AS PROVIDED BY CITY 1 EA $2,500.00 $2,500.00 26 14-FURNISHING - HOT COAL RECEPTACLE 3 EA $1,950.00 $5,850.00 27 IS-FURNISHING - SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING CONCRETE PICNIC TABLES 8 EA $500.00 $4,000.00 28 16A-FURNISHING - METAL PICNIC TABLE SURFACE MOUNT (SALVAGED) (ON

CONCRETE AT SURFACE)
4 EA $500.00 $2,000.00
29 168-FURNISHING- METAL PICNIC TABLE SURFACE MOUNT (NEW) (ON CONCRETE

AT SURFACE)
7 EA $3,419.00 $23,933.00
30 17-FURNISHING - DRINKING FOUNTAIN (including domestic waterline connection) 1 LS $15,000.00 $15,000.00 31 IS-FURNISHING - BENCH WITHOUT BACK SURFACE MOUNT (ON CONCRETE AT

SURFACE)
14 EA $3,840.00 $53,760.00
548
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
32 19-FURNISHING - SALVAGE AND RELOCATE TRASH RECEPTACLES 11 EA $400.00 $4,400.00 33 20-FURNISHING - SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING BARBECUES 3 EA $500.00 $1,500.00 34 21-FURNISHING - SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING BIKE RACKS with concrete headers for mounting
2 EA $500.00 $1,000.00
35 22-SURFACING-NON-STABILIZED 3/8" MINUS D. G. MULCH 13,831 SF $0.95 $13,139.45 36 23-CONCRETE HEADER 1,022 LF $24.48 $25,018.56
TOTAL $1,073,646.54

PLANTING AND IRRIGATION
Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
37 36" Box-QUERCUS VIRGINIANA 6 EA $726.43 $4,358.58
38 5 Gal-ASCLEPIAS SUBULATA 44 EA $27.20 $1,196.80
39 5 Gal-BOUTELOUA GRACILIS 'BLOND AMBITION' 74 EA $31.49 $2,330.26 40 15 Gal-CAESALPINJA PULCHERRIMA 22 EA $65.09 $1,431.98 41 5 Gal-EREMOPHILA HYGROPHANA 'BLUE BELLS' 61 EA $26.49 $1,615.89 42 5 Gal-HESPERALOE X PERFU 'PINK PARADE' 45 EA $41.49 $1,867.05 43 5 Gal-LEUCOPHYLLUM LAN 'LYNN'S LEGACY' 29 EA $25.77 $747.33 549
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
44 5 Gal-LEUCOPHYLLUM ZIGOPHYLLUM CIMARRON 16 EA $25.77 $412.32 45 5 Gal-MUHLENBERGIA CAPILLARlS 'REGAL MIST' 167 EA $25.77 $4,303.59 46 5 Gal-POLIOMITHA MADERENSIS LAVENDER SPICE 31 EA $32.92 $1,020.52 47 5 Gal-SALVIA GREGGII SIERRA LINDA 49 EA $26.75 $1,310.75 48 24"-30" LANDSCAPE BOULDER 21 EA $155.18 $3,258.78
49 30''-36" LANDSCAPE BOULDER 42 EA $214.36 $9,003.12
50 36"-48" LANDSCAPE BOULDER 50 EA $335.54 $16,777.00
51 SOD 3,331 EA $1.17 $3,897.27
52 Irrigation-Turf Areas 3,331 SF $1.76 $5,862.56
53 Irrigation-Shrub Areas 13,831 SF $1.16 $16,043.96
54 Soil Prep / Finish Grade 17,162 SF $0.06 $1,029.72
55 Landscape Maintenance 17,162 SF $0.09 $1,544.58
TOTAL $78,012.06

GRADING AND DRAINAGE
Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
56 SITE GRADING 1 LS $100,800.00 $100,800.00
550
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
NIB No. 2025-NIB-210
Civic Center Park Playground Renovation
[WESTERN STATE BUILDERS INC.] RESPONSE DOCUMENT REPORT
PUBLIC WORKS - Civic Center Park Playground Renovation

Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
TOTAL $100,800.00

SITE ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING
Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
57 DI- DOWN AND UP LIGHT (DUO) Installation 28 LF $1,697.85 $47,539.80 58 D2- DOWN AND UP LIGHT DUO Installation 14 EA $1,697.85 $23,769.90 59 Tl- UP LIGHT Installation 12 EA $856.80 $10,281.60
60 TREE RING Installation 6 EA $741.14 $4,446.84
61 MISTER PUMP RELOCATION 1 EA $1,735.40 $1,735.40
62 CONDUIT & TRENCHING 1,700 LF $41.58 $70,686.00
TOTAL $158,459.54
PAINTING OF 9 EXISTING STRUCTURES
Line Item Description Quantity Unit of
Measure
Unit Cost Total
63 PAINTING OF 9 EXISTING STRUCTURES 1 LS $50,500.00 $50,500.00 TOTAL $50,500.00
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560








 
 



   


  
  





   

!


"  

 

 
 
 





 ##
####
 



$ % 


 
 
 




&'&( )*+), ,&')
-./ )0),+ 

  

  
" 

 






 

  

!


"  

 
  

  # 



 
1






"


2


2


2
 
 


1
561








 
 



   


  
  





   

!


"  

 

 
 
 





 ##
####
 









$

$

$

$

$

$

$
562








 
 



   


  
  





   

!


"  

 

 
 
 





 ##
####



"



$

$

$
563








 
 



   


  
  





   

!


"  

 

 
 
 





 ##
####


"



$

$

$

$
564






 









 









 




    
!

"



#!

!
 

 !

!

!


!

$$
$$$$

565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE TITLE SHEET
L.0-1

CIVIC CENTER PARK

PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS
CIVIC CENTER DRIVE, PALM DESERT, CA 92211

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT COMPLIANCE

PROJECT DIRECTORY
OWNER:

CITY OF PALM DESERT

SHAWN MUIR, COMMUNITY SERVICES MANAGER
760-776-6481
EMAIL: [email protected]
73510 FRED WARING DRIVE
PALM DESERT, CA, 92260
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT:

IN-SITE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE, INC.
2907 SHELTER ISLAND DRIVE #105-417
SAN DIEGO, CA 92106
619-795-7603
CONTACT: TIM JACHLEWSKI
EMAIL: [email protected]

ALEX KOUTZOUKIS
EMAIL: [email protected]
CIVIL ENGINEER:

MICHAEL BAKER INTERNATIONAL
75-410 GERALD FORD DRIVE

PALM DESERT, CA
PHONE: 760-535-7186
CONTACT: FRANCISCO ALCOCER
EMAIL: [email protected]

CITY OF PALM DESERT

CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION SCHEDULE

APN NUMBERS
-

SHEET INDEX
DWG NO. SHEET NO. DESCRIPTION
1 L.0-1 TITLE SHEET
2 L.1-1 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN
3 L.1-2 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN
4 L.1-3 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
5 L.1-4 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
6 L.1-5 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
7 L.1-6 PLAY EQUIPMENT PLAN
8 L.1-7 SHADE SAIL PLAN
9 L.1-8 STRUCTURE PAINTING PLAN
10 L.1-9 STRUCTURE PAINTING TYPICAL DETAIL
11 L.1-10 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION SPECS.
12 L.2-1 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN
13 L.2-2 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN
14 L.2-3 LANDSCAPE PLANTING SCHEDULE & NOTES
15 L.2-4 LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS
16 L.2-5 LANDSCAPE PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
17 L.2-6 LANDSCAPE PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
18 L.2-7 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
19 L.2-8 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
20 L.3-1 IRRIGATION PLAN
21 L.3-2 IRRIGATION PLAN
22 L.3-3 IRRIGATION LEGEND, CALCS, & NOTES
23 L.3-4 IRRIGATION DETAILS
24 L.3-5 IRRIGATION DETAILS
25 L.3-6 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS
26 L.3-7 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS

REFER TO PRECISE GRADING AND DRAINAGE PLANS FOR DEMOLITION

SHEETS AND GRADING AND DRAINAGE SHEETS

REFER SITE LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL PLANS FOR LIGHTING AND

ELECTRICAL

VICINITY MAP

HOLD HARMLESS & INDEMNIFICATION CLAUSE

CONTRACTOR AGREES TO ASSUME SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR JOB

SITE CONDITIONS DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION OF THIS PROJECT, INCLUDING SAFETY OF ALL PERSONS AND PROPERTY;

THAT THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL APPLY CONTINUOUSLY AND NOT BE

LIMITED TO NORMAL WORKING HOURS, AND THAT THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY, AND HOLD THE OWNER/DEVELOPER,

THE COUNTY/ CITY OF LOCAL JURISDICTION AND THE LANDSCAPE

ARCHITECT AND IT'S CONSULTANTS HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL

LIABILITY REAL OR ALLEGED IN CONNECTION WITH THE

PERFORMANCE OF WORK ON THIS PROJECT, EXCEPTING FOR

LIABILITY ARISING FROM SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE

OWNER/DEVELOPER, COUNTY/ CITY OF LOCAL JURISDICTION AND THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND IT'S CONSULTANTS.

1. ALL SLOPES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN WERE DESIGNED AT OR BELOW MAXIMUMS ALLOWED BY THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITY ACT ACCESS GUIDE (A.D.A.A.G.) IN ORDER TO ALLOW F OR CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH A.D.A.A.G. AND IN THE EVENT THAT A DESIGN QUESTION SHOULD ARISE, OR A FIELD CONDITION PRESENT ITSELF THAT IS DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN ON THESE PLANS, WORK SHOULD CEASE AND THE ENGINEER BE NOTIFIED SO THAT AN ACCEPTABLE SOLUTION CAN BE DETERMINED.

2. THE CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED TO CAREFULLY CHECK ALL PHASES OF WORK RELATING TO A.D.A.A.G. ACCESS FOR THIS PROJECT. SINCE THE

CODE DOES NOT ALLOW FOR A CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCE, ANY CONSTRUCTION THAT EXCEEDS MAXIMUM OR MINIMUM DIMENSIONS AND SLOPES AS CALLED OUT BY A.D.A.A.G. ARE SUBJECT TO REJECTIONS BY THE OWNER AND MAY BE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED.

3. SINCE THE CIVIL ENGINEER, LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, OR SURVEYOR CANNOT CONTROL THE EXACT METHODS OR MEANS USED BY THE GENERAL

CONTRACTOR OR THEIR SUB-CONTRACTOR DURING GRADING AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, THE CIVIL ENGINEER, LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT, OR SURVEYOR ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF A.D.A.A.G. RELATED ITEMS OF THIS PROJECT BY THE OWNER, ANY OTHER AUTHORITY OR OTHER AFFECTED PARTIES.

COMPLIANCE WITH A.D.A.A.G. CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS WILL BE THE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THEIR SUB-CONTRACTOR(S).

CITY PLAN REVIEW SUBMITTAL DATES:
04/10/25 1ST CONCEPTUAL PLAN
04/23/25 2ND 30% CDS
05/02/25 3RD 90% CDS (R1)
05/15/25 4TH 95% CDS (R2)
05/20/25 5TH 95% CDS (R3)
06/11/25 6TH 100% CDS
06/16/25 7TH 100% CDS (R1)
06/23/25 8TH 100% CDS (R2)
LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATIONS:

1. PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE

2. CONCRETE FORMWORK AND SUB-GRADE

3. CONCRETE FOOTINGS

4. CONCRETE FINISH AND ELEVATIONS

5. UTILITY TRENCHES

6. FINAL PUNCH WALK
CONTRACTOR MUST BE ON SITE FOR ALL OBSERVATIONS.

AT THEIR DISCRETION, THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT MAY WAIVE OBSERVATIONS AND MAY INSTEAD REQUEST DIGITAL PHOTOS FROM THE CONTRACTOR.

NOTIFICATION TIME
7 DAYS
48 HOURS
48 HOURS
48 HOURS
48 HOURS
7 DAYS

LEGAL DESCRIPTION
-
SCOPE OF WORK:

INSTALLATION OF A NEW PLAY EQUIPMENT, SHADE SAILS,

BBQ GRILLS, TRASH RECEPTACLES, BENCHES, PICNIC

TABLES, NEW CONCRETE WALKWAYS
NOTE: THE PROJECT IS SUBJECT TO 2022 CALIFORNIA FIRE
CODE AND BUILDING CODE.

MANUFACTURER LEAD TIMES

CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LEAD TIMES WITH ALL MANUFACTURERS

UPON RECEIPT OF CONTRACT AND SHALL ORDER ALL PRODUCTS

WITH AMPLE TIME TO MEET SCHEDULE UPON THE CONSULTANT AND CITY APPROVAL OF THE PRODUCT SUBMITTALS.

CITY PURCHASED ITEMS

THE FOLLOWING ITEMS HAVE BEEN PRE-PURCHASED BY THE CITY OF PALM DESERT:
· USA SHADE - SHADE SAILS
· LANDSCAPE STRUCTURES PLAY EQUIPMENT

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECEIVING THE
SHIPMENTS OF THE ITEMS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.

CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE COMPLETE

ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION INCLUDING CONCRETE FOOTINGS,

REINFORCEMENT, BOLTS, ACCESSORIES AND ANY AND ALL OTHER

ITEMS AND LABOR NECESSARY FOR A COMPLETE AND FINISHED

INSTALLATION OF THE ITEMS ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS.

ATTACHMENTS:
· MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR

SHADE SAILS
· MANUFACTURER'S ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR

PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT
1 582
PB
PB
T T
T T
T
T
T
2 YEARS - 5 YEARS
5 YEARS - 12 YEARS
6-23 MONTHS
T T
8 16
40 48
8 16
8 8
8 18
18 18
18 8
8 72
18 8
8 1
2 3
4 5
7 9
10 11
12 13
14 15
16 SURFACING - ENGINEERED WOOD FIBER SAFETY SURFACE,
SEE DETAIL C-06, SHEET L.1-4

PAVING - EXPANSION JOINT,
SEE DETAIL C-02, SHEET L.1-3

PAVING - SAWCUT CONTROL JOINT,
SEE DETAIL C-03, SHEET L.1-3

SALVAGE AND RELOCATE TRASH RECEPTACLE

FURNISHING - HOT COAL RECEPTACLE
SEE DETAIL C-12, SHEET L.1-5

SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING BIKE RACKS
INSTALL ON 8" W. BY 12" DEPTH CONCRETE HEADER
T
PAVING - STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE', COLOR:
'MATCH EXISTING', SEE DETAIL C-04, SHEET L.1-3
9,017 S.F.

LUMP SUM

LUMP SUM
256 L.F.
3 8
7 NEW
4 SALVAGED
1 14
2,392 S.F.

APPROXIMATE
QUANTITY*
* QUANTITIES ARE SHOWN FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES PRIOR TO BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION.

PLAY AREA CURB AT WOOD FIBER SURFACE
SEE DETAIL C-06, SHEET L.1-4

PLAY AREA RAMP
SEE DETAIL C-07, SHEET L.1-4
17 SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING

CONCRETE PICNIC TABLES
18 FURNISHING - PICNIC TABLE
SEE DETAIL C-13, SHEET L.1-5

POURED IN PLACE SEAT WALLS
SEE DETAIL C-08, SHEET L.1-4

SURFACING - RUBBERIZED SAFETY SURFACE, SEE DETAIL
C-09, SHEET L.1-4

SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING BARBECUE

FURNISHING - DRINKING FOUNTAIN
SEE DETAIL C-10 & C-11, SHEET L.1-4

FURNISHING - BENCH WITHOUT BACK
SEE DETAIL C-14, SHEET L.1-5
6,416 S.F.
4,381 S.F.

LUMP SUM
678 S.F.
11 3
2 PLAY EQUIPMENT BY LANDSCAPE STRUCTURES
SEE DETAIL C-16, SHEET L.1-6

SHADE SAILS & POSTS BY USA SHADE
SEE DETAIL C-17, SHEET L.1-7
19 20
21 INSTALL WIND TURBINE BENCH FEATURE

PROVIDED BY CITY
6 22 MULCH - NON-STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE', COLOR:
'BODIE' (OR APPROVED EQUAL) BY DECORATIVE STONE
SOLUTIONS, SEE DETAIL C-05, SHEET L.1-3
23 24 TURF - SOD (PER CITY STANDARD SPECIES)

1. THESE PLANS WERE PREPARED USING THE SURVEY AND BASE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY MBI. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE

ACCURACY OF THE PLANS COMPARED TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND BEGINNING WORK. IF THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES

BETWEEN THE PLANS AND FIELD CONDITIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF RECORD TO WORK OUT A SOLUTION AGREEABLE TO THE OWNER. IF THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF

RECORD OF THE DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK, THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL LABOR AND MATERIALS AS DIRECTED

BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF RECORD TO RESOLVE SUCH DISCREPANCIES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.

2. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND BEGINNING WORK. THE

CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY MARK ALL UTILITIES AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PRESERVING ALL UTILITIES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIRING DAMAGED UTILITIES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.

3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING OR REPLACING ANY

EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION WITHIN OR OUTSIDE THE PROJECT LIMIT OF WORK.

4. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING AND VERIFYING ALL

CONDUIT AND IRRIGATION SLEEVES WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION TRADE CONTRACTORS.

5. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

CONSTRUCTION NOTES

CONSTRUCTION CALLOUTS
8 PLAY AREA CURB AT RUBBERIZED SAFETY SURFACE
SEE DETAIL C-09, SHEET L.1-4
345 L.F.
3,331 S.F.
13,751 S.F.

LUMP SUM

LUMP SUM
1 TYPE
A
TYPE
B

CONCRETE HEADER
SEE DETAILS C-04, L.1-3
1,022 L.F.
583 S.F.

PAVING - CONCRETE TYPE 'A', COLOR: "NATURAL GRAY",
FINISH: TOPCAST #01, SEE DETAIL C-01, SHEET L.1-3

BOULDERS
24"-30" LANDSCAPE BOULDER 'SANTA BARBARA SANDSTONE' BOULDERS 21 AVAILABLE: DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS PARTIALLY BURY PER DETAILS 30"-36" LANDSCAPE BOULDER 'SANTA BARBARA SANDSTONE' BOULDERS 42 AVAILABLE: DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS PARTIALLY BURY PER DETAILS 36"-48" LANDSCAPE BOULDER 'SANTA BARBARA SANDSTONE' BOULDERS 50 AVAILABLE: DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS PARTIALLY BURY PER DETAILS

BOULDER LEGEND
SEE DETAIL C-15, L.1-5
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN
L.1-1
0' 5' 10' 20' 30'
NORTH
ALIGN

CL CENTERLINE
EQ EQUAL MATCHLINE: SEE SHEET L.2-2
LEGEND

EXISTING

RESTROOM

EXISTING FITNESS

EQUIPMENT

EXISTING FITNESS

EXISTING LAWN EQUIPMENT

EXISTING CONCRETE WALKWAY
12' WIDE CLEAR
SPACE FOR EVENTS 12' WIDE CLEAR

SPACE FOR EVENTS
1 3
2 2
1 3
7 12
10 12
19 21
4 22
10 5
12 11
2 19
1 3
18 16

EXISTING OVERHEAD

STRUCTURE TO REMAIN
18 19
13 16
3 1
2 12
10 18
5 12
10 2
1 3
17 23

TURF MOUND
6 6
5 12
9 8
7 10
12 19

EXISTING

OVERHEAD

STRUCTURE

TO REMAIN

EXISTING TURF TO
REMAIN
+24"
4 EXISTING D.G. TO
REMAIN
7 8
8 7
24 24
22 EXISTING D.G.

MULCH TO REMAIN

REFER TO IRRIGATION PLANS FOR RE-ROUTING OF IRRIGATION
MAINLINE PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL

LOCATE EXISTING IRRIGATION MAINLINE AND WIRES AND
REALIGN TO BE CLEAR OF THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. ALL

DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE FINE GRADED AND RE-SODDED

ALL EXISTING IRRIGATION HEADS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL

BE ADJUSTED AS NEEDED FOR HEAD-TO-HEAD COVERAGE

WITH NO OVERSPRAY ONTO HARDSCAPE TO ACCOMODATE

THE NEW TURF AND HARDSCAPE CONDITIONS
IRRIGATION NOTE:

TYPE
A
TYPE
A
2 EXISTING TREE TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)

EXISTING PALMS
TO REMAIN.

PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)
9 3

EXISTING LIGHT

POLE TO REMAIN

EXISTING DRAIN PER

CIVIL ENGINEER
6 TYPE
A
23 23
23 1
22 13,831
583
T
T
T
2 YEARS - 5 YEARS 2 YEARS - 5 YEARS
8 16
40 8
16 18
8 8
1 2
3 4
5 7
9 10
11 12
13 14
15 16

SURFACING - ENGINEERED WOOD FIBER SAFETY SURFACE,
SEE DETAIL C-06, SHEET L.1-4

PAVING - EXPANSION JOINT,
SEE DETAIL C-02, SHEET L.1-3

PAVING - SAWCUT CONTROL JOINT,
SEE DETAIL C-03, SHEET L.1-3

SALVAGE AND RELOCATE TRASH RECEPTACLE

FURNISHING - HOT COAL RECEPTACLE
SEE DETAIL C-12, SHEET L.1-5

SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING BIKE RACKS
INSTALL ON 8" W. BY 12" DEPTH CONCRETE HEADER
T
PAVING - STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE', COLOR:
'MATCH EXISTING', SEE DETAIL C-04, SHEET L.1-3
9,017 S.F.

LUMP SUM

LUMP SUM
256 L.F.
3 8
7 NEW
4 SALVAGED
1 14
2,392 S.F.

APPROXIMATE
QUANTITY*
* QUANTITIES ARE SHOWN FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES PRIOR TO BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION.

PLAY AREA CURB AT WOOD FIBER SURFACE
SEE DETAIL C-06, SHEET L.1-4

PLAY AREA RAMP
SEE DETAIL C-07, SHEET L.1-4
17 SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING

CONCRETE PICNIC TABLES
18 FURNISHING - PICNIC TABLE
SEE DETAIL C-13, SHEET L.1-5

POURED IN PLACE SEAT WALLS
SEE DETAIL C-08, SHEET L.1-4

SURFACING - RUBBERIZED SAFETY SURFACE, SEE DETAIL
C-09, SHEET L.1-4

SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING BARBECUE

FURNISHING - DRINKING FOUNTAIN
SEE DETAIL C-10 & C-11, SHEET L.1-4

FURNISHING - BENCH WITHOUT BACK
SEE DETAIL C-14, SHEET L.1-5
6,416 S.F.
4,381 S.F.

LUMP SUM
678 S.F.
11 3
2 PLAY EQUIPMENT BY LANDSCAPE STRUCTURES
SEE DETAIL C-16, SHEET L.1-6

SHADE SAILS & POSTS BY USA SHADE
SEE DETAIL C-17, SHEET L.1-7
19 20
21 INSTALL WIND TURBINE BENCH FEATURE

PROVIDED BY CITY
6 22 MULCH - NON-STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE', COLOR:
'BODIE' (OR APPROVED EQUAL) BY DECORATIVE STONE
SOLUTIONS, SEE DETAIL C-05, SHEET L.1-3
23 24 TURF - SOD (PER CITY STANDARD SPECIES)

1. THESE PLANS WERE PREPARED USING THE SURVEY AND BASE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY MBI. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE

ACCURACY OF THE PLANS COMPARED TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND BEGINNING WORK. IF THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES

BETWEEN THE PLANS AND FIELD CONDITIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF RECORD TO WORK OUT A SOLUTION AGREEABLE TO THE OWNER. IF THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF

RECORD OF THE DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK, THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL LABOR AND MATERIALS AS DIRECTED

BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF RECORD TO RESOLVE SUCH DISCREPANCIES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.

2. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND BEGINNING WORK. THE

CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY MARK ALL UTILITIES AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PRESERVING ALL UTILITIES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIRING DAMAGED UTILITIES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.

3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING OR REPLACING ANY

EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION WITHIN OR OUTSIDE THE PROJECT LIMIT OF WORK.

4. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING AND VERIFYING ALL

CONDUIT AND IRRIGATION SLEEVES WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION TRADE CONTRACTORS.

5. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

CONSTRUCTION NOTES

CONSTRUCTION CALLOUTS
8 PLAY AREA CURB AT RUBBERIZED SAFETY SURFACE
SEE DETAIL C-09, SHEET L.1-4
345 L.F.
3,331 S.F.
13,751 S.F.

LUMP SUM

LUMP SUM
1 TYPE
A
TYPE
B

CONCRETE HEADER
SEE DETAILS C-04, L.1-3
1,022 L.F.
583 S.F.

PAVING - CONCRETE TYPE 'A', COLOR: "NATURAL GRAY",
FINISH: TOPCAST #01, SEE DETAIL C-01, SHEET L.1-3

BOULDERS
24"-30" LANDSCAPE BOULDER 'SANTA BARBARA SANDSTONE' BOULDERS 21 AVAILABLE: DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS PARTIALLY BURY PER DETAILS 30"-36" LANDSCAPE BOULDER 'SANTA BARBARA SANDSTONE' BOULDERS 42 AVAILABLE: DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS PARTIALLY BURY PER DETAILS 36"-48" LANDSCAPE BOULDER 'SANTA BARBARA SANDSTONE' BOULDERS 50 AVAILABLE: DECORATIVE STONE SOLUTIONS PARTIALLY BURY PER DETAILS

BOULDER LEGEND
SEE DETAIL C-15, L.1-5
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN
L.1-2

EXISTING
LAWN

EXISTING
GAZEBO

EXISTING CONCRETE WALKWAY

EXISTING FITNESS

EQUIPMENT
12' WIDE CLEAR

SPACE FOR EVENTS

TURF MOUND
19 14
15 20
15 20
14 1
3 EXISTING MISTER SYSTEM

TO BE RELOCATED
"MODERN MIST" COMPANY TO

EVALUATE AND REPLACE AND/OR

RELOCATE EXISTING MISTER

SYSTEM TO THIS LOCATION
6 12
8 6
11 EXISTING ELECTRICAL BOX TO
REMAIN. PROTECT-IN-PLACE
21 4
20 14
15 19
13 MATCHLINE: SEE SHEET L.2-1
12 6

EXISTING LIGHT POLE TO
REMAIN. PROTECT-IN-PLACE
2 0' 5' 10' 20' 30'
NORTH
+24"
8 8
4 4 4
22 22
22 24

ALL EXISTING IRRIGATION HEADS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL

BE ADJUSTED AS NEEDED FOR HEAD-TO-HEAD COVERAGE

WITH NO OVERSPRAY ONTO HARDSCAPE TO ACCOMODATE

THE NEW TURF AND HARDSCAPE CONDITIONS
IRRIGATION NOTE:

TYPE
A
TYPE
B
TYPE
A
10 EXISTING DECOMPOSED GRANITE TO REMAIN.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE. REFRESH WITH ADDITIONAL
STABILIZED D.G. AS NEEDED IN AREAS OF
DISTURBANCE FROM CONSTRUCTION (I.E. GRILL
FOOTINGS, EDGING, ETC.)
3 23

EXISTING TREE TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)

EXISTING PALMS TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)
8 6'-10"
7'
6'-6"
7'
584
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
L.1-3

1. PLANTING AREA - TOP OF MULCH 1" LOWER THAN
CONCRETE FINISH GRADE (OR FLUSH IF STABILIZED D.G.)

2. 1/2" RADIUS

3. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SLAB, SEE PLANS FOR FINISH

AND COLOR

4. #3 REBAR @ 18" O.C. BOTH WAYS, CENTERED IN SLAB

5. SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND COMPACTION PER

GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT

CONCRETE PAVEMENT
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
C-01

3. 4.

5. 1.

2. 6" 3"
3" CLR. 1" TO TOP OF MULCH OR FLUSH IF STABILIZED D.G.

1. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAVING, 1
4" RADIUS AT JOINT

2. JOINT SEALANT, SIKAFLEX-2C NS TG OR APPROVED EQUAL,

COLOR TO MATCH PAVEMENT, INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S

REQUIREMENTS, APPLY LIGHT SILICA SAND FINISH FOLLOWING

INSTALLATION

3. COMPRESSIBLE FELT JOINT FILLER (FULL DEPTH OF PAVEMENT,

JOINT SHALL BE STRAIGHT AND TRUE)

4. 12" LONG #3 STEEL DOWELS 24" O.C., SLEEVE OR GREASE ONE

END, (OMIT DOWELS AT SITE AND BUILDING WALLS UNLESS

REQUIRED BY GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT)
NOTE: IF NEW CONCRETE IS PLACED AGAINST EXISTING CONCRETE,

CORE DRILL EXISTING CONCRETE TO SET STEEL DOWELS

EXPANSION JOINT

IN CONCRETE PAVEMENT
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
C-02

1. 2.

3. 4.
1 2
"

1. SAWCUT SCORE JOINT, STRAIGHT AND TRUE

2. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PAVING
NOTE: SAWCUTTING SHALL BE COMPLETED AFTER CONCRETE

CAN SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR A CLEAN CUT, BUT BEFORE

SHRINKAGE CRACKING OCCURS
SAWCUT CONTROL JOINT (1/8")

IN CONCRETE PAVEMENT
SCALE: 3" = 1'-0"
C-03

1. 2.
1/8" 1
1 2
"
4 STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE

WITH CONCRETE HEADER
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
C-04

1. ADJACENT CONDITIONS AT LANDSCAPE OR LAWN AREAS
A. TOP OF LOOSE D.G. MULCH: 1" LOWER THAN TOP OF EDGING B. FINISH GRADE OF LAWN: 1" LOWER THAN TOP OF EDGING

2. CONCRETE HEADER WITH #3 REBAR CONTINUOUS FLUSH WITH DG.

3. STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE (D.G.) PAVING, SEE PLANS FOR COLOR

4. SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND COMPACTION PER GEOTECHNICAL

ENGINEERING REPORT

5. 1/8" MIN. TO 1/4" MAX. LOWER THAN ADJACENT SIDEWALK OR

HARDSCAPE (AFTER INSTALLATION / COMPACTION)

SLOPE PER

GRADING PLANS
(1.8% MAX)

3. 1.

2. 4.

5. SEE NOTE 1. FOR

DIMENSIONS AT DIFFERING
FINISH GRADE CONDITIONS 4"
6" 6"
585

1. CONCRETE CURB WITH #4 REBAR CONTINUOUS (TOP AND BOTTOM)

2. #4 REBAR @ 16" O.C.

3. FINISHED SURFACE FLUSH WITH CURB

SEE PLANS

4. ENGINEERED WOOD FIBER SAFETY SURFACE

5. SUBGRADE PREPARATION AND COMPACTION PER GEOTECHNICAL

ENGINEERING REPORT

6. COMPACTED NO. 57 GRAVEL BASE (SLOPE SUBSURFACE OF GRAVEL BASE AT 2% MIN. TOWARDS DRAIN LINES)

7. EXPANSION JOINT WITH STEEL DOWEL PER DETAIL, THIS SHEET

8. MIRAFI N SERIES FILTER FABRIC

9. DRAIN LINE PER GRADING PLANS
NOTE: PROVIDE MEDIUM BROOM FINISH ON TOP OF CONCRETE CURB C-06
6"

1. 7. R 1/2" 3.

2. SECTION SEE CIVIL GRADING PLANS

8. 6.

9. 4" TYP. 12" MIN.

5. 6.

SLOPE
SUBGRADE 2%

TOWARDS DRAIN

PER CIVIL PLANS

4. 3" CLR. TYP.

8. 4" MIN.

CURB & WOOD FIBER SAFETY SURFACE

AT PLAY AREA
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"

1. CONCRETE RAMP (MEDIUM BROOM FINISH

PERPENDICULAR TO SLOPE)

2. CONCRETE RAMP BELOW WOOD FIBER SAFETY SURFACE

3. ENGINEERED WOOD FIBER SAFETY SURFACE

PER DETAIL

4. COMPACTED AGGREGATE BASE

PER DETAIL

5. EXPANSION JOINT WITH STEEL DOWEL

PER DETAIL

RAMP AT PLAY AREA

CONCRETE TO SAFETY SURFACE
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
C-07 4" 12"
8% MAX.
4'-6" 4'-6"

2. 3.
10" 4"

SECTION

4. 1. 18"

5. 4"
R8"
9' 5" 3" CLR. TYP.

TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-26-25 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
L.1-4

CAST-IN-PLACE SEATWALL

SECTION AND ELEVATION
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
C-08

6. FINISH GRADE / PAVING OR LANDSCAPE AREA PER PLANS

7. COMPACTED SUBGRADE PER GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
REPORT

8. BOULDER PER PLANS

9. ADJACENT WOOD FIBER PLAYGROUND SURFACING PER PLAN

10. ADJACENT RUBBER PLAYGROUND SURFACING PER PLAN
NOTES:

A. ENDS OF SEATWALLS WHERE THEY MEET BOULDERS

SHALL BE FORMED INTO BOULDER LOCATIONS
B. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF BOULDERS PER PLANTING PLAN

WITH CONCRETE FORM TO POUR AROUND BOULDERS
ELEVATION @ BOULDER END

1. 8.

6. 16" AT RUBBER SURFACING
VARIES 1'

1. CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SEATWALL, SACK AND PATCH FINISH, INTEGRAL COLOR DAVIS COLORS 'SANDSTONE' - 1" RADIUS EDGE

AROUND ALL TOP EDGES

2. #4 BARS CONTINUOUS (6 PLACES IN WALL AND 4 PLACES IN

FOOTING)

3. #4 VERTICAL BARS @ 24" O.C. (BEND AND EXTEND INTO FOOTING

AND TOP OF WALL)

4. #4 HORIZONTAL BARS @ 24" O.C. (IN FOOTING AND TOP OF WALL)

5. CONCRETE FOOTING 3" CLEAR TYP.
2'MIN.-4' MAX.

SEE PLAN

4. 6.

2. 10. 4.

3. 8"

7. 1" RADIUS TYP.

1. TYPICAL REBAR LAYOUT (1/4"=1'-0")

2. 1.

4. 5.
6" BEYOND
FACE OF WALL TYP.
3" CLEAR TYP.

9. 20" AT WOOD FIBER SURFACING
C-10

DRINKING FOUNTAIN

WITH WATER BOTTLE FILLER & PET BOWL
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'-0"
C-11

1. WATER FOUNTAIN WITH WATER BOTTLE FILLER & PET BOWL BY MOST DEPENDABLE FOUNTAINS - MODEL 10145 SMSSFA
901-867-0039 - MOSTDEPENDABLE.COM

2. WATER SUPPLY LINE AND DRAIN LINE PER DETAIL THIS SHEET

3. CONCRETE PAVING

4. CARRIER RODS TO SECURE MOUNTING RING DURING
INSTALLATION (TEMPLATE #10), BOLT TO CONCRETE PAD AND

INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER INSTRUCTIONS

DRINKING FOUNTAIN - VALVE BOXES

WATER SUPPLY & DRAIN
SCALE: N.T.S.
18"MIN 48"MIN

1. WATER FOUNTAIN PER PLAN.

2. CONCRETE RECTANGLE VALVE BOX WITH LOCKING SS BOLT
WITH SHUT OFF VALVE. INSTALL IN ADJACENT PLANTING AREA.

3. RAINBIRD QUICKCHECK FILTER (WITH 120 MESH)

4. DOMESTIC WATER LINE PER CIVIL PLANS

5. 1/2" IPS SUPPLY

6. HAWS #6611 IN-GROUND SAND TRAP

7. JUMBO RECTANGULAR VALVE BOX SAND TRAP INSTALL PER

MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS IN ADJACENT PLANTING AREA

8. 1-1/2" SCH 40 DRAIN LINE

9. MIRAFI N SERIES FILTER FABRIC (WRAP ENTIRE AREA)

10. 3/4" CRUSHED GRAVEL

1. 2.

3. 4.

10. 5.

6. 7.

8. 9.

10. DETAIL VIEW

SUPPLY LINE

BOLT CENTERED

UNDER ADA ARM

DRAIN LINE

PLAN VIEW

BOTTLE FILLER

FRONT VIEW

WHEELCHAIR

ACCESSIBLE ARM
ACCESS
DOOR

STANDARD HEIGHT

BOLT CENTERED

UNDER ADA ARM

WATER STREAM PATH

PET FOUNTAIN

1. 2.
4 PET FOUNTAIN
3 41 1
2 " 6" 6" 27"34"
48"

RUBBER SAFETY SURFACING

POURED-IN-PLACE
SCALE: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"
C-09

1. 1/2" RADIUS ON EXPOSED CONCRETE EDGES

2. FLUSH CONCRETE CURB WITH 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" CONTINUOUS

KEYWAY (MEDIUM BROOM FINISH AT TOP SURFACE)

3. 9" LONG #3 STEEL DOWELS 24" O.C.

4. EPDM RUBBER SURFACE COURSE PER SPECIFICATIONS

5. RUBBER SHOCK COURSE PER SPECIFICATIONS

6. CLASS II BASE - 95% STANDARD PROCTOR COMPACTION PER

ASTM TEST

7. NO RADIUS AT KEYWAY

8. (3) #3 REBAR CONTINUOUS

9. WOOD FIBER PLAYGROUND MULCH

10. TURNED DOWN RUBBER SURFACE TO TERMINATE EDGE AT

PLAYGROUND MULCH AREA

11. POURED IN PLACE WALL - SEE DETAIL

12. MIRAFI N SERIES FILTER FABRIC

13. HIDDEN CONCRETE CURB

11. RUBBER EDGE AT POURED IN

PLACE WALLS

4. 6.

12. COLOR 'A' - CUSTOM BLEND
25% TURQUOISE (RH26)
15% STANDARD BLUE (RH20)
60% LIGHT BLUE (RH22)
ALL RUBBER SURFACING TO BE:

ROSEHILL TPV
AVAILABLE THROUGH:

AMERICAN RECYCLING CENTER, INC.

ROCEHELLE.MILLER
@AMERICANRECYCLING.COM
800.234.5414

PROVIDE SAMPLES TO CITY & LANDSCAPE

ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCUREMENT, DESIGN &

INSTALLATION
NOTE: BINDER SHALL BE

NON-YELLOWING ALIPHATIC
BINDER

COLOR 'B' - CUSTOM BLEND
30% STANDARD BEIGE (RH30)
70% CREAM (RH31)
5 7.

6. 9.

10. RUBBER EDGE AT
PLAYGROUND MULCH 1' 1-1
2"
1-1
2" 3" CLR. MIN. 6" 1/2" NOMINAL SEE CHART
6" 6"
1'

2. 3.

4. 5.

1. RUBBER AT FLUSH CONCRETE CURB
(EASTERN PLAYGROUND AREA)

4. 4.

14. 7.

8. 6.

12. 4" 1' 4"
45°
4"
1 2
"
R6"
3"

5. 6.

13. 6"
FALL HEIGHT 4' 5' 6' 8' 9' 12'
MIN. SYSTEM DEPTH 2" 2.5" 3" 3.5" 4" 5"
(SYSTEM DEPTH = 1/2" SURFACE COURSE PLUS SHOCK COURSE)
SEE SHEET L.1-6 FOR REQUIRED

MINIMUM SYSTEM DEPTH BASED

ON SPECIFIC FALL HEIGHTS
586

SURFACE

MOUNTING PLATE

SURFACE

MOUNTING PLATE
MANUFACTURER: OUTDOOR CREATIONS INC.

MODEL: CUSTOM FLAT BENCH FOR CITY OF PALM DESERT
COLOR / FINISH: PER DETAIL
NOTES: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
L.1-5

BENCH WITHOUT BACK

SITE FURNISHINGS
SCALE: N/A
C-14

METAL PICNIC TABLE

SITE FURNISHINGS
SCALE: N/A
C-13
MANUFACTURER: KAY PARK
MODEL: #6SPTGVP PICNIC TABLE (WITH SURFACE MOUNTING PLATE) COLOR / FINISH: BLUE TO MATCH CITY OF PALM DESERT STANDARD NOTES: SURFACE MOUNT PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS

HOT COAL RECEPTACLE

SITE FURNISHINGS
SCALE: N/A
C-12
MANUFACTURER: OUTDOOR CREATIONS INC.

MODEL: #300CR CONCRETE HOT COAL RECEPTACLE
COLOR / FINISH: TO MATCH CITY STANDARD BENCH COLOR PER
DETAIL C-15
NOTES: INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS

BOULDER

WITHIN LANDSCAPE
SCALE: 1" = 1'-0"
C-15
6 587
PB
T T
T T
T
T
T
T
T
T T
18 194663
ZIPKROOZ 34'
18 160418 PEAK NATURAL CLIMBER

DOUBLE SWIRL SLIDE

RING-A-BELL HOLE PANEL

OPTIGEAR

PANEL BELT HANGOUT
(UNDER

DECK) BELT CLIMBER

TRANSFER
POINT

WOOD BOARD CLIMBER

NET CLIMBER O-ZONE CLIMBER

MARBLE PANEL
8 16
40 48
*CP017916 DTR IND

ARC CLIMBER

DB ONLY
BRIDGE

ENTRANCE

BALANCE BEAM

BEAD MAZE SWIGGLY STIX BRIDGE

ENTRANCE
168099 COZY DOME
8 307432
FOOTPRINT STEPPER 8" 307436

FOOTPRINT BALANCE BEAM
16 307433
FOOTPRINT STEPPER 16"
SIGN LANGUAGE 188835 @ GRADE PANEL
182503 WELCOME SIGN
(LSI PROVIDED) 2-5 YEARS
8 173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT
8 173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT
8 173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT 18
173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT 18
173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT 18
173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT
18 173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT
8 173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT
8 173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT
112997 GEOMETRIC

PANEL W/ HANDLES
(AT GRADE)
111370 BEAD & BLOCK W/O HANDLES
(AT GRADE)
111284 HOLE PANEL
(AT GRADE)
111301

TUNNEL PANEL
179225

SQUARE POLY CUST LOGO

ROOF W/
(AGES 2-5)
(AGES 2-5)
(AGES 2-5)
(AGES 2-5)
(AGES 6-23 MONTHS)
278857

FRIENDSHIP HEDRA SWING W/PROGUARD CHAINS DB ONLY
278557 HEDRA SWING

DB ONLY
176038
8' BEAM HEIGHT W/PROGUARD CHAINS
FULL BUCKET SEAT 176038
8' BEAM HEIGHT W/PROGUARD CHAINS

FULL BUCKET SEAT
164074

SINGLE BOBBLE SPRING RIDER
179185

FOUR ARCHES
ARCH #1
ARCH #2
ARCH #3
ARCH #4

HEMISPHERE CLIMBER
156448 O-ZONE 156449 HELIX NET
156450

SWIGGLE STIX
156462 RINGTANGLE
TOWER DB ONLY PLAYODYSSEY 165596 W/8 220" STEEL POST @ 34" BURY 72 144
222710
12' TOWER WHOOSHWINDER W/PIPE BARRIER

CORKSCREW
148432 40

STEEL END PANELS
152907 DECK LINK W/BARRIERS &
THREE STEPS 16
24 32
8 MODULE

TRANSFER
152911
LEFT

TRANSFER
POINT
160420 PEAK NATURAL CLIMBER
(DIRECT BURY ONLY)
18 173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT
8 173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT 8
173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT
18 173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT
145624
VERT. ASCENT
116244 PIPE BARRIER
*CP001299 DTR

IND RECYCLED BOARD OAK

LEAF WOBBLE POD DB
18 173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT
18 173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT 18
173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT
18 173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT
8 173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT 8
173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT
8 173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT
182503 WELCOME SIGN
(LSI PROVIDED) 5-12 YEARS
(AGES 2-5)
(AGES 2-5)
(AGES 5-12)
72 POLY SLIDE DOUBLE SWOOSH
130390

SKY RAIL CLIMBER
146812
130567 HEX SHINGLE ROOF

CLIFF CLIMBER
345311

THE POINTE

CORKSCREW
NET
168365
ADVENTURESCAPE DESIGN #2 DIRECT BURY ONLY

THE POINTE
247179 CURVA SPINNER

DB ONLY
72 345316 CHIMNEY CLIMBER
116244 PIPE BARRIER
345325

ARCADE CLIMBER
116244 PIPE BARRIER
355992

SYMBOL COMMUNICATION SIGN
ENGLISH/ENGLISH W/2 POSTS
182503 WELCOME SIGN
(LSI PROVIDED) 6-23MONTHS
173596

LOG BALANCE BEAM
18 173908

LOG STEPPER
18" HEIGHT8
173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT 8
173907

LOG STEPPER
8" HEIGHT
116244 PIPE BARRIER
116244 PIPE BARRIER
165960
TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK
165960
TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK
165960
TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK
165960
TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK
165960
TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK
165960
TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK
352221

FLEXX HEDRA SWING

DB ONLY
278557 HEDRA SWING
DB ONLY 278557 HEDRA SWINGDB ONLY
174018
8' BEAM HEIGHT W/PROGUARD CHAINS BELT SEAT 1740188' BEAM HEIGHT W/PROGUARD CHAINS BELT SEAT 1740188' BEAM HEIGHT W/PROGUARD CHAINS BELT SEAT 177351 MOLDED SEAT/HARNESS W/PROGUARD CHAINS
8' BEAM HEIGHT

BELOW DECK
117146 GEAR PANEL BELOW DECK BALL MAZE PANEL 115236 MARBLE PANEL 345281

AT GRADE
165960
TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK
(AGES 2-5)
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 PLAY EQUIPMENT PLAN
L.1-6

PLAY EQUIPMENT

BY LANDSCAPE STRUCTURES
SCALE: 1"=10'
C-16
MANUFACTURER: LANDSCAPE STRUCTURES.

MODEL: PER LSI PLANS
COLOR / FINISH: PER LSI PLANS

COLOR SCHEME SELECTION
7 588
PB
PB
8 16
40 48
8 16
8 8
8 18
18 18
18 8
8 72
18 8
8 TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 SHADE SAIL PLAN
L.1-7

SHADE SAILS

BY USA SHADE
SCALE: N/A
C-17
MANUFACTURER: USA SHADE
MODEL: PER USA SHADE PLANS

COLOR SCHEME SELECTION
(FABRIC)
430FR "YELLOW"

COLOR SCHEME SELECTION
(METAL POSTS)

TELE-GREY
8 SEE ATTACHMENT FOR

MANUFACTURER SHOP DRAWINGS
589
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 STRUCTURE PAINTING PLAN
L.1-8
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
G

LETTER DESCRIPTION

EXISTING STRUCTURES TO BE PAINTED

A EXISTING RESTROOM
B

C EXISTING RECTANGLE SHADE STRUCTURE

D EXISTING GAZEBO

E EXISTING GAZEBO

F EXISTING SQUARE SHADE STRUCTURE
G
H

EXISTING RECTANGLE SHADE STRUCTURE

EXISTING SQUARE SHADE STRUCTURE

EXISTING GAZEBO

PARK STRUCTURES TO BE
RE-PAINTED. REFER TO PAINT
SCHEME ON SHEET L.1-9.

CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY SQUARE

FOOTAGE AND QUANTITY OF

STRUCTURES TO BE REPAINTED
9 I

I EXISTING SQUARE SHADE STRUCTURE
590
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 STRUCTURE PAINTING SCHEME
L.1-9

TYPICAL PAINT COLOR SCHEME - APPLY TO STRUCTURES AROUND PARK AS NECESSARY

PARK STRUCTURES
SCALE: N/A
C-18
PAINT COLOR:

MANUFACTURER: SHERWIN WILLIAMS
COLOR: SW 9112 SONG THRUSH (CITY TO APPROVE FINAL COLOR) NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL USE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED
PAINT FOR THE APPLICABLE SURFACE (WOOD, STEEL, OR STUCCO).

PREPARE SURFACES, PRIME, AND PAINT PER MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS FOR EACH APPLICABLE SURFACE.

PROVIDE SUBMITTAL FOR APPROVAL FOR ALL PAINT RELATED ITEMS

PAINT STUCCO

SHERWIN WILLIAMS
COLOR: SW 9112 SONG THRUSH

PAINT GUTTERS

SHERWIN WILLIAMS
COLOR: SW 9112 SONG THRUSH
ROOF TO REMAIN.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE

SPLITFACE BLOCK TO
REMAIN. PROTECT-IN-PLACE

PAINT WOOD CEILING

SHERWIN WILLIAMS
COLOR: SW 9112 SONG THRUSH

PAINT WOOD FASCIA SHERWIN

WILLIAMS
COLOR: SW 9112 SONG THRUSH
ROOF TO REMAIN.

PROTECT-IN-PLACE

PAINT METAL POSTS

SHERWIN WILLIAMS
COLOR: SW 9112 SONG THRUSH
10 591
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION SPECS.

L.1-10

TECHNICAL SPECIFCATIONS
The "Standard Specifications" are contained in the latest edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, including all supplements, popularly known as the “Green Book”, as written and promulgated by the Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter of the American Public Works Association and the Southern California District of the Associated General Contractors of California. Copies of the Standard Specifications are available from the publisher, Building News Inc., as follows:

Bookstore Locations: see website for Southern California locations Website: www.bnibooks.com
The Standard Specifications shall prevail in all cases except where a Contract Document of a higher order, provides a different requirement on a given topic or topic aspect. All language in the Standard Specifications that is not in conflict with the language in the prevailing Contract Documents on a given topic or topic aspect shall remain in full force and effect, unless the language in the prevailing Contract Document specifically cites the section number in the Standard Specification and says said provision is in lieu that Standard Specification section.

The project drawings and details are considered as part of these specifications, and any work or materials shown on the drawings and not mentioned in the specifications, or vice versa, are executed as if specifically mentioned in both.

The Greenbook sections listed below are the sections that specifically have deviations, substitutions, deletions, or additions as noted below in lieu of that Standard Specification section:

GREENBOOK PART 2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS (deviations, substitutions, deletions, or additions):

SECTION 200 - Rock Materials
[Add the following]
Refer to Site Construction Plans for the following additional landscape-related rock materials:
a) Stabilized Decomposed Granite Pavement
b) Non-Stabilized Decomposed Granite Mulch
c) Landscape Boulders
SECTION 201 - Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials
[Add the following]
a) Concrete for walls or footings shall be 4,500 PSI concrete, Type V cement, max. water-cement ratio of .45 (by weight).
[Add the following]
Concrete Pavement Mixes with Surface Retarder and Finishing Aids (Specified on Plans as “Topcast Finish”). Concrete Submittal PDF Data Sheets shall comply to all criteria listed below:
a) Exposed Sand Finishes (Topcast #01): Use Ready Mixed “concrete unless otherwise approved or specified; in accordance with ASTM C94. Expose Sand finishes should meet or exceed the following criteria.

1. Compressive Strength: Minimum 3,500 psi at 28 days

2. Fly Ash is prohibited

3. Concrete shall be gap-graded with weathered round coarse aggregate consisting of not more than 45%-50% maximum content

4. Water/Cement Ratio: not greater than .55 by weight

5. Slump: not greater than 5 inches

6. Air Content: Between 4 ½% - 7 ½%
b) Admixtures

1. Use water-reducing admixtures in all concrete.

2. Use air-entraining admixture in all exterior exposed concrete. c) Topcast Finish: Spray Applied, film forming top surface retarder designed for specific sized aggregates and finish requirements. Color Coded to allow for ease of application and verification of etch level being used as well as even and complete coverage

1. Acceptable Material: Top Cast Surface Retarders by GCP Applied Technologies.

2. See Site Construction Plans for Topcast finish #'s.
d) Protective Coating: Spray Applied and film forming protective coating for adjacent masonry and concrete surfaces

1. Acceptable Materials: Top Cast SS 100 by GCP Applied Technologies.

Top Cast Surface Retarders and Top Cast SS-100 distributed by Dayton Superior Corporation.
1125 Byers Road Miamisburg, OH 45342
Dayton Superior Customer Service: 888-977-9600
www.daytonsuperior.com
[Add the following]
a) Mock-up Panels: Contractor shall prepare mock-up panels at the project site to demonstrate proficiency of the contractor as well as determine the best procedures and degree of sand or aggregate exposure. Mock-up panels shall be a minimum of 4' x 4'.

Contractor shall use the methods and materials proposed for use on the final installation. Uniformity in appearance of each panel shall be the responsibility of the contractor. The approved mock-up panel shall serve as a standard of appearance for the final work to be produced. The Local Topcast Technical representative shall be present and or involved with the mock up to review proper preparation, application and removal processes (if possible).
[Add the following]
Expansion Joint Sealer
a) Refer to Site Construction Plans for expansion joint sealer requirements.

SECTION 210 - Paint and Protective Coatings
[Add the following]
Refer to Site Construction Plans for colors and finishes.

GREENBOOK PART 3 - CONSTRUCTION METHODS (deviations, substitutions, deletions, or additions):

SECTION 300 - Earthwork
[Add the following]
300-1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING
Clearing and Grubbing shall conform to the provisions in Section 300-1, “Clearing and Grubbing”, of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions:
a) Contractor shall field verify existing grades and shall accept site as is, for no other grading shall be performed by the City.
[Add the following]
300-1.1.1 General
a) All materials removed shall be disposed of in a legal manner at an appropriate Disposal Site.

SECTION 301 - Subgrade Preparation, Treated Materials and Placement of Base Materials [Add the following]:
301-1.2.1 PREPARATION SUBGRADE
a) Over excavation shall comply with the existing Geotechnical Report for the park. b)Subgrade within landscape areas shall be excavated to accommodate the surface materials and clearances below adjacent finish grade of pavements to the depths indicated on the plans for the following:

1. Lawn Areas: 3” lower than adjacent finish grade of pavement (to accommodate 2” of compost amendments and 1” of sod.)

2. Stabilized D.G. Pavement: 4” lower than adjacent finish grade of pavement.

3. Non-Stabilized D.G. Mulch: 4” lower than adjacent finish grade of pavement. (to accommodate 3” of D.G. mulch and 1” of clearance.)
[Add the following]:
301-1.3 Relative Compaction
a) Relative Compaction shall comply with the existing Geotechnical Report for the park.

SECTION 303 - Concrete and Masonry Construction
[Add the following]:
303-1.1.1 Concrete construction shall conform to Section 201, “Concrete, Mortar, and Related Materials,” and Section 303, “Concrete and Masonry Construction,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions.
a) Concrete shall comply with the existing Geotechnical Report for the park. b)Concrete inspections shall be made with three separate actions per section 1400 unless otherwise waived by the City: subgrade preparation; forming; and pouring. [Add the following]:
303-5.1.1 Concrete pavement construction shall conform to Section 201, “Concrete, Mortar, and Related Materials,” and Section 303, “Concrete and Masonry Construction,” of the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions. a) Concrete shall comply the existing Geotechnical Report for the park. b)Concrete mixes for integral colored pavements shall be procured from the same plant and installed in the same time period for each complete sidewalk area or plaza area of pavement to avoid integral color variations and aggregate variations. c) Preparation of existing native subgrade in areas where Portland Cement Concrete improvement will be constructed shall conform with Section 301-1, “Subgrade Preparation,” of the Standard Specifications.
d) All pull boxes, water meter boxes, valve boxes and other utilities indicated on the plans shall be adjusted to the proposed finish grade and approved by the City prior to the placement of concrete.
[Add the following]:
303-5.4.2.1 Expansion Joint Sealant for decorative concrete pavement as specified on plans shall be installed per manufacturer's instructions. [Add the following]:
303-5.5 Finishing.
a) Concrete curbs shall have a broom finish.
b)Concrete walkways and ramps shall be finished as indicated on plans. [Add the following]:
303-5.5.3 Topcast Finishes
a) Exposed Sand Finishes (Topcast #01): The use of a rolling tamper, jitterbug or rolling jitterbug shall be considered when producing micro etched concrete surfaces. This will enable the finisher to create a denser surface paste with no obstruction due to the appearance of coarse aggregate, allowing for a uniform sand texture.

1. Protect all areas, aluminum trim, curbs, borders and adjacent concrete and masonry surfaces, pavers, stones etc. that are not to receive retarder finish prior to concrete placement and retarder application using GCP Applied Technologies Top Cast SS 100 Surface Protectant. Distributed by Dayton Superior

2. Place concrete in the manner prescribed in the Standard Specifications. Screed or strike off the surface in two (2) directions using a wooden or metal straight edge to achieve the proper elevation in a sawing motion back and forth.

3. Allow the bleed water to evaporate the surface. It can then be floated using a wooden hand float or a bull-float preferably wooden to close the surface and surround the coarse aggregate with cement paste. Float to a uniform appearance.

Follow float operations with hand trowels or Fresno steel trowels to create tight dense smooth surface. (This may require two or three passes depending upon mix design and or desired finish to be achieved)

4. To reduce the rate of evaporation of moisture from the concrete use AquaFilm® J74RTU during the finishing process, his reduction of moisture loss allows time for proper finishing.

NOTE: Do not burnish the surface or allow the micro etched surface to prematurely dry prior to the application of Top Cast.
b)Concrete Surface Retarders: Spray Applied, film forming top surface retarder, designed for specific sized aggregates and finish requirements. Color coded to allow for ease of application and verification of grade being used as well as even and complete coverage.

1. Soon after the final seal finish has been completed spray GCP Applied Technologies “Top Cast” surface retarder using a low-pressure sprayer with a

0.5gpm tip at a rate of 200--350 sq./ft. per gallon in a full hiding coat. i. Once dry GCP Applied Technologies “Top Cast “will yield a coating that provides intermittent rain protection. Once completely dry it can be covered to protect the surface if heavy extended rains are predicted.

Retarder Selection Guide
Number / Aggregate Size to Expose / Color
01 / Light Acid Wash / white

2. Wash surface with water rinse using stiff brooms and water hose or by high pressure washing with power equipment as early as 4-16 depending on weather conditions. Retarder removal intervals are dependent upon strength of the concrete mix, aggregate size and desired washing techniques. Earlier washing on the light etches may be necessary. Verify in accordance with the mock-up approval detailed herein.

3. Rinse water and cement matrix removal shall be in accordance with local codes and should not be allowed to be washed or flow down to arroyos, storm sewers, ponds, streams or sanitary sewers by precipitation or other surface flows.

4. Prior to completion of the project, remove wash water residue from the site to location approved by the City.
[Add the following]:
303-5.4.3b Control Joint.
a) Refer to plans for sawcut control joints in concrete pavement.

SECTION 304 - Metal Fabrication and Construction
[Add the following]:
303-1.4. Steel Structures
a) Refer to manufacturer's shop drawings, specifications, and instructions for shade sails, and playground equipment.
b)Refer to electrical and lighting plans for lighting and electrical outlets integral to the steel shade structures.
c) Measurement and Payment shall be at the contract unit bid price per Each Structure and shall include full compensation for providing this item of work, complete in place, and no additional compensation will be allowed.

PART 8 - LANDSCAPING AND IRRIGATION
SECTION 800 - Materials
[Add the following]:
800-1 LANDSCAPE MATERIALS
Submittals
a) Submit certificates of compliance/ manufacturer cut sheets in one pdf file of:

1. Stabilized D.G. Pavement

2. Non Stabilized D.G. Mulch

3. Gravel Mulch

4. Rubble Mulch

5. Edging materials

6. Landscape Boulders

7. Edging Boulders (at playground)
b)The following written certifications are required to be submitted to the City upon delivery of the respective materials to the job site:

1. Total quantity of Decomposed Granite, Crushed Rock, Rubble and Boulders by type
c) All submitted products may only be used when approved by the Landscape Architect and City. Substitution of materials must receive prior, written authorization from the Landscape Architect and City before delivery to the site. [Add subsection]
800-1.2.5 Mulch
Type 7 - Decomposed Granite Fines
a) All planting areas to be covered with 3/4” crushed rock, 3/8” minus decomposed granite, or rubble as per plan.
b)Color shall be per plan.
c) Available from Southwest Boulder and Stone, Phone (800) 540-1147 or equal.

Contractor to submit one physical sample of each type in additional to the PDF photo submittal for approval prior to installation.
800-1.5.2 Headers
"Headers shall be Concrete Headers/Mow Curbing - Concrete shall be 5 sack mix with a maximum slump test of four inches (4"). Provide sufficient concrete forming and stakes (maximum 3' o.c.) to provide continuous line without waving." [Add subsection]
800-1.6 Boulders
a) Size and quantity shall be as shown on the plans. Boulder surface to be free of cracks, disfragments, and broken or cracked edges. Boulder type shall be per plans. Sample photos shall in PDF format shall be submitted to Landscape Architect and City for approval or a site visit will be performed by the City.

SECTION 801 - Installation
[Add the following]:
801-1 General
a.Landscape installation shall conform to the provisions of Section 308 of the Standard Specifications and their provisions.
a.Contractor shall have appropriate licenses, bonds, insurance and City Business license.
b.Contractor to coordinate with other trades.
b.The CONTRACTOR shall visit the construction site and shall take all measurements and obtain any other information as may be necessary for a complete and conclusive bid.
c.The work required is indicated on the drawings and includes, but is not necessarily limited to: soil preparation, providing and placing decomposed granite, cobble,
d.Landscape workmanship and materials shall be of the highest standards and quality.
e.All aluminum edging and rock/cobble locations to be laid out for approval prior to installation of irrigation lines and re-marked prior to placement of rock, cobble or other material. Layout shall be approved by City and/or Landscape Architect prior to installation of irrigation and/or material.
[Add subsection]:
801-1.1 Inspections
a.Inspections ensure compliance with the drawings and specifications. The Contractor will contact the City's representative at least 48 hours (two working days) in advance of each inspection. No work will proceed until the City has inspected and verbally approved the work activity. An inspection is required at each of the following steps including but not limited to:

1. Inspection of rough grade.

2. Layout and acceptance of D.G., cobble, and crushed rock areas.

3. Completion of hardscape work.
[Add subsection]:
801-1.3 Boulders
a.Bury boulders 1/3 of boulder dimension so that they appear in natural state.

Orientation of boulder shall expose most surface area possible set as approved by Engineer.
[Add subsection]:
801-1.5 3/8” Minus Stabilized Decomposed Granite Pavement a.Decomposed Granite will be an imported material screened to include stone particle 3/8” minus Stabilizer Solutions Stabilizer Binder for Aggregate Pathways (or approved equal).
b.Prior to placing decomposed granite, fine grade area, removing rocks greater than 1” diameter, moisture condition and compact sub-grade material. c.Install 3/8” minus with Stabilizer Solutions Stabilizer Binder for Aggregate Pathways according to manufacturer's recommendations and per plan. Toll Free Phone number: 800-336-2468.
d.Stabilizer® shall be thoroughly pre-mixed with aggregate at the rate of 15-lbs of Stabilizer® per 1-ton of aggregate. Verify with manufacturer correct Stabilizer® rate for climate. Drop spreading of Stabilizer over pre-placed aggregate or mixing by rototilling is not acceptable. Stabilizer shall be mechanically per-mixed per manufacturer's recommendations using an approved mechanical blending unit to adequately blend Stabilizer with aggregate (Bucket blending is not and approved blending apparatus). Always blend Stabilizer and aggregate dry. e.After pre-blending, place Stabilized Aggregate directly on prepared sub-grade.

Level to desired grade and cross section.
f. Water heavily for full depth moisture penetration of profile. Water activates Stabilizer®. Apply 25 to 45-gallons of water per 1-ton to achieve saturation.

Randomly test for depth using a probing device, which reaches full depth. g.Contractor shall wait a minimum of 6-72 hours or until such time that the Stabilized Aggregate is able to accept compaction from a 1 to 5-ton roller without separation, plowing or any other physical compromise of the aggregate. h.If surface aggregate dries significantly quicker than subsurface material, lightly mist surface before compaction.
i. Compact Stabilized Aggregate to 85% relative compaction by equipment such as; a 2 to 5-ton double drum roller making 3 to 4 passes. Do not begin compaction for 6 hours after placement and up to 72 hours. DO NOT use a vibratory plate compactor or vibration feature on roller, as vibration separates large aggregate particles. If pumping or pancaking of surface occurs, surface is still too wet to roll.
j. Take care in compacting surface when adjacent to planting and irrigation systems, use 8” or 10” hand tamp. Installation of Stabilized Aggregate more than 3” thick shall be installed in lifts. If 4” thick compacted (2) 2” lifts. If 5” thick compacted (2) 2.5” lifts. If Stabilized Aggregate is pre-moistened before installation entire 4” or 5” lift may be installed.
k.Lightly spray surface area following compaction. Do not disturb aggregate surface with spray action.
l. Finished surface shall be smooth, uniform and solid with no evidence of chipping or cracking. Cured and compacted pathway shall be firm throughout profile with no spongy areas. Loose material shall not be present on surface after installation, but may appear after use and according to environmental conditions. Pathway shall remain stable underneath loose granite on top with a “natural” look. Any significant irregularities in path surface shall be repaired to the uniformity of entire installation.
m. Contractor shall furnish and install construction fence around new surface to prevent public access. Fencing shall be maintained in place for a minimum of 12 - 72 hours after completion of installation, or as directed by the City. Drying period may take longer due to weather conditions.
n.Contractor shall notify City that landscape irrigation shall be restricted near Stabilized Aggregate surface until drying period is complete. Standing water on surface and adjacent to path shall be restricted at all times. 801-2 EARTHWORK
[Add the following]:
801-2.1 General
a.All grading, mounding and all weed control measures shall be completed prior to irrigation and planting. This work shall not commence until the agronomic soil test has been completed. Should 30 calendar days elapse between completion of soil preparation and commencement of planting, all areas will be prepared again. b.Excess soil will be placed on top of exposed wall footings and compacted to 90% as required to cover 6” of footing with soil. City will employ Soils Engineer to provide compaction testing. Contractor shall notify City 48 hours' notice to request soils testing.
c.Remove rocks, sticks, grass and other undesirable objects unsuitable to plants. [Add the following]:
801-2.3 Finished Grading
a.All landscape areas will be graded to finish grades, reestablishing flow lines as approved prior to amending the soil. Finish grades will be inspected upon completion. The contractor will not proceed with planting work until finish grades have been inspected and accepted by the City.
[Add Subsection]:
801-6 MAINTENANCE AND PLANT ESTABLISHMENT
801-6.1 General
a.The Contractor shall maintain all landscaped areas for a minimum plant establishment period of not less than ninety (90) days from the date of written acceptance of the project.
[Add subsection]:
801-6.2 Maintenance Tasks
a.During the contract period and up to final formal acceptance by the city, the Contractor shall provide weekly maintenance within the work limits of the contract including, but not limited to: 1) removing trash a minimum of once a week; 2) checking and repairing irrigation systems weekly; and 3) all gravel and non-stabilized decomposed granite areas shall be raked weekly to the satisfaction of the City. Note: Do not prune trees or shrubs without first advising the City. [Add subsection]
801-6.5 Weekly Reports
a.The Contractor, as part of this contract, shall submit reports and schedules as requested. Failure to submit reports and schedules in the time specified may result in a Performance Deficiency Deduction. The City will supply the format for these forms. Such reports must be filled out in detail. The following is a breakdown of required forms and schedules.
b.The contractor shall submit these reports as they are completed. Weekly reports shall be filled out by Friday of every week. Payments due shall not be disbursed unless all reports have been submitted to the City.
[Add subsection]:
801-6.5.1 Schedule of Weekly Maintenance
a.Contractor shall provide a schedule of weekly maintenance identifying areas to be maintained and a breakdown of when each function shall be performed. b.The City will assume that the Contractor will adhere to the schedule. The City must receive notification of changes at least 12 hours in advance. [Add subsection]:
801-6.5.3 Weekly Activity Report
a.Indicating the following:

1. Litter pickup

2. Weed control

3. Chemical maintenance - herbicides and pesticide applications

4. Incident/Accident
[Add subsection]:
801-6.6 Performance Deficiencies and Reduction in Payments Due a.The City of Palm Desert has set up very specific criteria in which to evaluate the performance of the Contractor on a weekly basis. If performance by the Contractor is deficient, the City reserves the right to subtract costs from the monthly billing and/or hire another contractor to provide the service and deduct the expense from the contract retention. Since it is difficult to quantify and assess a value to every aspect of the work, the City shall implement a standard $100 cost per incident. The following describes deficiencies:

1. Lack of compliance to specifications (i.e., pick up litter, sweep/rake, weed)

2. Failure to provide specified reports or to falsify reports.

3. Failure to supply adequate equipment, labor or supervision.

4. Failure to comply with schedules. Variances may be approved by request.

Delays in part acquisition or adverse weather conditions will be taken into consideration.

5. Failure to protect public health and safety.
b.The City reserves the right to cancel and/or assume maintenance duties and remaining contract amounts shall be deducted from remaining fiscal commitment. [Add subsection]:
801-6.7 End of Establishment Period
a.Approximately one week prior to the end of the establishment period, the City will conduct a walk-through of the area, noting deficiencies and problems to be resolved. The Contractor will be required to resolve all noted items. If the items cannot be resolved within the time remaining, the establishment period will be extended, without cost to the City, until the items are corrected. [Add subsection]:

SITE AMENITIES
a.Contractor shall provide and install all site amenities per the project plans and manufacturer instructions, specifications, and approved shop drawings. b.Measurement and Payment shall be at the contract unit bid price per Each and shall include full compensation for providing this item of work, complete in place, and no additional compensation will be allowed.
11 592
PB
PB
T T
T T
T
T
T
2 YEARS - 5 YEARS
5 YEARS - 12 YEARS
6-23 MONTHS
T T
8 16
40 48
8 16
8 8
8 18
18 18
18 8
8 72
18 8
8 PLANT SCHEDULE

SCIENTIFIC NAME

DALBERGIA SISSOO
TREES

QUERCUS VIRGINIANA 'HERITAGE'
(EXCLUDE FROM BID -CITY

TO INSTALL SEPARATELY)

EXISTING TREE OR PALM TO REMAIN
(PROTECT IN PLACE)

QUERCUS VIRGINIANA 'CATHEDRAL'
SHRUBS

ASCLEPIAS SUBULATA CAESALPINIA PULCHERRIMA

HESPERALOE X 'PERFU' 'PINK PARADE'

MUHLENBERGIA CAPILLARIS 'REGAL MIST'

SALVIA GREGGII SIERRA LINDA AUTU

TURF - SOD (PER CITY STANDARD SPECIES)

EREMOPHILA HYGROPHANA 'BLUE BELLS'

BOUTELOUA GRACILIS 'BLOND AMBITION'
LEUCOPHYLLUM LAN. 'LYNN'S LEGACY'

LEUCOPHYLLUM ZYGOPHYLLUM CIMARRON

POLIOMINTHA MADERENSIS LAVENDER SPICE
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN
L.2-1
0' 5' 10' 20' 30'
NORTH MATCHLINE: SEE SHEET L.2-2

EXISTING

RESTROOM

EXISTING FITNESS

EQUIPMENT

EXISTING FITNESS

EXISTING LAWN EQUIPMENT

EXISTING CONCRETE WALKWAY

TURF MOUND

EXISTING TURF TO
REMAIN
12 EXISTING TREE TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)

EXISTING PALMS TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)

BOULDER PER LANDSCAPE
CONSTRUCTION PLAN (TYP.)

APPLY MULCH PER LANDSCAPE
CONSTRUCTION PLANS, TYP.

EXISTING

SIDEWALK
TO REMAIN.
593
T
T
T
2 YEARS - 5 YEARS
18 8
8 PLANT SCHEDULE

SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME QUANTIT

DALBERGIA SISSOO SISSOO TREE
TREES

QUERCUS VIRGINIANA 'HERITAGE' SOUTHERN LIVE OAK
(EXCLUDE FROM BID -CITY

TO INSTALL SEPARATELY)

EXISTING TREE OR PALM TO REMAIN
(PROTECT IN PLACE)

QUERCUS VIRGINIANA 'CATHEDRAL' SOUTHERN LIVE OAK
SHRUBS
ASCLEPIAS SUBULATA DESERT MILKWEED CAESALPINIA PULCHERRIMA RED BIRD OF PARADISE 22 HESPERALOE X 'PERFU' 'PINK PARADE' PINK PARADE RED YUCCA 45

MUHLENBERGIA CAPILLARIS 'REGAL MIST' REGAL MIST MUHLENBERGIA SALVIA GREGGII SIERRA LINDA AUTUMN SAGE 49

TURF - SOD (PER CITY STANDARD SPECIES)

EREMOPHILA HYGROPHANA 'BLUE BELLS' BLUE BELLS EMU BUSH

BOUTELOUA GRACILIS 'BLOND AMBITION' BLOND AMBITION BLUE GRAMA LEUCOPHYLLUM LAN. 'LYNN'S LEGACY' LYNN'S LEGACY TX RANGER

LEUCOPHYLLUM ZYGOPHYLLUM CIMARRON CIMARRON TEXAS RANGER

POLIOMINTHA MADERENSIS LAVENDER SPICE MEXICAN OREGANO
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE PLANTING PLAN
L.2-2

EXISTING
LAWN

EXISTING
GAZEBO

EXISTING CONCRETE WALKWAY
TURF MOUND MATCHLINE: SEE SHEET L.2-1
0' 5' 10' 20' 30'
NORTH
13 EXISTING PALMS TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)

BOULDER PER

LANDSCAPE

CONSTRUCTION PLAN
(TYP.)

APPLY MULCH PER LANDSCAPE
EXISTING ELECTRICAL BOX TO CONSTRUCTION PLANS, TYP.

REMAIN. PROTECT-IN-PLACE

RELOCATE EXISTING MISTER

SYSTEM TO THIS LOCATION

EXISTING TREE TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)
594

PLANT SCHEDULE

SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME QUANTITY SIZE SPACING REMARKS WATER USE MATURE MATURE INSTALLED SIZE (WUCOLS-Z3) HEIGHT WIDTH (H x W)
DALBERGIA SISSOO SISSOO TREE 1 48" BOX PER PLAN MED 30'-50' TREES
QUERCUS VIRGINIANA 'HERITAGE' SOUTHERN LIVE OAK 3 36" BOX PER PLAN MED 40'-80' 80' (EXCLUDE FROM BID -CITY

TO INSTALL SEPARATELY)

EXISTING TREE OR PALM TO REMAIN
(PROTECT IN PLACE)
QUERCUS VIRGINIANA 'CATHEDRAL' SOUTHERN LIVE OAK 6 36" BOX PER PLAN MED 40'-80' 80' SHRUBS
ASCLEPIAS SUBULATA DESERT MILKWEED 44 5 GAL. PER PLAN LOW 1.5'-3' 1'-2' CAESALPINIA PULCHERRIMA RED BIRD OF PARADISE 22 15 GAL. PER PLAN LOW 6' 6' HESPERALOE X 'PERFU' 'PINK PARADE' PINK PARADE RED YUCCA 45 5 GAL. PER PLAN LOW 3'-4' 3'-4' MUHLENBERGIA CAPILLARIS 'REGAL MIST' REGAL MIST MUHLENBERGIA 167 5 GAL. PER PLAN MED 3' 3' SALVIA GREGGII SIERRA LINDA AUTUMN SAGE 49 5 GAL. PER PLAN MED 3' 3'

TURF - SOD (PER CITY STANDARD SPECIES)
EREMOPHILA HYGROPHANA 'BLUE BELLS' BLUE BELLS EMU BUSH 61 5 GAL. PER PLAN LOW 2'-3' 3' BOUTELOUA GRACILIS 'BLOND AMBITION' BLOND AMBITION BLUE GRAMA 74 5 GAL. PER PLAN MED 2.5'-3' 1'-2' LEUCOPHYLLUM LAN. 'LYNN'S LEGACY' LYNN'S LEGACY TX RANGER 29 5 GAL. PER PLAN LOW 5' 5' LEUCOPHYLLUM ZYGOPHYLLUM CIMARRON CIMARRON TEXAS RANGER 16 5 GAL. PER PLAN LOW 3' 4' POLIOMINTHA MADERENSIS LAVENDER SPICE MEXICAN OREGANO 31 5 GAL. PER PLAN MED 3' 3' TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE PLANTING LEGEND & NOTES
L.2-3
14 PLANTING NOTES

1. THESE PLANS WERE PREPARED USING THE SURVEY AND BASE INFORMATION PROVIDED BY MBI. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE

ACCURACY OF THE PLANS COMPARED TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND BEGINNING WORK. IF THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES

BETWEEN THE PLANS AND FIELD CONDITIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY

THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND OWNER TO WORK OUT A SOLUTION AGREEABLE TO THE OWNER. IF THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO NOTIFY THE

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND OWNER OF THE DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO

BEGINNING WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY

ADDITIONAL LABOR AND MATERIALS AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDSCAPE

ARCHITECT OR OWNER TO RESOLVE SUCH DISCREPANCIES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.

2. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND BEGINNING WORK. THE

CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY MARK ALL UTILITIES AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PRESERVING ALL UTILITIES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIRING DAMAGED UTILITIES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.

3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING OR REPLACING ANY

EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION WITHIN OR OUTSIDE THE PROJECT LIMIT OF WORK.

4. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING AND VERIFYING ALL

CONDUIT AND IRRIGATION SLEEVES WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION TRADE CONTRACTORS.

5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT ALL TREES AND THE DRIPLINE AREA OF ALL

TREES FROM FROM STOCKPILING, MATERIAL STORAGE, EQUIPMENT, VEHICLE

PARKING, DRIVING, CHEMICALS, RUNOFF, EXCESS WATER OR ANY OTHER CIRCUMSTANCE THAT WOULD INJURE OR KILL THE TREE. THE CONTRACTOR

SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WATERING THE TREES DURING THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION. ANY TREES THAT ARE DAMAGED OR KILLED SHALL BE

REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITH A NEW TREE OF EQUAL SPECIES AND SIZE.

6. THE PLANTING PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC. ALL PLANT QUANTITIES AND SQUARE FOOTAGES ARE APPROXIMATE AND ARE PROVIDED FOR CONVENIENCE. THE

CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING FIELD CONDITIONS AND

SHALL PROVIDE THE NECESSARY PLANTS TO FULFILL THE INTENT OF THE PLANS.

7. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A HORTICULTURAL SOILS TEST AND

RECOMMENDATIONS BASED ON THE EXISTING SITE SOILS AND BASED ON THE PROPOSED PLANT LIST. CONTRACTOR SHALL FOLLOW THE

RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE SOILS REPORT, AND AT A MINIMUM, AMEND THE TOP 6" OF SOIL WITH 2" OF HUMIC COMPOST (EXLUDING SLOPES 2:1 AND STEEPER) AND THE TOP 12" OF THE PLANTING BACKFILL WITH 25% HUMIC COMPOST MANUFACTURED BY AGRI-SERVICE, INC. OR APPROVED EQUAL.

8. PRIOR TO DIGGING HOLES, CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND SET OUT ALL

PLANT MATERIAL IN BOXES/ CONTAINERS PER PLAN FOR LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT REVIEW PRIOR TO PLANTING. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST PLANT

LOCATIONS, IF-NEEDED, AS DIRECTED BY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT AND/OR OWNER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.

9. TREES SHALL BE MAINTAINED SO THAT ALL BRANCHES OVER PEDESTRIAN WALKWAYS ARE 7 FEET ABOVE THE WALKWAY GRADE AND SO THAT ALL BRANCHES OVER VEHICULAR TRAVEL WAYS ARE 14 FEET ABOVE THE GRADE OF THE TRAVEL WAY.

10. ROOT BARRIER SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR ALL TREES WITHIN 6' OF HARDSCAPE PER DETAILS.

11. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MUCLH PER LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION PLAN. 12. SEE SHEET L.2-4 FOR PLANTING DETAILS.

13. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

MINIMUM TREE SEPARATION DISTANCE

IMPROVEMENT DISTANCE
TRAFFIC SIGNAL, STOP SIGN 20 FEET
UNDERGROUND UTILITY LINES (EXCEPT SEWER) 5 FEET
SEWER LINES 10 FEET
ABOVE GROUND UTILITY STRUCTURES 10 FEET
(TRANSFORMERS, HYDRANTS, UTILITY POLES, ETC.)
DRIVEWAYS 10 FEET
INTERSECTIONS (INTERSECTING CURB 25 FEET

LINES OF TWO STREETS)
595
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A No. 4547
T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE PLANTING DETAILS
L.2-4
15 596
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
L.2-5
16 SECTION 329300

LANDSCAPING
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY:

A. The work includes all services, labor, materials, transportation and equipment necessary to perform the work indicated on the Drawings and as specified. The conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS:

A. Section 328400 Irrigation System
B. Section 320533 Landscape Maintenance

1.03 SUBMITTALS:

A. Submit the following for tree, shrub, and plant samples: Provide one PDF file illustrating one typical photo labeled with scientific name, cultivar, and size of each plant species and every species listed as 'specimen' in the Plant Schedule on the Plans. Digital Photos will be used as a baseline standard for plant size, fullness, and condition and will be used to compare the remainder of the plant materials for the project at the project site during installation. At the Contractor's option and expense, he may retain the services of the Landscape Architect to review trees tagged at the nursery or at its place of growth.

B. Submit certificates of compliance/ manufacturer cut sheets in one pdf file of:

1. Soil amendments

2. Fertilizers

3. Root barrier

4. Tree stakes

5. Tree ties

6. Compost material

7. Mulch materials

8. Edging materials (if specified on plans)

9. Boulders, cobble or other materials (if specified on plans) C. Submit horticultural soils report and recommendations report as one PDF file (based on the proposed plant palette per Section 1.08.)

1.04 GUARANTEES AND REPLACEMENTS:

A. Shrubs, vines and groundcovers shall be guaranteed to remain healthy and vigorously growing for a period of ninety (90) days from date of final acceptance of Maintenance Period of project.

B. Trees shall be guaranteed to live in a healthy condition for a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance of Maintenance Period of project.

C. Plants found to be dead or not in a vigorous condition within the Maintenance and Guarantee Periods shall be replaced within fourteen (14) days at Contractor's expense.

D. Plants used for replacement shall be the same kind and size as specified in the plant list. They shall be furnished, planted and fertilized as originally specified.

The expense of all repair work on existing improvements damaged during replacement shall be borne by the Contractor.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:

A. Reviews herein specified shall be made by the Landscape architect or Landscape Inspector. The Contractor shall request review in writing a minimum of five business days in advance, for the following parts of work:

1. Pre-job meeting to introduce Landscape architect, Landscape Inspector, Contractor, job project manager and job superintendent and to discuss the particular requirements of the job.

2. Incorporation of soil conditioning and fertilizing into the soil. Observation shall begin prior to amendments being rototilled into the soil. Amendment materials shall be distributed in piles around the site in quantities corresponding to the soils analysis recommendations “per 1,000 sq. ft.”.

Invoices showing materials and quantities purchased shall be available for review.

3. When trees, shrubs and vines are spotted in place (in their containers or boxes) for planting, but before planting holes are excavated.

4. Upon completion of finish grades and planting.

5. When planting, and all other indicated and specified work, except the Maintenance Period, has been completed. Acceptance, in writing, shall establish beginning of the Maintenance Period.

6. Final review at the completion of the Maintenance Period. Contingent on acceptance, this review shall establish the beginning date for the Guarantee Period.

1.06 MAINTENANCE:

A. The Contractor shall continuously maintain all involved areas during the progress of the work and during the maintenance period until the final acceptance of the work.

B. The Maintenance Period begins on the first day after written acceptance of planting operations is received from the Landscape architect, and shall continue thereafter for no less than ninety (90) continuous calendar days.

C. The contract completion date of the contract maintenance period will be extended, at the contractor's expense, when in the opinion of the Landscape Architect or Owner, improper maintenance or possible poor or unhealthy condition of planted material or poorly established areas are evident at the termination of the scheduled maintenance period. The Contractor shall be responsible for additional maintenance of the work until work is completed and acceptable.

D. See Section 320533 for specific Maintenance Requirements.

1.07 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

A. The term "Planting Area" shall mean all areas to be planted with trees, shrubs, groundcovers, sod and seed.

B. Actual planting shall be performed during those periods when weather and soil conditions are suitable in accordance with locally accepted horticultural practice.

C. All rock and other growth or debris accumulated during the duration of the project shall be removed from the site.

D. Prior to excavation for planting or placing of plant materials, locate all underground improvements, utility lines, etc. and take proper precautions to avoid damage. In the event of a conflict between such lines and plant locations, notify Landscape architect and receive direction prior to proceeding. The Contractor assumes responsibility for making repairs for damages resulting from work as herein specified.

E. Grading and soil preparation work shall be performed only during the period when beneficial and optimum results may be obtained. If the moisture content of the soil should reach such a level that working it would destroy soil structure, spreading and grading operations shall be suspended until the moisture content is increased or reduced to acceptable levels and the desired results are likely to be obtained.

F. Scaled dimensions are approximate. Before proceeding with work, carefully check and verify dimensions and immediately inform the Landscape architect of discrepancies between the drawings and specifications and actual conditions.

G. Quantities for plant materials are shown for convenience only, and not guaranteed. Contractor shall check and verify count and supply the sufficient number to fulfill intent of drawings.

H. Adequately stake, barricade, and protect irrigation equipment, manholes, utility lines, and other existing property during all phases of the soil amending and grading operations.

I. Rejection and Substitution: Plants not conforming to the requirements herein specified shall be considered defective, and such plants, whether in place or not, shall be marked as rejected and be immediately removed from the site of the work and replaced with acceptable plant materials. The plant materials shall meet all applicable inspections required by law. Plants shall be of the species, variety, size, age, flower color and condition as specified herein and/or as indicated on the drawings. Under no condition will there be any substitution of plant species, variety, or reduced sizes for those listed on the accompanying drawings, except with the expressed written consent of the Landscape architect.

J. All utilities (water and electricity) used during the installation and maintenance of the landscaping and irrigation systems for this project shall be paid for by the Owner.

1.08 FINAL SOIL AMENDMENT QUANTITIES:

A. Upon completion of all rough grading operations of planted areas, a minimum of six (6) representative samples (or 1 soil sampling per every 7 lots for home developments) of existing soil found in the planting areas shall be taken by the Contractor and at his/her expense sent to an independent soil testing laboratory for an Horticultural suitability analysis and recommendations.

B. In order to reduce runoff and encourage healthy plant growth, a soil management report shall be completed as follows:

1. Soil sampling shall be conducted in accordance with laboratory protocol, including protocols regarding adequate sampling depth for the intended plants.

2. The soil analysis shall include:
a. Soil texture
b. Infiltration rate determined by laboratory test or soil texture infiltration rate table
c. Soil pH
d. Total soluble salts
e. Sodium
f. Percent organic matter

3. The soil report shall include recommendations for quantity and application rate of amendments and any corrective measures required to adjust items a. though f. listed above to acceptable levels BASED ON THE PROPOSED PLANT SCHEDULE. The recommendations shall be based on
organic-based fertilizers, amendments and best-practices. These recommendations shall then be compared with those listed in Paragraphs

2.02 and 3.01 and the contract modified accordingly.

1.09 SOIL PREPARATION CONFORMANCE
Amendment materials shall be distributed in piles around the site in quantities corresponding to the soils analysis “per 1,000 sq. ft.” recommendations. Invoices showing materials and quantities purchased shall be available for review. The Landscape architect may visually compare the distribution piles and total quantities of each material furnished against the soils analysis recommendations, but it is the responsibility of the contractor to fulfill and verify compliance with the recommendations of the soil analysis report. After visual observation by the Landscape architect and verification by the contractor of the distribution and quantities of soil amendments, the Contractor may then commence with soil conditioning operations per section 3.01

1.10 PLANT MATERIAL QUANTITY CONFORMANCE
A. After installation of plant materials, and coinciding with the pre-maintenance observation, the Landscape architect, with the heretofore specified signed copies of the required certificates, trip slips and invoices for the plant materials and related items, may inventory such material and observe the total area and/or the amounts specified. It is the contractor's responsibility to verify all quantities have been installed per plans. If the required amounts have not been furnished, the Landscape architect may require the installation of additional materials to fulfill the minimum requirements specified.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 SOIL AMENDMENT AND FERTILIZER:

A. Soil Conditioner: Composted Derivatives equivalent to “Humic Compost” manufactured by Agri-Service, Inc. and having the following properties: Humic Compost shall have fine texture and a dark brown color. Compost feedstock shall be clean yard trimmings generated from source-separated landscape maintenance. No animal wastes or sludge wastes shall be added. The shredded yard trimmings shall be composted for a minimum period of one month, with peak temperatures reaching between 132° to 155° F throughout the thermophilic stage. Composting shall be done by the windrow method with regular turning to expose all parts of the pile to high temperatures in order to achieve weed seed and pathogen kill. Product shall be processed according to Title 14 regulations for composted green waste. Curing phase shall be up to two months. Moisture content at time of delivery shall be approximately 25%. One cubic yard of compost shall weigh an average of 950 to 1150 pounds. Finished compost shall be screened through a 3/8 inch mesh.

B. Gypsum shall be commercially processed and packaged gypsum (CaSo, 2H 0) with minimum 80% grade containing 14% minimum combined sulfur.

C. Iron Sulphate: Ferric or ferrous sulphate in pelleted or granular form containing not less than 18 percent metallic iron. Material shall conform to the Horticultural Code of the State of California.

D. Pre-plant fertilizer for incorporation with rototilling or plant pit backfill mix shall be of a uniform 'beaded' homogeneous Organic granular composition suitable for application with approved equipment and shall contain the following minimum available percentages by weight of plant food:

1. Nitrogen 5% minimum

2. Phosphoric acid 3% minimum

3. Potash 1% minimum

4. Iron 1%

5. Manganese .05%

6. Zinc .05%

7. Humic Acids (derived from compost) 15%

8. Soil Penetrant (alkyl naphthalene sodium sulfonate) 15% E. Post-planting Fertilizer for Maintenance Period Fertilization: Organic base, long lasting, non-burning, controlled slow release, free flowing, uniform in composition, suitable for application with approved equipment, and shall contain the following minimum available percentages of weight of plant food :

1. Nitrogen 12% minimum

2. Phosphoric acid 8% minimum

3. Potash 8% minimum

4. Sulphur 7%

5. Iron 2%

6. Manganese .05%

7. Zinc .05%

8. Humic Acids (derived from compost) 5%
WARNING: Some fertilizers contain chelated iron which may cause staining of concrete surfaces. Contractor shall use extreme caution when applying fertilizers adjacent to concrete and hardscape areas. All hardscape shall be swept immediately after application. Contractor shall be responsible for removing all iron stains from concrete or Hardscape by sandblasting, or replacement of Hardscape/concrete, as directed by landscape architect, at no additional cost to the Owner.

F. Planting Tablets: Tightly compressed organic chip type commercial grade planting tablets of varying weighted sizes with the following available percentages by weight of plant food:

1. Nitrogen 20% minimum

2. Phosphoric acid 10% minimum

3. Potash 5% minimum
G. Post-planting Fertilizer for Palms: Organic base, long lasting, non-burning, controlled slow release, free flowing, uniform in composition, suitable for application with approved equipment, and shall contain the following minimum available percentages of weight of plant food :

1. Nitrogen 3% minimum

2. Phosphoric acid 1% minimum

3. Potash 3% minimum
A micro-nutrient foliar spray for palm fronds is recommended to avoid micro-nutrient deficiencies. It is the responsibility of the contractor to ensure plant health.

H. Fertilizer Storage: Fertilizer shall be stored in watertight container to minimize contact with stormwater runoff.

I. Herbicide Storage: Herbicide shall be stored in watertight container to minimize contact with stormwater runoff.

2.02 PLANTING BACKFILL FOR TREES:

A. Planting backfill shall be a thoroughly blended mixture of topsoil amendments.

The following materials and quantities are to be used as a basis for bidding, and shall be modified based on soil analysis results:

1. Soil Conditioner (Humic Compost) 1 part (top 12" of backfil only)

2. Stock-piled on site soil 3 parts

3. Iron sulphate 2 lbs/per cu. yd. of mix

4. Gypsum 10 lbs/per cu. yd. of mix

5. Pre-plant fertilizer 4 lbs/per cu. yd. of mix
Soil to be used as planting medium for the project shall be fertile, well-drained, of uniform quality, free of stones over 1 inch diameter, sticks, oils, chemicals, plaster, concrete and other deleterious materials. On-site soil may be stockpiled in piles under 4' in height for re-use provided it meets all requirements.

B. Planting Backfill for Date Palms:

1. Pure, washed plaster sand only. Do not incorporate fertilizer into backfill mix. Apply post-planting fertilizer only.

2.03 PLANT MATERIALS:

A. Nomenclature: The scientific and common names of plants herein specified conform with the approved names given in "Sunset Western Garden Book", published by Lane Publishing Company, Menlo Park, California, latest edition.

B. See list of plant material on drawings.

C. Quality and size of all plants shall be No. 1, of Pinto Tag stock. They shall be vigorous, of normal growth, free from disease, insects, insect eggs, and/or exceed the measurements specified or the American Standards for Nursery Stock. Pinto Tags shall be submitted to the Landscape architect.

D. Container stock (1 gal., 5 gal., and 15 gal.) shall have grown in containers for at least six months, but not over two years. No container plants that have cracked or broken balls of earth, when taken from the container, shall be planted, except upon special approval. No trees with damaged roots or broken balls shall be planted and no shrubs, vines or groundcovers shall be planted that are “pot bound” or that have damaged roots.

E. Pruning shall not be done, prior to delivery, except by written approval.

F. Observation of Plant Materials, required by governing authorities, shall be a responsibility of the contractor, and where necessary, the contractor shall have secured permits or certificates prior to delivery of plants to site.

G. Plants shall be subject to observation and approval or rejection, at the project site at any time before or during progress of work, for size, variety, condition, latent defects and injuries. Rejected plants shall be removed from the project site immediately.

H. Substitutions will not be permitted except that if proof is submitted that any plant specified is not obtainable, a proposal will be considered for use of the nearest equivalent size, variety and cost.

I. Quantities shall be furnished as needed to complete work as shown on drawings.

J. The Landscape architect reserves the right to observe root condition of any species, particularly those grown from seed, and if found defective, to reject the plants represented by the defective sample.

K. Identify plant species or varieties correctly on legible, weather-proof labels attached securely at the job site. There shall be a minimum of one labeled plant for each 5 plants in a lot.

L. Groundcover plants shall be healthy cuttings grown in flats until transplanting.

2.04 HERBICIDE:

Weed Contact Spray, post emergent, systemic product with no soil residual activity formulated as a water soluble liquid containing 50% glyphosate and

14.5% surfactant with surflan additive. (Use only on noxious weeds that cannot be successfully eradicated with hand weeding.)

2.05 HYDROSEED:

A. See drawings for hydroseed schedules.

2.06 MULCHING MATERIAL:

A. Mulching materials shall be per Landscape Construction Plans 597
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
L.2-6
17 2.07 STAKING MATERIALS FOR TREES:

A. Double staking for 15 gal. and 24" box trees (triple staking for high wind areas) and triple staking for 36” box size trees:

1. Stakes shall be of Lodgepole Pine. These shall be straight shafts, shaved and cut clean and bare of branches and stubs, of uniform thickness with a minimum diameter of 2 inches (3 inches in high wind exposure areas), free of loose knots, splits or bends. Stakes shall be no less than eight (8) feet in length.

B. Tree Tie Materials shall be one of the following:

1. Hose wires used for stabilizing trees with stakes, shall be 12 gauge galvanized wire with ultra-violet resistant precut hoses to 10 ½” and wire precut to 27” or 36” the length as necessary per details.

2. Cinch Ties manufactured by V.I.T. products with the following criteria:
(a) Cinch-Tie 24” for 15 gal. single or double stakes
(b) Cinch-Tie 32” for 24” box or larger

3. Twist Braces shall be used in areas with high wind exposure, utilizing twist brace stability bars with the following criteria:
(a) 4 ½” loop diameter by 24” length for 24” box trees
(b) 4 ½” loop diameter by 36” length for 36” box trees

2.08 GUYING MATERIALS FOR TREES 48” BOX SIZE AND GREATER:

A. Guy wires shall be of pliable, zinc-coated steel of No. 12 gauge.

B. Anchors (deadman) for holding guy wires shall be of 4 inch by 4 inch (4" x 4") solid lumber, 1'-6" in length, or “duckbill” style anchor materials as shown on the details on the drawings.

C. Hose for covering wire shall be of 2-ply reinforced rubber, used or new, garden hose type of at least 1/2 inch in diameter.

D. Warning indicators, to be attached to guys, shall be of 1/2" PVC pipe and four feet long.

E. Tree ties shall be as stated in section 2.08 above.

2.09 TRIM GUARDS FOR TREES IN TURF AREAS:

A. Trim Guards shall be made from quality polyethylene with ultra violet inhibitors and ratcheting latching device.

2.10 ROOT BARRIERS FOR TREES:

A. #UB-24-2 root barriers as manufactured by Deep Root Corp. or approved equal.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 SOIL CONDITIONING, ROTOTILLING AND FERTILIZING:

I. After the areas have been graded, follow the Soil Preparation Conformance procedures per section 1.09. Deep water leaching shall be performed if recommended and as specified in the Horticultural Soil Analysis Report. After approval by the Landscape architect of the requirements in section 1.09, the soil conditioning and amendment materials shall be evenly spread over all planting areas and shall be thoroughly scarified to an average depth of six (6) inches by rototilling a minimum of two (2) alternating passes (excluding 2:1 slopes or steeper):

The following materials and quantities are to be used as a basis for bidding, and shall be modified based on soil analysis results:

1. Soil Conditioner (Humic Compost): 6 cu. yd. per 1,000 sq. ft. (2" deep)* *Minimum required unless soils report states at least 33% organic matter exists within the top six inches of soil.

2. Soil sulphur: 20 lbs/per 1,000 sq. ft.

3. Iron sulphate: 20 lbs/per 1,000 sq. ft.

4. Gypsum: 100 lbs/per 1,000 sq. ft.

5. Pre-plant fertilizer: 20 lbs/per 1,000 sq. ft.
(a) Amendments shall be incorporated into the top six (6) inches of finish grade.
(b) The thoroughness and completeness of the rototilling and incorporation of the soil conditioners/amendments shall be accepted by the landscape architect in writing, prior to digging planting pits. For slopes 2:1 and steeper, or as per the drawings, omit rototilling.

3.02 FINISH GRADING:

A. Finish grades shall be as indicated on landscape or civil drawings. Contractor shall notify Landscape architect for a decision should any discrepancies exist between the drawings and site conditions.

B. Finish grades shall be measured as the final water compacted and settled surface grades and shall be within + 0.1 foot of the spot elevations and grade lines indicated. Grades adjacent to hardscape shall be within +/- .01 feet of the grades indicated on the grading plans. C. Molding and rounding of the grades shall be provided at all changes in slope.

D. All undulations and irregularities in the planting surfaces resulting from tillage, rototilling and all other operations shall be leveled and floated out before planting operations are initiated.

E. Take every precaution to protect and avoid damage to erosion control materials, sprinkler heads, irrigation lines, and other underground utilities during grading and conditioning operations.

F. Final finish grades shall insure positive drainage of the site with all surface drainage away from buildings, walls, and toward swales, basins, roadways, drains and catch basins.

G. Final grades shall be accepted by the Landscape architect/Owner's representative in writing on company letterhead prior to digging planting pits and/or before planting operations will be allowed to begin.

H. Planting surfaces shall be graded with no less than 2 percent surface slope for positive drainage unless otherwise indicated on grading plans.

3.03 PLANTING:

A. The layout of locations for plants and outlines of groundcover beds to be planted shall be accepted by the Landscape architect in writing prior to digging plant pits for planting. All such locations shall be checked by the contractor for possible interference with existing underground piping prior to excavation of holes. If underground construction or utility lines are encountered in the excavation of planting areas, other locations for the planting may be selected by the landscape architect at no additional cost to the owner. Damage to existing utilities shall be the responsibility of the contractor.

B. Planting Trees, Shrubs and Vines:

1. All excavated holes shall have vertical sides with roughened surfaces and shall be of the minimum sizes indicated on drawings. Holes shall be, in all cases, large enough to permit handling and planting without injury or breakage of root balls or roots.

2. Excavation shall include the stripping and stacking of all acceptable soil encountered within the areas to be excavated for plant pits and planting beds. Protect all areas that are to be trucked over and upon which soil is to be temporarily stacked pending its re-use for the filling of holes, pits and beds.

3. Excess soil, generated from the planting holes shall be spread evenly on the site within the tolerances indicated in section 3.02, or as directed by the Landscape architect. Excess soil (beyond the tolerances indicated in section

3.02) shall be removed from the site.

4. The plants shall be planted at approved locations with the heretofore specified plant pit fertilizer and soil planting backfill. Place plant pit fertilizer after two thirds of backfill material is installed at the rates specified by the manufacturer and soils report.

5. The plants shall be placed in the planting pits, which have been hand tamped, and water settled to the rootball base levels prior to the placement of the plants. After setting the plants, the remaining backfill material shall be carefully tamped and settled around each rootball to fill all voids. Each tree and shrub shall be placed in the center of the hole and shall be set plumb and held rigidly in position until the planting backfill has been tamped around each rootbal.

6. All plants shall be set at such a level that after settling they bear the same relationship to the surrounding finish grade as they bore to the soil line grade in the container, unless otherwise noted.

7. No plant will be accepted if the rootball is broken or cracked, either before, during, or after the process of installation.

8. Plants shall be thoroughly watered into the full depth of each planting hole immediately after planting.

9. Install shrubs and vines as shown on the drawings.

10. For 1 gallon trees, utilize pre-installed nursery stakes if stakes are in good condition as described above. Broken, cracked and/or unsecured nursery stakes will not be allowed. If new stakes are required, install stakes with materials as specified as shown on the drawings.

11. For trees up to 36” Box size, install tree stakes with materials specified and as shown on the drawings. The stakes shall be driven in plumb and secure.

Special care shall be taken that the driving in of the stake does not damage the tree roots or rootball. Tree ties shall be fastened to each stake by tacking the wire tie to the stake. Protective hoses shall be in contact with all tree trunk or branch areas per the details on the drawings.

12. For trees 48” Box size and greater, guy all trees with the materials specified and as shown on the drawings.

13. The staking and guying shall be accomplished in such a manner as to insure the proper and healthy growth and the safety of the plants, property, and the public.

14. The contractor shall be responsible for all surface and subsurface drainage required which may affect his guarantee of the trees, shrubs, and vines.

15. Pruning after planting shall be required on all trees, shrubs, and vines when necessary to provide the specified or approved standard shapes, form and/or sizes characteristic to each plant. Pruning may include thinning, and/or cutting and shall be under the direction of the landscape architect or certified arborist.

16. Install tree guards on all trees within turf areas.

C. Planting Groundcovers:

1. Groundcovers shall be planted in the areas indicated on the drawings. The groundcover plants shall be rooted cuttings grown in flats and shall remain in those flats until transplanting.

2. All groundcover plants shall be planted with soil around roots in staggered row, evenly spaced at the intervals called out on the drawings.

3. The groundcover plants shall be planted sufficiently deep to cover all roots.

4. The groundcover planting area shall be hand smoothed after planting to provide an even, smooth final finish grade.

3.04 HYDROSEEDING:

A. Hydroseeding shall be applied in the areas indicated on the drawings in accordance with the mix specified on the drawings.

B. Hydroseeding Equipment: Hydraulic equipment used for the application of fertilizer, seed, and slurry of prepared wood pulp or fiber with tackifiers as specified on the drawings. This equipment shall have a built-in agitation system with an operating capacity sufficient to agitate, suspend, and homogeneously mix a slurry containing 1,200 pounds of mulch and seed. The slurry distribution lines shall be large enough to prevent stoppage and shall provide even distribution of the slurry. The slurry tank shall have a minimum capacity of 1,350 gallons and shall be mounted on a traveling unit, which will place the slurry tank and spray nozzles within sufficient proximity to the areas to be sprayed so as to provide uniform distribution without waste.

C. Application Method: Using the wood pulp as a guide, spray the soil with a uniform visible coat of slurry. The slurry shall be applied in a sweeping motion, in an arched stream, so as to fall like rain allowing the wood fibers and tackifiers to build upon each other, until a complete, even coverage coat is achieved.

D. Hydroseeded areas shall be kept moist at all times 20-24 days after planting or until the new growth of the plants are sufficiently well established.

E. Hydroseeded areas shall be protected against foot traffic and other use immediately after hydroseeding is completed by placing warning signs and temporary twine and flagging around the areas.

F. Re-hydroseeding of bare areas shall be done 30 days after initial application at no additional cost to the owner.

3.05 HERBICIDE APPLICATION:

A. Herbicide or pesticide applications shall be performed only when necessary for noxious weed eradication only after all hand weeding operations have failed and only by personnel licensed for such work by the State of California.

B. Herbicide shall not be applied within 48 hours of a forecast rain event.

3.06 MULCHING:

A. Landscape areas other than those hydroseeded or planted with turf shall be covered with the specified mulching material to the minimum depth indicated on the drawings.

3.07 CLEAN-UP:

A. As the project progresses on a daily basis, the contractor shall maintain all areas in a neat manner and remove unsightly debris as necessary, remove all debris and containers used in accomplishing work and sweep and clean all sidewalks, asphalt, and concrete areas adjacent to plantings.

3.08 SITE OBSERVATION & WALK-THROUGHS FOR SUBSTANTIAL
COMPLETION:

A. General Observation: The Landscape architect will visit the construction site at interim times during the construction process to access construction progress regarding installation of landscape material to be in compliance with the drawings, details, specifications and site conditions. The Landscape architect will prepare a site report after each visit noting progress of installation, verbal communication with the contractor and identifying any field adjustments necessary that require modifications to the designed landscape. A copy of this site report will be delivered to both the owner and the contractor. The contractor is responsible to immediately address each item on the site report before proceeding with further construction.

B. Walk Through For Substantial Completion (Punch List #1):

1. Before requesting a walk through for substantial completion the following requirements must be entirely satisfied:
(a) The entire planting area is completely installed, and when letters of acceptance as described above have been obtained from the Landscape architect and/or owner's representative. If the contractor failed to notify the Landscape architect for any of the above items as listed above than the contractor assumes full responsibility for any design modifications directed by the Landscape architect during the walk through for substantial completion any of these issues at no additional cost to the owner.
(b) All invoices, pinto tags and receipts have been delivered to the owner or owner's representative.

2. Once the above requirements have been met a walk through for substantial completion may be requested. The following procedures will be used during the walk through:
(a) A visual walk through of the entire site will take place consisting of an examination of planting areas as compared to the drawings, and installation procedures as shown on the details and specifications. A punch list will be established for deficiencies in the construction and workmanship of the landscaped area as compared to the construction drawings, details, and specifications.

3. Once the Walk Through for Substantial Completion has been completed the Landscape architect will provide a copy of all punch list items to the owner for review and distribution to the contractor. It is the contractor's responsibility to repair, replace, and adjust all items on the punch prior to requesting a final walk through.

C. Final Walk Through:

1. Before commencement of a final walk through is requested, each item on the walk through for substantial completion (punch list #1) must be thoroughly satisfied, addressed, and resolved by the contractor.

2. Once the above requirement has been met a final walk through may be requested. The following procedures will be used:
(a) This visual walk through will consist of walking through the punch list items created at the time of the walk through for substantial completion, and examining outstanding items. Any remaining deficiencies in the construction and workmanship of the landscape as compared to the punch list generated at the time of the walk through for substantial completion, construction drawings, details and specifications shall be corrected by the contractor.

3.09 MAINTENANCE PERIOD:

A. The Maintenance Period shall last for ninety (90) days after written notification from the Landscape architect to the owner of a successful final walk through.

The notification shall take place once all items on the final walk through punch list have been satisfactorily addressed by the contractor.

1. The contractor is responsible for obtaining and following any maintenance manuals created specifically for the project from the owner at the beginning of the maintenance period.

2. Once the contractor has fulfilled all maintenance agreement obligations the maintenance period will end see section 320533 Landscape Maintenance, for maintenance responsibilities.

END OF SECTION 329300
598
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
L.2-7
18 SECTION 320533

LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. The work includes all services, labor, materials, transportation and equipment necessary to perform the work indicated on the Drawings and as specified. The conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS:

A. Section 328400 Irrigation System
B. Section 329300 Landscaping

1.03 DEFINITIONS:

A. Pesticide: Includes any of the following:

1. Fumigant

2. Herbicide

3. Insecticide

4. Fungicide

5. Rodent repellents.

B. Planting Bed: An area comprised of trees, shrubs, flowers, and ground cover, excluding grass.

1.04 DELIVERY:

A. Fertilizer, Gypsum, and Iron Sulphate: Deliver to the site in original containers bearing manufacturer's chemical analysis, name, trade name, or trademark, and indication of conformance to state and federal laws. Instead of containers, fertilizer, and gypsum may be furnished in bulk with a certificate indicating the above information.

B. Pesticides: Deliver to the site in original containers with legible label indicating Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) registration number and manufacturer's registered uses.

1.05 STORAGE:

A. Fertilizer, Gypsum, Iron Sulphate, and Mulch: Store in dry locations away from contaminants in water-tight containers.

B. Pesticides: Do not store with other maintenance material. Store herbicides "downwind," relative to the airflow from other pesticides in water-tight containers.

1.06 HANDLING:

A. Do not drop or dump materials from vehicles.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 PH ADJUSTERS:

A. See Specification Section: 329300 Landscaping

2.02 SOIL CONDITIONERS:

A. See Specification Section: 329300 Landscaping

2.03 PLANTING BACKFILL:

A. See Specification Section: 329300 Landscaping

2.04 FERTILIZERS:

A. See Specification Section: 329300 Landscaping

2.05 WATER:

A. See Specification Section: 329300 Landscaping

2.06 PESTICIDES:

A. See Specification Section: 329300 Landscaping
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS DURING THE NINETY (90) DAY MAINTENANCE PERIOD:

A. Shrubs, and Vines:

1. The contractor is responsible for the restoration and maintenance of all vegetation included in these specifications for the duration of the maintenance period. During the first two weeks of the maintenance period, the contractor shall conduct a survey of all areas and identify by quantity, species, and location, all dead, dying, and diseased vegetation. The contractor shall be responsible for restoring dying and diseased vegetation to a healthy state in accordance with accepted Horticultural Practice and Treatment. The landscape architect and/or owner's representative will be the final authority in determining which vegetation is considered dead or irreparably damaged. Restoration and replacement of vegetation is considered routine maintenance and shall be accomplished as often as necessary during the maintenance period. Vegetation replacement shall be accomplished within 5 days after the contractor discovers or has been notified of the situation. Diseased or dead vegetation shall be removed and replaced with healthy plants of the same species. All replacement plants must be approved by the landscape architect and/or owner's representative before planting.

2. Planting beds shall be cultivated, pruned, trimmed, weeded, irrigated, fertilized, mulched, and otherwise maintained in a manner that presents a professionally landscaped appearance at all times. Plant beds shall be kept weed, gopher, squirrel, rabbit and pest free through best management practices. Ground cover shall not be allowed to grow into flowers, shrubs or trees. Planting beds shall be maintained in a manner that provides balance between the various types of vegetation, and prevents dominance of any one species.

3. The contractor shall provide and maintain a minimum of three-inch layer of mulch in all planting areas that were originally mulched (one and one half-inch for flatted groundcover areas). Mulch shall be kept 3” clear from all tree, shrub, and groundcover trunks and stems.

4. The contractor shall provide for the special needs of various species.

Diseased or dead vegetation shall be removed and replaced with healthy plants of the same species.

5. The contractor shall maintain the soil level in the plant beds, and ensure all surface root systems and irrigation piping are covered as required. The contractor shall be responsible for damage caused by contractor operations at no additional cost to the owner.

6. Shrubs and Vines shall not be allowed to encroach into turf areas. A definite break shall be maintained between grass and shrub areas. In such areas the contractor shall maintain a healthy and well balanced landscape.

7. All shrubs, vines, and other cultivated plants shall be trimmed and pruned

ACCORDING TO THEIR NATURAL GROWTH CHARACTERISTICS
(accept for hedges) for proper health and attractive appearance. ALLOW

SHRUBS TO GROW IN AND COMPLETELY FILL THE PLANTING
AREAS (DO NOT SHEAR INTO BALLS OR OTHER SHAPES.) All
clippings shall be removed and disposed of by the end of each day. Pruning shall be accomplished as necessary in accordance with conditions (a) through (d) specified below. Shrubs and vines shall be trimmed to shape for aesthetic appearance and health at the frequency specified in this section. (a) Remove growth in front of windows, over entrance ways or walks, and any growth which will obstruct vision at street intersections. Shrubs around perimeter of buildings shall be trimmed to maintain natural growth characteristics.
(b) Remove dead, damaged or diseased branches or limbs and crossing, rubbing and interfering branches.
(c) Evenly form and balance the shrub to natural growth characteristics.

Hedges are to be trimmed to maintain their natural growth characteristics and not allowed to obstruct pedestrian walkways.

Shrubs shall be allowed to completely fill planter beds. Shrubs, hedges and vines shall not be trimmed into round, square and or geometric shapes unless specified in the Plant Schedule. Side growth shall be allowed to grow unless growth is in front of windows, over entrance ways, streets, driveways, parking area or walks, and/or any growth which will obstruct vision at street intersections.
(d) Remove growth against or over structures and into any type of electrical or telephone lines (leave vine growth on block walls if applicable).

8. Shrubs shall be pruned to evenly form and balance plant to natural growth characteristics. Shoots, suckers, and branches of shrubs not conforming to desired shape and size shall be removed. Retain typical growth habit of individual plants with as much height and spread as is practical. Shrubs shall be allowed to completely fill planter beds.

9. Any depression or mound around the base of shrubs intended to retain water in place for proper irrigation shall be maintained in good condition to permit the most efficient application of water and reduce waste.

B. Trees:

1. Tree maintenance and care is considered routine ongoing maintenance and shall be accomplished as specified or as often as necessary during the maintenance period. Tree maintenance and care includes, staking trees, adjustment of ties and supports, removal of stakes, watering, fertilization, pest control, pruning, turf clearance, mulch clearance, removal of broken limbs and branches, tree removal/replacement, and fall cleanup.

2. The contractor shall maintain and/or replace tree staking and guying as necessary as specified in section 329300 Landscaping for the duration of the maintenance period. Stakes, ties and supports shall be inspected and adjusted monthly to prevent girdling and rubbing, and to promote natural development of trees. Stakes, ties, and supports shall be removed when the tree becomes capable of supporting itself.

3. Trees shall be pruned according to their natural growth characteristics to evenly form and balance the tree and to promote proper health and growth in accordance with accepted standards and horticultural practices of the International Society of Arboriculture, Western Chapter. All tree maintenance must be performed in compliance with ANSI Z133.1 Safety Standards and ANSI A300 Standard Practices for Tree Care Operations.

Tree pruning shall include all areas of the project, which are permanently and/or temporarily irrigated for the duration of the maintenance period. All sucker growth shall be removed from and around the trees. All trees are to be inspected monthly to identify pruning needs. Pruning or trimming shall be accomplished at any time during the maintenance period as required in accordance with conditions (a) through (h) below:
(a) Remove dead, damaged or diseased wood, or structurally weak limbs that may cause a safety hazard. Remove interfering branches, crossing and rubbing branches.
(b) Remove branches which endanger roofs, eaves, and windows or hang within eight feet of sidewalks, parking lot driveways, and which obstruct traffic signs or streetlights. This includes removal of dead or broken branches on the ground or still hanging in the tree. (c) Provide clearance for fire trucks, buses, moving vans and similar vehicles along streets.
(d) Eliminate and prevent growth into electrical or telephone transmission lines. Anticipate the effects of wind on branches, which might fall on transmission lines. Shape the entire tree rather than notch the top. (e) Prevent growth of trees in front of windows, over entranceways and walkways and which will obstruct vision at street intersections. (f) Remove partially attached broken limbs and branches from trees regardless of diameter or length. Provide stakes or braces as required for future protection.
(g) "Skirting-Up" and "pollarding" a tree is prohibited. (h) Topping of trees is prohibited.

C. Weeds, Rodent and Pest Control:

1. PESTICIDES MAY BE USED ONLY AS A LAST RESORT AFTER ALL NATURAL BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES ARE USED. Weed and
pest control shall be performed to prevent encroachment of undesirable vegetation and noxious weeds, and infestation of pest (rodent, insect and fungus) into established landscapes, including lawns and around trees, shrubs, flower beds, etc. Noxious weeds in landscaped and natural growth areas, plant beds and landscaped areas shall not be allowed to establish themselves and be maintained weed free. Additionally, weed control is to be performed to eliminate grass and weeds in cracks and joints on all paved and concreted areas. Weed control is to be performed to prevent the encroachment of vegetation into perimeter fences. Rodent control shall be performed as required to maintain healthy vigorous plant growth. Live or dead rodents shall be removed within 24 hours from the project property and properly disposed of. Trees, shrubs, turf and vegetation shall be protected from all varieties of insect and rodent damage. Pesticides and herbicides shall be used in a manner, which will not affect landscape plants health.

2. All pesticides, including herbicides, insecticides, fungicides, etc., shall be applied only by persons holding a valid state license for each category of pest control work involved. Any required state, county, or local permits for possession, procurement, or use of any pesticide shall be obtained and complied with at no additional expense to the owner.

3. All pesticides shall be procured, transported, stored, handled, and applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's label, which shall be registered with the Environmental Protection Agency and the State of California. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act, 40 CFR 170-171, CCR Title 3, and CCR Title 8. All pesticide containers shall be managed in accordance with therequirements of CCR Title 3, Section 6684 and disposed of in accordance with CCR Title 22. Each pesticide formulation shall be registered for use under the particular environmental conditions under which it was applied. The contractor shall exercise extreme care to prevent any damage or illegal contamination by pesticides to vegetation, water, fish, animals, and humans. The contractor shall be held responsible and liable for all damage, contamination, and effects resulting from contractor's pesticide use.

4. Pesticide spraying shall be performed only on still days and will be stopped when unfavorable weather or other conditions exist which would unduly increase the hazard to personnel or desirable vegetation by drift, runoff, or leaching through the soil. Any project property or desirable vegetation damaged by the contractor due to pesticide applications shall be repaired or replaced at no additional cost to the owner.

5. Pesticide rinse water or excess pesticides from contractor operations shall be collected by the contractor in an appropriate receptacle and disposed of at an approved disposal site; or shall be applied to a similar target area to which the original application was made and in the same manner of application if allowed by the EPA registered label.

6. Job site pesticide applications shall be made by personnel capable of identifying the pest species to be controlled, knowledgeable of control techniques, and able to apply pesticide active ingredients at prescribed dosages and rates of application, as required by the label to achieve the required control under job site conditions, without danger to people, pets or other non-target animals, plants, or property.

7. The contractor shall be responsible for having a spill kit on service vehicles and for reporting and cleaning pesticide spills as required by state laws and regulations. The contractor shall submit a written report of spills on or in project property, within 8 hours of incident to the owner on company letterhead.

D. Irrigation and Irrigation System Maintenance:

1. The contractor shall plan and adjust irrigation schedules for automatic, hand or portable irrigation systems based on minimal water requirements with the following considerations:the precipitation rates of irrigation components (a) soil water infiltration rate and holding capacity
(b) exposure
(c) plant material
(d) site climate conditions
(e) ET (Evapotranspiration) rate
(f) Slope
It shall be the contractor's responsibility to adjust controllers and/or hand/portable irrigation application to compensate for weekly environmental changes for the duration of the maintenance period. The contractor shall perform irrigation in a manner that promotes the health, growth, color and appearance of cultivated vegetation while preventing over watering, water run-off, erosion and ponding.

2. CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE SMART CONTOLLER IS SET TO
WEATHER-BASED OR SOIL MOISTURE BASED "AUTOMATIC
ADJUSTMENT" 60 DAYS INTO THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD.

CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE "AUTOMATIC ADJUSTMENT" IS
FUNCTIONING PROPERLY BETWEEN DAY 60 THROUGH DAY 90

OF THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD AND FINE-TUNE EACH STATION
AS NEEDED.

3. Irrigation includes watering of shrubs, vines, trees and plants for both permanently irrigated slopes and flat areas. Care shall be exercised by regulating the time and equipment to prevent wasting of water. Rotator heads shall be adjusted to prevent water spray on buildings, sidewalks, walls, sign monuments and adjacent hardscape. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to apply enough water to assure and maintain the health and vigor of all shrubs, trees, and planted areas. Irrigation controllers shall be programmed for no irrigation during periods of rain. Controllers shall also be checked and reset if necessary after power outages.

4. The contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to perform all irrigation operations. For temporarily irrigated slopes, flat areas and trees that require manual irrigation, the contractor shall provide hoses and irrigation equipment to adequately irrigate this plant material for the duration of the maintenance period. In the event that an area has no water supply due to a system failure, the contractor shall provide a supply by either hose or truck. All valves and valve box covers shall be kept closed at all times except when in actual use.

5. Irrigation equipment shall be kept clear of any obstructions including plant material. Dirt or other debris surrounding rotator heads, which prevents proper operation, shall be removed. The contractor shall be held responsible for any damage to project property caused by careless handling of irrigation equipment including slope failure at no additional cost to the owner.

6. The contractor is responsible for the maintenance and repair of all components of the irrigation system for the duration of the maintenance period. This includes irrigation equipment items as shown on the original irrigation drawings. Maintenance and repairs of irrigation equipment during the maintenance period shall be done at no additional cost to the owner.

Maintenance shall include but not be limited to the following:
(a) Repair or replace broken, missing, or inoperative pop-up rotator heads, pop-up rotors, pop-up bubblers, and drip irrigation equipment. (b) Repair or replace defective rotator head risers, rotors on risers, fittings, swing arms and breaks in piping. Adjust and align risers. Repairs shall include all fittings as specified in the original irrigation drawings. (c) Clean and adjust pop-up rotator heads, pop-up rotors, rotator head risers and rotors on risers and their gears and/or mechanisms, check and adjust for proper coverage.
(d) Remove dirt and debris from around pop-up rotator heads and pop-up rotors.
(e) Repair or replace defective or malfunctioning control valves (Electric and/or Manual) flow sensors and master valves. Clean and service valves. The contractor shall replace any damaged or missing valve boxes or valve lids. Valve box lids shall be kept in place at all times.

Barricades shall be placed over any valve boxes with missing lids until replaced. Valve boxes shall be kept level with existing grade as shown on the drawings.
(f) Flush drip irrigation system using manual flush valves. (g) Maintain, service, repair or replace controller systems as specified by the product manufacturer.
(h) System repairs and replacement shall be accomplished with new parts and equipment that are identical to existing.
(i) The contractor is responsible for required irrigation by any means during the periods of system breakdown.

E. Fertilizer Application During the Maintenance Period:

1. Apply fertilizer in a manner that promotes health, growth, color and appearance of cultivated vegetation at applications rates described in section 329300 Landscaping for the duration of the maintenance period.

2. Fertilizer shall be applied to CA Native plants based on horticultural practices specifically for CA Native plants (typically no fertilizer or minimum organic, slow-release fertilizer.)
599
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A No. 4547
T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS
L.2-8
19 F. Fallen Vegetation and Debris Removal:

1. The contractor shall police the entire project area including all paved areas, planters, lawn areas, sidewalks and trash enclosures and collect fallen leaves, branches and limbs regardless of length or diameter, dead vegetation, paper, trash, cigarette butts, garbage, rocks, and any and all other debris to prevent unsightly and inordinate accumulations during normal maintenance working hours. Sidewalks shall be swept as necessary to keep free of trash and graffiti. Collected items shall be promptly removed and taken to a legal disposal site.

G. Removal of Dead Animals:

1. Removal and legal disposal of animal carcasses are considered a normal maintenance task for the duration of the maintenance period. Dead carcasses shall be legally removed immediately when discovered by the contractor.

H. Erosion Control:

1. The general contractor or the landscape contractor is responsible for all erosion control activities identified in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) and the Water Quality Management Plan (WQMP) including rain event inspections, water quality basin maintenance best management practices, prevention of silt entry, removal of silt, equipment and compaction prohibitions, and infiltration testing. Refer to the SWPPP and WQMP for additional requirements.

2. The contractor is responsible for daily visual inspection of slopes and immediately reporting areas experiencing erosion to the Landscape architect and/or owner's representative on the same day noticed. If the contractor fails to notify the Landscape architect and/or owner's representative of areas experiencing erosion on the same day noticed, then the contractor assumes full responsibility for any erosion control measures and/or repairs as directed by the landscape architect and/or owner's representative at no additional cost to the owner.

3. Upon notification and agreement of the applicable erosion control measure by the Landscape architect, the owner and the contractor, the contractor is responsible for immediately repairing and correcting any progressive rilling that may occur.

4. Erosion control measures may include but not be limited to:
(a) Filling
(b) Raking
(c) Redirecting runoff
(d) Properly programming irrigation operations
(e) Replanting
(f) Providing additional erosion control materials such as:
(1) jut matting
(2) filter fabric
(3) hay bales
(4) hay rolls
(5) silt fencing
(6) sand bags
(7) and/or other erosion control items as required to maintain healthy plant material and stable slopes.

Additional erosion control measures required due to irrigation operations programmed by the contractor that did not take into account cycle and soak functions of the controller will be installed and/or repaired as directed by the Landscape architect and/or owner's representative at no additional cost to the owner.

I. Frequency of Maintenance Operations:

TASK: FREQUENCY:

1. Mowing, Edging, Trimming: Weekly

2. Shrub and Vine Restoration and Replacement: Within 5 days

3. Weeding: Weekly

4. Pruning: Monthly

5. Tree Replacement: Within 5 days

6. Tree Staking: As Required

7. Best Management Practices: As Required

8. Debris Removal & Disposal: As Required

9. Irrigation System Maintenance: As Required

10. Fertilizer Application: As Required

11. Fallen Vegetation and Debris Removal: As Required

12. Removal of Dead Animals: As Required

13. Re-Mulching (Maintained at 3 Inches): As Required

14. Erosion Control: As Required
J. At the end of the ninety (90) day maintenance period, the contractor shall request a post-maintenance walk through with the Landscape architect.

K. Preliminary Post Maintenance Walk Through: Once the maintenance requirements have been met a preliminary post maintenance walk through may be scheduled. At the preliminary post maintenance walk through, the following procedures will be used:

1. Contractor must have (2) two personnel available with radio communication for the entire length of the walk through.

2. A visual walk through of the entire landscape area will take place consisting of an examination of planting areas and noting any remaining maintenance items to be completed.

3. Once the preliminary post maintenance walk through has been completed, the Landscape architect shall prepare a punch list of outstanding items to be completed and will provide a copy of this list to the owner and contractor for review and use. It is the contractor's responsibility to repair, replace, and adjust all items on the punch list prior to requesting a final post maintenance walk through.

L. Final Post Maintenance Walk Through: Before commencement of a final post maintenance walk through, each item on the preliminary post maintenance walk through punch list must be thoroughly satisfied, addressed, and resolved by the contractor. Once the above requirement has been met a final post maintenance walk through may be requested. At the final post maintenance walk through, the following procedures will be used:

1. Contractor must have (2) two personnel available with radio communication for the entire length of the walk through.

2. This visual walk through will consist of walking through the punch list items created at the time of the preliminary post maintenance walk through, and examining outstanding items. Any remaining deficiencies in the maintenance requirements will be noted.

3. Once the final post maintenance walk through is completed and any outstanding items created on the final punch list have been addressed the maintenance period may end. Any additional walk throughs required due to contractors' inability to address all issues on the punch lists described above will be provided at the contractor's expense.

M. Certificate of Completion. Prior to the start of the ninety (90) day maintenance period, the Contractor shall coordinate and complete (with the owner and Landscape Architect as required) a Certificate of Completion including the following six (6) elements:

1. Project information sheet that contains:
(a) Date.
(b) Project name.
(c) Project applicant name, telephone, and mailing address. (d) Project address and location.
(e) Property owner name, telephone, and mailing address.

2. Certification by the Landscape Architect that the landscape project has been installed per the approved Landscape Documentation Package; (a) Where there have been significant changes made in the field during construction, “as-built” or record drawings shall be included with the certification. Redlined plans shall be prepared by the Contractor and provided to the Landscape Architect for drafting.
(b) A diagram prepared by the Contractor of the irrigation plan showing hydrozones shall be kept with the irrigation controller for subsequent management purposes. Two additional copies shall be provided to the Landscape Architect and to the Owner

3. Irrigation scheduling parameters used to set the controller. See Section

3.01-D.2 for additional information.

4. Landscape and irrigation maintenance schedule.

5. Irrigation Audit Report.
(a) All landscape irrigation audits shall be conducted by a local agency landscape irrigation auditor or a third party certified landscape irrigation auditor. Landscape audits shall not be conducted by the person who designed the landscape or installed the landscape. The Contractor shall retain and bear the expense of the Irrigation Auditor. (b) In large projects or projects with multiple landscape installations (i.e. production home developments) an auditing rate of 1 in 7 lots or approximately 15% will satisfy this requirement. The project applicant shall submit the irrigation audit report with the Certificate of Completion to the local agency that may include, but is not limited to:
inspection, system tune-up, system test with distribution uniformity, reporting overspray or run off that causes overland flow, and preparation of an irrigation schedule, including configuring irrigation controllers with application rate, soil types, plant factors, slope, exposure and any other factors necessary for accurate programming.

6. Soil analysis report and documentation verifying implementation of soil report recommendations. The project applicant shall:

1. Submit the signed Certificate of Completion to the local agency for review

2. Ensure that copies of the approved Certificate of Completion are submitted to the local water purveyor and property owner or his or her designee.

The local agency shall:

1. Receive the signed Certificate of Completion from the project applicant

2. Approve or deny the Certificate of Completion. If the Certificate of Completion is denied, the local agency shall provide information to the project applicant regarding reapplication, appeal, or other assistance.

Sample Certificate of Completion:

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
This certificate is filled out by the project applicant upon completion of the landscape project. PART 1. PROJECT INFORMATION SHEET DATE ________________________
PROJECT NAME _______________
NAME OF PROJECT APPLICANT TELEPHONE NO. ______________________ _____________________________ TITLE ________________________ EMAIL _______________________________ COMPANY____________________ STREET ADDRESS ____________________ CITY ________________________ STATE ________ ZIP CODE _________ PROJECT ADDRESS AND LOCATION:

STREET ADDRESS __________________________ TRACT NO. _________________ CITY ______________________________________
STATE ________ ZIP CODE __________________
PROPERTY OWNER OR HIS/ HER DESIGNEE:

NAME TELEPHONE NO. ______________________
_____________________________ TITLE ________________________ EMAIL _______________________________ COMPANY____________________ STREET ADDRESS ____________________ CITY ________________________ STATE ________ ZIP CODE _________

PROPERTY OWNER
"I/we certify that I/we have received copies of all the documents within the Landscape Documentation Package and the Certificate of Completion and that it is our responsibility to see that the project is maintained in accordance with the Landscape and Irrigation Maintenance Schedule." ______________________________________________________________________ PROPERTY OWNER SIGNATURE DATE PLEASE ANSWER THE FOLLOWING QUESTIONS BELOW:

1. Date the Landscape Documentation Package was submitted to the local agency _____

2. Date the Landscape Documentation Package was approved by the local agency _____

3. Date that a copy of the Water Efficient Landscape Worksheet (including the Water Budget Calculation) was submitted to the local water purveyor ______ ________________________________________________________________________ PART 2. CERTIFICATION OF THE INSTALLATION ACCORDING TO THE

LANDSCAPE DOCUMENTATION PACKAGE
"I/we certify that based upon periodic site observations, the work has been completed in accordance with the ordinance and that the landscape planting and irrigation installation conform with the criteria and specifications of the approved Landscape Documentation Package."
SIGNATURE* __________________ DATE ________________________________ NAME (PRINT) TELEPHONE NO. ______________________
_____________________________ TITLE ________________________ EMAIL _______________________________ LICENSE NO. OR CERTIFICATION NO. _____________________________________ COMPANY____________________ STREET ADDRESS ____________________ CITY ________________________ STATE ________ ZIP CODE _________ * Signer of the landscape design plan, signer of the irrigation plan, or a licensed landscape contractor.

PART 3. IRRIGATION SCHEDULING
Attach parameters for setting the irrigation schedule on controller PART 4. SCHEDULE OF LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION MAINTENANCE Attach schedule of Landscape and Irrigation Maintenance PART 5. LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION AUDIT REPORT
Attach Landscape Irrigation Audit Report
PART 6. SOIL MANAGEMENT REPORT
Attach soil analysis report
Attach documentation verifying implementation of recommendations from soil analysis report ___________________________________________________________________________ END OF SECTION 320533 600
PB
PB
T T
T T
T
T
T
2 YEARS - 5 YEARS
5 YEARS - 12 YEARS
6-23 MONTHS
T T
8 16
40 48
8 16
8 8
8 18
18 18
18 8
8 72
18 8
8 XX
1"

2.4 S-DRIP
XX
1"

1.2 S-DRIP
XX

1.5 30
TURF
XX XX
FV
FV
FV
FV
FV 18 18 18
18 18
18 18
18 18 18
18 18
11/4"
11/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4" 3/4"
1"
3/4"
3/4" 1"

1.5"

1.5"

1.5"
RB RB
RB RB
RB
RB
RB
RB
RB
RB
3/4"
3/4"
C

P P P P P P P P

P P P P P P P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P P P
P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P

P P P P P
P P
P P

P P P P P P
P P
P
P P P
P P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P

P P P P P P P P P P P P P

P P P P P P P
P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P P
P
P
P P
P
P P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P P P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P P
P P
P
P
P
P P
P P
P P P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P

P P P P P P P P P P P P
P
P
P
P P P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P

P P P P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P

P P P P
P
P P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P P
P
P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P P
P
P

ADJUST THE LOCATION OF THE EXISTING

ROTOR AND PLACE THE ROTOR SO

THERE WILL BE FULL HEAD TO HEAD

COVERAGE WITH NO OVERSPRAY ONTO

HARDSCAPE SURFACES
CAP AND DISCONNECT THE IRRIGATION HEADS AFFECTED BY THE PLAYGROUND EXPANSION. INSTALL SPRAY HEADS THAT MATCH THE EXISTING PRECIPITATION RATE. PLACE THE HEADS SO THERE WILL BE FULL HEAD TO HEAD COVERAGE WITH NO OVERSPRAY ONTO HARDSCAPE SURFACES (TYP.)

CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE THE EXISTING IRRIGATION MAINLINE AND WIRES AND REALIGN TO BE CLEAR OF THE NEW CONSTRUCTION. RECONNECT THE MAINLINE SO ALL VALVES OUTSIDE OF THE LIMIT OF WORK ARE OPERATIONAL. ALL DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE FINE GRADED AND RE-SODDED

RECONNECT TO THE EXISTING VALVE AND INSTALL SPRAY HEADS THAT MATCH THE EXISTING PRECIPITATION RATE. PLACE THE

HEADS SO THERE WILL BE FULL HEAD TO HEAD COVERAGE WITH

NO OVERSPRAY ONTO HARDSCAPE SURFACES
RB
RB
A
A
11/4"
TYPICAL FOR ALL EXISTING TREES AND PALMS TO REMAIN.

THE EXISTING IRRIGATION EMITTERS SERVING THE TREES
AND PALMS SHALL REMAIN. IF MISSING OR BROKEN,

INSTALL ADDITIONAL EMITTER AS NEEDED FOR
APPROPRIATE WATER NEEDS. CONTRACTOR SHALL

MONITOR THE HEALTH OF THE TREES AND PALMS TO
REMAIN AND MAKE THE IRRIGATION ZONE IS OPERATIONAL.

WATER USE

VALVE SIZE

STATION X
GPM

IRRIGATION LEGEND
(ABBREVIATED, SEE SHEET L.3-3 FOR FULL LEGEND)

CONTROLLER

CONTROL VALVE

DRIP CONTROL VALVE

EXISTING MAINLINE

PRESSURE SUPPLY MAINLINE

LATERAL LINE

SLEEVE OR CONDUIT

POINT TO POINT DRIP

MANUAL FLUSH VALVE

AIR RELIEF VALVE
TURF ROTARY R-VAN14
TURF ROTARY R-VAN18
TURF ROTARY R-VAN24

EXISTING ROTORS TO REMAIN

EXISTING RAINBIRD SPRAY HEADS

IRRIGATION HYDROZONE
HYDROZONE #1 DRIP SHRUB
HYDROZONE #2 TURF MPR

PIPE SIZING CHART
0 TO 5 GPM 3/4" SCH 40 PVC PIPE
5 TO 10 GPM 1" SCH 40 PVC PIPE
10 TO 15 GPM 1-1/4" SCH 40 PVC PIPE
15 TO 25 GPM 1.5" SCH 40 PVC PIPE
NOTE:

CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE ALL LATERAL LINES PER PIPE

SIZING CHART, IN NO INSTANCE SHALL PIPE SIZE
EXCEED DESIGNATED GPM RANGE.

NOTES:

NON OPERATIONAL VALVES SHALL BE REPLACED PER

IRRIGATION PLANS

ALL EXITING IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT FOR THE

EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN SHALL REMAIN
OPERATIONAL.

ALL EXISTING IRRIGATION HEADS AND EQUIPMENT

SHALL BE ADJUSTED AS NEEDED FOR HEAD-TO-HEAD

COVERAGE WITH NO OVERSPRAY ONTO HARDSCAPE

TO ACCOMODATE THE NEW TURF AND HARDSCAPE

CONDITIONS
Q H F
18 18 18
24 24 24
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
A
FV
RB
C
P
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 IRRIGATION PLAN
L.3-1
0' 5' 10' 20' 30'
NORTH MATCHLINE: SEE SHEET L.3-2

EXISTING LAWN

EXISTING CONCRETE WALKWAY

EXISTING TURF TO
REMAIN
+24"
20 EXISTING TREE TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)

EXISTING PALMS TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)

EXISTING

RESTROOM
601
T
T
T
2 YEARS - 5 YEARS 2 YEARS - 5 YEARS
8 16
40 8
16 18
8 8
XX
1"

1.7 S-DRIP
XX
1"

4.5 T-BUB
XX
1"
2 T-BUB
FV
FV
FV
FV
FV
FV
18 18
18 18
18 18
18 18
18 18 18
18 3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
11/4"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"
A

P P P P P P

P P P P P P
P
P
P
P P
P P
P
P P
P P P
P
P P P
P
P
P
P
P

P P P P P P P P P

P P P P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P P
P
P P
P
P
P
P

P P P P P
P P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P

P P P P
P
P
P
P
P P
P
P
P P
11/4"

WATER USE

VALVE SIZE

STATION X
GPM

IRRIGATION LEGEND
(ABBREVIATED, SEE SHEET L.3-3 FOR FULL LEGEND)

CONTROLLER

CONTROL VALVE

DRIP CONTROL VALVE

EXISTING MAINLINE

PRESSURE SUPPLY MAINLINE

LATERAL LINE

SLEEVE OR CONDUIT

POINT TO POINT DRIP

MANUAL FLUSH VALVE

AIR RELIEF VALVE
TURF ROTARY R-VAN14
TURF ROTARY R-VAN18
TURF ROTARY R-VAN24

EXISTING ROTORS TO REMAIN

EXISTING RAINBIRD SPRAY HEADS

IRRIGATION HYDROZONE
HYDROZONE #1 DRIP SHRUB
HYDROZONE #2 TURF MPR

PIPE SIZING CHART
0 TO 5 GPM 3/4" SCH 40 PVC PIPE
5 TO 10 GPM 1" SCH 40 PVC PIPE
10 TO 15 GPM 1-1/4" SCH 40 PVC PIPE
15 TO 25 GPM 1.5" SCH 40 PVC PIPE
NOTE:

CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE ALL LATERAL LINES PER PIPE

SIZING CHART, IN NO INSTANCE SHALL PIPE SIZE
EXCEED DESIGNATED GPM RANGE.

NOTES:

NON OPERATIONAL VALVES SHALL BE REPLACED PER

IRRIGATION PLANS

ALL EXITING IRRIGATION EQUIPMENT FOR THE

EXISTING TREES TO REMAIN SHALL REMAIN
OPERATIONAL.

ALL EXISTING IRRIGATION HEADS AND EQUIPMENT

SHALL BE ADJUSTED AS NEEDED FOR HEAD-TO-HEAD

COVERAGE WITH NO OVERSPRAY ONTO HARDSCAPE

TO ACCOMODATE THE NEW TURF AND HARDSCAPE

CONDITIONS
Q H F
18 18 18
24 24 24
XX
XX
XX
XX
XX
A
FV
RB
C
P
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 IRRIGATION PLAN
L.3-2

EXISTING
LAWN

EXISTING
GAZEBO

EXISTING CONCRETE WALKWAY

EXISTING FITNESS
EQUIPMENT MATCHLINE: SEE SHEET L.3-1
0' 5' 10' 20' 30'
NORTH
+24"
21 EXISTING TREE TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)

EXISTING PALMS TO
REMAIN. PROTECTIN-PLACE (TYP.)

EXISTING ELECTRICAL BOX TO
REMAIN. PROTECT-IN-PLACE
602

GALLONS PER MINUTE

WATER USE/ IRRIGATION TYPE
(L=LOW, M=MEDIUM, H=HIGH)

VALVE SIZE

STATION NUMBER

NO SYMBOL
XX
XX
XX
XX

ITEM MANUFACTURER MODEL DESCRIPTION
ISOLATION BALL VALVE APOLLO 102T-K SERIES 1"-3" IN SIZE 102T-K SERIES ,THREADED CROSS TOP GATE VALVES, LINE SIZE.

ISOLATION VALVES FOR REMOTE CONTROL VALVE MANIFOLDS AND QUICK COUPLERS SHALL BE THE SAME SIZE AS THE LARGEST REMOTE CONTROL VALVE ON A MANIFOLD.

EXISTING IRRIGATION CONTROLLER
(THE IRRIGATION VALVES ARE SHOWN DIAGRAMMATICALLY, IF VALVE IS NOT WORKING PROPERLY, INSTALL A NEW VALVE PER THE SPECIFICATIONS BELOW) CONTROL VALVE RAIN BIRD 100 PESB-PRS-D 1" PESB SERIES W/ PRESSURE REGULATOR (5 TO 20 GPM) 150 PESB-PRS-D 1.5" PESB SERIES W/ PRESSURE REGULATOR (20 TO 40 GPM) DRIP CONTROL VALVE RAIN BIRD XCZ-100-PRB-COM 1" COMMERCIAL DRIP CONTROL ZONE KIT W/ BASKET FILTER AND PR (0.3 TO 20 GPM) XCZ-150-PRB-COM 1.5" COMMERCIAL DRIP CONTROL ZONE KIT W/ BASKET FILTER AND PR(15 TO 40 GPM)

EXISTING IRRIGATION MAINLINE TO REMAIN
PRESSURE SUPPLY LINE AS APPROVED SCH 40 PVC (UNDER 2") REFER TO DETAIL FOR INSTALLATION CLASS 315 PVC (2.5" - 3") REFER TO DETAIL FOR INSTALLATION LATERAL LINE AS APPROVED CLASS 315 & CLASS 200 REFER TO DETAIL FOR INSTALLATION DEPTH SLEEVE OR CONDUIT AS APPROVED SCH 40 PVC PVC PIPE SHALL BE TWICE THE DIAMETER OF PIPE PLACE BELOW ALL PAVING, HARDSCAPE, ETC., AND AS DIRECTED BY OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE.

SLEEVE ALL DRIVEWAYS AND SIDEWALK CROSSINGS, EXTEND 1' PAST CURB EDGE.

THRUST BLOCKS AS APPROVED INSTALL CONCRETE THRUST BLOCKS ON 2.5" - 3" MAINLINE AND JOINT RESTRAINTS WIRE CONNECTIONS 3M DBR/Y-6 "DBY" OR "DBR" DIRECT BURY SPLICE KITS, FOR USE ON ALL WIRE CONNECTIONS.

TO BE PRE-FILLED WITH MOISTURE RESISTING GEL OR SILICONE SEALANT OR APPROVED EQUAL

POINT TO POINT SHRUB DRIP
DRIP EMITTER BOWSMITH SL 206 EMITTER REFER TO PLANTING PLAN FOR ACTUAL PLANT QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS.

INSTALL (1) EMITTERS PER SHRUB ON THE HIGH SIDE OF THE PLANT. (0.6 GPH) (RISER LENGTH AS REQUIRED). VERIFY THE LAYOUT AND SPACING IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

MANUAL FLUSH VALVE MANUAL FLUSH VALVE
AIR RELIEF VALVE RAINBIRD ARV050 INSTALL AIR RELIEF ASSEMBLY INSIDE A 6" ROUND VALVE BOX AT THE HIGH POINT OF EACH PLANTED AREA AND MINIMUM 1 ARV PER 500' OF DISTRIBUTION TUBING.

USING AIR RELIEF LATERAL, CONNECT AIR RELIEF VALVE TO ALL DRIP LINE LATERALS WITHIN THE ELEVATED AREA.

TURF ROTARY NOZZLES RAIN BIRD R-VAN14 1806-SAM-P45 TURF ROTARY, 8'-14' 45-270 DEGREES AND 360 DEGREES. HAND ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/ 1800 TURF SPRAY BODY ON 6.0" POP-UP TURF ROTARY NOZZLES RAIN BIRD R-VAN18 1806-SAM-P45 TURF ROTARY, 13'-18' 45-270 DEGREES AND 360 DEGREES. HAND ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/ 1800 TURF SPRAY BODY ON 6.0" POP-UP TURF ROTARY NOZZLES RAIN BIRD R-VAN24 1806-SAM-P45 TURF ROTARY, 17'-24' 45-270 DEGREES AND 360 DEGREES. HAND ADJUSTABLE MULTI-STREAM ROTARY W/ 1800 TURF SPRAY BODY ON 6.0" POP-UP

EXISTING TURF ROTOR HUNTER
BUBBLER RAINBIRD 1401 EMITTER REFER TO PLANTING PLAN FOR ACTUAL PLANT QUANTITY AND LOCATIONS.

INSTALL (2) EMITTERS PER TREE ON THE HIGH SIDE OF THE PLANT. (0.25 GPM) VERIFY THE LAYOUT AND SPACING IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO STARTING WORK.

INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS.

IRRIGATION LEGEND

I HAVE COMPLIED WITH THE CRITERIA OF THE STATE AND

LOCAL WATER EFFICIENT LANDSCAPE ORDINANCE AND

APPLIED THEM ACCORDINGLY FOR THE EFFICIENT USE OF
WATER IN THE IRRIGATION PLAN.

IRRIGATION NOTES

1. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE ACCURACY OF THE PLANS COMPARED TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND BEGINNING WORK. IF THERE ARE DISCREPANCIES

BETWEEN THE PLANS AND FIELD CONDITIONS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER TO WORK OUT A SOLUTION AGREEABLE TO THE OWNER. IF THE CONTRACTOR FAILS TO NOTIFY THE OWNER OF THE DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO BEGINNG WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ADDITIONAL

LABOR AND MATERIALS AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER TO RESOLVE SUCH DISCREPANCIES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.

2. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF ALL UTILITIES PRIOR TO ORDERING MATERIALS AND BEGINNING WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEARLY MARK ALL UTILITIES AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PRESERVING ALL UTILITIES THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSUME FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIRING DAMAGED UTILITIES AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER.

3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING OR REPLACING ANY EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DAMAGED DURING CONSTRUCTION WITHIN OR OUTSIDE THE PROJECT LIMIT OF WORK.

4. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING AND VERIFYING ALL CONDUIT AND IRRIGATION SLEEVING WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION TRADE CONTRACTORS.

5. THE LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED AND MAINTAINED TO PREVENT SPRAY ON STRUCTURES. FIELD ADJUST ALL SPRINKLERS TO ELIMINATE OVERSPRAY ONTO BUILDINGS, STRUCTURES, WALLS, SIDEWALKS, DRIVEWAYS, OR HARDSCAPE.

6. OBTAIN A STATIC WATER PRESSURE READING AT THE POINT-OF-CONNECTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH INSTALLATION. IF THE WATER PRESSURE FOUND IS DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN ON PLANS, CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF RECORD FOR FURTHER INSTRUCTIONS.

7. IRRIGATION PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING THE IRRIGATION

SYSTEM PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ADJUSTING THE SYSTEM AS-NEEDED TO ACHIEVE UNIFORM COVERAGE.

8. THE “SMART” CONTROLLER SHALL PROGRAMMED PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SHALL BE SET TO “AUTOMATICALLY ADJUST” BASED ON WEATHER ON OR PRIOR TO DAY 60 OF THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD.

THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CLOSELY MONITOR IRRIGATION AND FINE-TUNE THE CONTROLLER SETTINGS FOR EACH STATION DURING DAYS 61-90 OF THE MAINTENANCE PERIOD.

9. PROVIDE CONTROL SPARE WIRE FROM CONTROLLER TO END OF EACH PRESSURE SUPPLY MAINLINE IN EACH RUN. BUNDLE IN BOX.

10. PROVIDE WIRE SLEEVES AT EACH PRESSURE SUPPLY LINE SLEEVE PER DETAILS AND SPECIFICATIONS.

11. REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW DEVICE SHALL BE CERTIFIED BY A STATE CERTIFIED BACKFLOW TESTOR.

12. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.

13. NO OVERHEAD IRRIGATION IS ALLOWED WITHIN 24” OF A NON-PERMEABLE SURFACE. FIELD ADJUST ALL SPRINKLERS TO ELIMINATE OVERSPRAY ONTO SIDEWALKS OR DRIVEWAYS.

NO SYMBOL
Q H F
XX
A
FV
P
18 18 18
24 24 24
C

NO SYMBOL
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 IRRIGATION LEGEND, CALCS, & NOTES
L.3-3
22 603
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A No. 4547
T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 IRRIGATION DETAILS
L.3-4
23 604
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A No. 4547
T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 IRRIGATION DETAILS
L.3-5
24 605
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS
L.3-6
25 SECTION 328400

IRRIGATION SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY:

A. This section covers the furnishings of all materials and performing all operations to provide a complete operable landscape irrigation system as shown on the drawings including the following:

1. Trenching, stockpiling excavated materials and refilling trenches.

2. Irrigation system components including but not limited to: piping, backflow prevention devices and enclosures, valves, fittings, rotors, spray heads, controllers, wiring and final adjustments as determined by the landscape architect to insure efficient and uniform distribution.

3. Pipe connections to irrigation pump stations, water meters and backflow prevention devices.

4. Testing and inspection of irrigation system.

5. Clean-up and maintenance
B. The conditions of the Contract and Division 1 apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein.

1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS:

A. Section 329300 Landscaping
B. Section 320533 Landscape Maintenance

1.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

A. Code Requirements shall be those of State and Municipal Codes and Regulations locally governing this work, providing that any requirements of the Drawings and Specifications, not conflicting therewith but exceeding the Code Requirements shall govern, unless written permission to the contrary is granted by the Landscape architect.

B. Conform to the requirements of the reference information listed below except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified in the most current set of construction documents:

1. American Society for Testing Material (ASTM), for test methods specifically referenced in this section.

2. Underwriter's Laboratories (UL), for UL wires and cables.

C. Work involving substantial plumbing for installation of brass piping, backflow prevention devices and other related work shall be executed by a licensed and bonded plumbing contractor. Any necessary permits shall be obtained prior to beginning work.

D. Specified depths of pressure supply lines, laterals and pitch of pipes as stated in this section are minimums. Settlement of trenches lower than grades specified on the final grading plans is cause for removal of finish grade treatment, refilling trenches, recompacting and repairing of finish grade treatment.

E. Follow current printed manufacturer's specifications and drawings for items or information not specified or graphically indicated in the most current set of construction drawings.

F. Scaled dimensions are approximate and at times it is not possible to indicate offsets, fittings and other related equipment graphically on the construction drawings.

Contractor shall be responsible for minor changes caused by actual site conditions.

Before proceeding with any work, the Contractor shall carefully check and verify all dimensions of related landscape architectural elements, utilities and landscaping and furnish and install required fittings.

G. Do not install the irrigation system as shown on the construction drawings when it is obvious that actual field conditions such as physical obstructions, grading discrepancies and field dimensions vary from those recorded on the construction drawings.

Immediately bring any such discrepancies to the attention of the landscape architect prior to proceeding with work. If immediate notification is not given and such discrepancies exist, the contractor shall assume full responsibility for necessary revisions, as determined by the landscape architect.

1.03 EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS:

A. Preserve and protect all existing trees, plants, monuments, structures, hardscape and landscape architectural elements from damage due to work in this section. In the event that damage does occur to inanimate object and structures, the contractor shall repair or replace such damage to the satisfaction of the owner or owner's representative. Damage or injury to living plant material shall be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense.

B. Trenching or other work required in this section under the limb spread of existing trees shall be done by hand or by other methods so as to prevent damage or harm to limbs, branches and roots.

C. Trenching in areas where root diameter exceeds 2 inches shall be done by hand.

Exposed roots of this size shall be heavily wrapped with moistened burlap to avoid scarring or excessive drying. Where a trenching machine is operated in proximity to roots that are less than 2 inches, the wall of the trench shall be hand trimmed , making clean cuts through roots.

D. Trenches adjacent to or under existing trees shall be closed within 24 hours, and when this is not possible, the side of trench closest to the tree or trees affected shall be covered with moistened burlap.

E. Protect, maintain and coordinate work with other contracts, specifications, trades, and utilities. Extreme care shall be exercised in excavating and working in the area due to existing utilities. Contractor shall be responsible for damages caused by their operations.

In the event that damage does occur, the costs of such repairs shall be paid by the contractor unless other arrangements have been made with the owner.

F. Use caution where trenches and piping cross existing roadways, sidewalks, hardscape, paths or curbs. In the event that damage does occur, the contractor will repair such damage at the contractor's expense.

1.04 REQUIRED DOCUMENTS:

A. Submittals

1. Submit 1 (one) PDF file of all irrigation equipment to be used, manufacturer's brochures, service manuals, guarantees, and operating instructions for approval to the landscape architect prior to beginning work. Submittals should be in a bound form complete with table of contents. The contractor shall not proceed with work in the field until this submittal is approved in its entirety by the landscape architect.

B. Service Manuals

1. The Contractor shall furnish (4) four service manuals to the owner prior to scheduling a walk through for substantial completion. Manuals shall be submitted in a bound form complete with a table of contents, and workmanship form on company letterhead copy of contractor's warranty and shall contain complete enlarged drawings of all equipment installed showing component warranties and catalog numbers together with the manufacturer's name and address. Manuals shall include operation instructions. Manuals shall be subject to approval by the owner or owner's representative as to completeness.

C. Record Drawings/As-builts

1. Prior to beginning work in the field the contractor shall secure a complete set of irrigation plans at the original scale complete with details and specifications. The contractor shall be responsible for making a set of prints for every week on the project. At the end of each working day, the contractor shall record all work accomplished for that day on the set of prints in red ink. These record drawings shall be brought up to date at the end of each work week by a qualified draftsperson. The drawings should indicate the following:
(a) Any zoning changes.
(b) Dimension from two permanent points of reference (building corners, fixed hardscape corners, road intersections, or permanent existing utilities) the location of the following items:
(1) Water meters.
(2) Pump stations.
(3) Connection to existing water lines.
(4) Routing of pressure supply lines at every 100' along routing. (5) Backflow Prevention Devices
(6) Flow Sensors
(7) Master Valves
(8) Isolation Ball Valves
(9) Quick Coupling Valves
(10) Air Release Valves
(11) Electric Control Valves
(12) Drip Valve Assemblies
(13) Flush Valve Assemblies
(14) Swing Check Valves
(15) Central Control System Controllers
(16) Grounding rods.
(17) Control wire routing (if routed separately from pressure supply line). (18) Control wire splices that are outside of the controller. (19) Weather Station Equipment
(20) Communication Equipment for Central Control System (21) Other equipment as directed by the landscape architect.

2. Prior to scheduling a walk through for substantial completion, provide a record set of field as-built drawings as described above to the landscape architect for review.

After review, the landscape architect will return the as-built set to the field foreman requesting further information or will notify the owner that the record set of field as-builts drawings are complete. After approval from the owner, a walk through for substantial completion may be scheduled.

3. Prior to scheduling the final walk through, the final set of irrigation as-built drawings shall be professionally drafted in AutoCAD by the landscape architect.

4. The landscape architect and the contractor shall verify the final as-builts at the time of the final walk through and once successful the landscape architect shall deliver the final set of as-built drawings to the owner or owner's representative prior to initiating the maintenance period for the contractor.

D. Controller Charts

1. Prior to scheduling a walk through for substantial completion, provide a record set of field controller charts which have color coded each station within each controller to the landscape architect for review. After review, the landscape architect will return the controller charts to the field foreman requesting further information or will notify the owner that the record set of controller charts are complete. After approval from the owner, a walk through for substantial completion may be scheduled.

2. Prior to scheduling a final walk through, one set of controller charts shall be professionally drafted by the contractor for each controller unit installed on the project. The controller drawings shall be an actual AutoCAD reduction of the area covered by that controller unit and shall be at the maximum allowable scale that will fit inside the controller door without folding the drawing.

3. The landscape architect and the contractor shall verify each controller chart at the time of the final walk through and once successful, the contractor shall deliver the final set of controller charts to the owner or owner's representative (and one PDF file via email to the landscape architect and owner) prior to initiating the maintenance period for the contractor. The controller chart sent to the owner shall be hermetically sealed between two (2) pieces of minimum 20 mils thick plastic.

4. The contractor shall then permanently fix the controller chart to the inside of the applicable controller.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 PIPING
A. General Piping:

1. Pipe sizes shown are nominal inside diameter unless otherwise noted.

2. Pipe shall be identified with the following indelible markings:
(a) Manufacturer's name.
(b) Nominal pipe size.
(c) Schedule or class.
(d) Pressure rating.
(e) NSF (National Sanitation Foundation) seal of approval. (f) Date of extrusion.

3. All pipe shall be purple for Recycled Water points of connection.

B. Solvent Weld Pressure Supply Line:

1. Solvent Weld Pressure Supply Line: (downstream of Backflow prevention device) PVC CL315BE (1" - 3")
(a) Manufactured from virgin polyvinyl chloride (PVC) compound in accordance with ASTM D2241 and ASTM D1784; cell classification 12454-B. (b) Type 1, Grade 1.

2. Fittings: Standard weight, Schedule 40, injection molded PVC, complying with ASTM D1784 and D2466, cell classification 12454-B.
(a) Threads- Injection molded type (where required)
(b) Tees and Ells- side gated

3. Threaded Nipples: ASTM D2464, Schedule 80 with molded threads.

4. Joint Cement and Primer: Type as recommended by manufacturer of pipe and fittings.

C. Non-Pressure Lines Below Grade:

1. Non-Pressure Lines: (downstream of electric remote control valve) PVC SCH 40.

2. Fittings: Standard weight, Schedule 40, injection molded PVC, complying with ASTM D1784 and D2466, cell classification 12454-B.
(a) Threads- Injection molded type (where required)
(b) Tees and Ells- side gated
(c) Threaded Nipples: ASTM D2464, Schedule 80 with molded threads.

3. Joint Cement and Primer: Type as recommended by manufacturer of pipe and fittings.

D. Sleeving and Conduit:

1. All PVC sleeving for pressure supply line and non- pressure supply line shall be twice the nominal size of the pipe within and used for sleeves below grade as indicated in the following sleeve and conduit schedule:

2. Sleeving and Conduit Material Under Hardscape:
(a) PVC SCH 40 for 1"-2 1/2" pressure supply line.
(b) PVC SCH 40 for 3" and larger pressure supply line.
(c) PVC SCH 40 for non- pressure lines.
(d) (1) one ¾” PVC SCH. 40 conduit for up to 5 wires.
(e) (1) one 1” PVC SCH. 40 conduit for up to 8 wires.
(f) (1) one 1 ¼” PVC SCH. 40 conduit for up to 15 wires. (g) (1) one 1 ½” PVC SCH. 40 conduit for up to 20 wires (h) (1) one 2" PVC SCH 40 conduit for up to 30 wires.
(i) (1) one 2 ½”" PVC SCH 40 conduit for up to 35 wires. (j) (1) one 3/4" PVC SCH 40 wire conduit for flow sensing cable. (k) (1) one 3/4" PVC SCH 40 wire conduit for master valve wire.

2.02 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE
A. Existing.

2.03 WYE STRAINER
A. Existing.

2.04 PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE
A. Existing.

2.05 MASTER VALVES
A. Existing.

2.06 FLOW SENSORS
A. Existing.

2.07 ISOLATION BALL VALVES FOR PRESSURE SUPPLY LINE
A. Existing.

2.08 QUICK COUPLING VALVES
A. Existing.

2.09 ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVES
A. Existing.

2.10 DRIP VALVE ASSEMBLIES:

A. Existing..

2.11 ALL IRRIGATION EMISSION DEVICES:

All irrigation emission devices must meet the requirements set in the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) standard, American Society of Agricultural and Biological Engineers'/International Code Council's (ASABE/ICC) 802-2014 "Landscape Irrigation Sprinkler and Emitter Standard, All sprinkler heads installed in the landscape must document a distribution uniformity low quarter of 0.65 or higher using the protocol defined in ASABE/ICC 802-2014.

2.12 HARD PIPED POINT TO POINT DRIP IRRIGATION:

A. Riser Assembly For Hard Piped Point to Point Drip Irrigation:

1. As specified on drawings.

B. Emitters For Hard Piped Point to Point Drip Irrigation:

1. As specified on drawings.

2.13 SUB SURFACE DRIP IRRIGATION:

A. Drip Tubing For Subsurface Drip Tubing:

1. As specified on drawings.

B. Pressure Regulator Valves For Subsurface Drip Tubing:

1. As specified on drawings.

C. Air/Vacuum Relief Valves for Subsurface Drip Tubing:

1. As specified on drawings.

2.14 CHECK VALVES:

A. Existing.

2.15 FLUSH VALVE ASSEMBLIES:

A. Existing.

2.16 VALVE BOXES:

A. Rectangular valve boxes shall be 9-1/2 inch wide by 16 inch long and 11 inch high.

Round valve boxes shall be 10-inch diameter and 10 1/4 inch. All valve boxes shall be constructed of rigid polyolefin.

B. Valve boxes shall have locking covers secure with a 3/8-inch stainless steel bolt and washer.

C. Rectangle valve boxes shall be used for control valves, master control valves, pressure regulators, flow sensors, wye strainers, filtration devices, ball valves and pull boxes.

D. Round valve boxes shall be used for gate valves quick coupler valves, flush valve assemblies and spare wires.

E. All valve boxes to be green in color unless otherwise specified for use of reclaimed water. All valve boxes for reclaimed water shall be purple in color and bare the reclaimed water warnings as well as the international "Do Not Drink" symbol.

F. Heat brand all box lids with the appropriate two-inch high identification letters and/or numbers.

G. All valve boxes shall receive landscape fabric. Landscape fabric shall be constructed of

5.0 oz. weight proven polypropylene weed barrier with burst strength of 225 P.S.I. and capable of 12 gallons per minute of water flow and puncture strength of 60 lbs. Dewitt Pro, Mirify or approved equal.

H. All valve boxes shall receive 2 cubic feet of 3/4-inch gravel.

I. Valve Tag: Manufactured from UV stabilized plastic with 180lbs pull out resistance and hot stamped for maximum visibility. Top hole shall be designed to pass a 16 gauge or smaller solenoid pigtail or attach with a nylon tie.

2.17 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER UNIT
A. Existing.

2.18 ELECTRIC CONTROL VALVE WIRE
A. Low Voltage:

1. AWG UF UL approved No. 14 direct burial copper wire for all control wires and No. 14 direct burial copper wire for all common wires.

2. Wire Colors:
(a) Control Wires- As specified on drawings
(b) Common Wires- As specified on drawings.
(c) Master Valve Wires- Blue.
(d) Spare Wires- Green (labeled at termination)

3. Wire Splice Connectors: 3M DBY Direct Bury Splice Kits.

B. High Voltage:

1. Type required by local codes and ordinances, of proper size to accommodate needs of equipment serviced.

2.19 PIPE JOINT RESTRAINTS
A. All pressure line fittings 4 inch and larger shall be iron ductile deep bell type constructed of grade 65-45-12 and shall be in accordance with ASTM A536. Rubber for gaskets in fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM-477. All iron ductile fittings shall have stainless steel exterior lugs to secure a joint restraint system.

2.20 SAND BEDDING
Sand bedding shall be construction grade.
606
TOLL FREE CALL 811
SHEET
SHEETS

CITY OF PALM DESERT
26 CIVIC CENTER PARK PLAYGROUND IMPROVEMENTS

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS

PG XX-XXXX

CITY OF PALM DESERT
2907 Shelter Island Drive #105-417
San Diego, CA 92106 619-795-7603
www.insitelandarch.com

L ICENSED LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT

S T A T E OF CA L I FORN I A
No. 4547 T im Jach lewsk i Jr
Signature Renewal Date Date
11-30-25
06-23-25 IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS
L.3-7
26 PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION
A. Examine field conditions prior to beginning work described in this section. Grading operations shall be completed and approved prior to beginning work.

B. Verify all sleeve locations below future hardscape and/or across concrete v-ditches prior to beginning work in this section. Flag all existing sleeves and conduits installed by other trades. Report any conflicts and discrepancies to the landscape architect immediately.

C. Irrigation system shall be constructed to the sizes and grades at the locations shown on the drawings. Mark with powdered lime or marking paint routing of pressure supply line and stake the location of each head, rotor, electric control valve and other related equipment for the first three zones. Landscape architect shall review staking and direct any necessary changes with the contractor prior to proceeding to other zones. This review does not in any way alleviate the contractor from the responsibilities associated with proper uniformity and distribution of head placement after staking.

D. Install sleeves, to accommodate pipes and wires, under paving, hardscape areas, sidewalks, and paths prior to asphalt and concrete operations. Compact backfill around sleeves to 95% Modified Proctor Density within 2% of optimum moisture content in accordance with ASTM D1557.

3.02 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING OF TRENCHES
A. Trench excavation shall as much as possible follow the layout shown on the drawings.

Trenches shall be straight in alignment and support pipe continuously on bottom of trench. Remove rocks and debris greater than 1" in diameter. Over excavate as required for bedding material.

B. Depth of Trench (in landscape areas):

1. Pressure Supply Line: 24" from top of pipe to finish grade.

2. Non-Pressure Line: 12" from top of pipe to finish grade.

3. Control Wiring: directly at side and bottom of pressure supply line.

4. Pressure Supply line Locator Tape: 6" above top of pipe.

C. Depth of Trench (under asphalt, paving, or concrete):

1. Pressure Supply Line: 36" from top of pipe to finish grade.

2. Non-Pressure Line: 24" from top of pipe to finish grade.

3. Control Wiring: directly at side and bottom of pressure supply line.

4. Pressure Supply line Locator Tape: 6" above top of pipe. (a) Piping located under asphalt paving or concrete shall be installed with the appropriate sized sleeve and backfilled with sand bedding (6" below pipe and 6" above pipe).
(b) Compact backfill material in 6" lifts at 90% maximum density determined in accordance with ASTM D1557 using manual or mechanical tamping device. (c) Set in place, cap, and pressure test piping in the presence of the owner or owner's representative prior to backfilling.

D. Width of Trench:

1. Pipe Greater than 3": 14" minimum.

2. Pipe Less than 3": 7" minimum.

E. Width between Trenches:

1. Irrigation Trench to Irrigation Trench: 6" minimum.

2. Irrigation Trench and other Trade Trenches: 12" minimum.

F. Boring: Boring will only be permitted where pipe must pass under an obstruction that cannot be avoided or removed. Backfill shall match surrounding soil density and grain.

Boring under existing paving, sidewalks, or hardscape may be permitted at contractor's own risk. Contractor is responsible for any repairs or damage to such items at their own expense.

G. Backfilling: Backfilling of trenches may not be done until all required testing for the irrigation system has been completed.

1. Material: Excavated material is generally considered to be adequate for backfilling operations. Before beginning the backfilling operation, insure that backfill material is free from debris and rocks greater than 1" in diameter. These materials after separated from backfill, shall be legally disposed of at contractor's expense.

2. Bedding: Bed pressure supply line with construction grade sand 6" above and 6" below pipe as shown on details. Remaining backfill may be as described above.

3. Bed all electrical control wire trenched separate from pressure supply line, with construction grade sand 6" above and 6" below wires.

4. When backfilling, slightly mound filled trenches for settlement after backfilling is compacted. Compact backfill to a 90% maximum density in accordance with ASTM D1557 with a mechanical tamper. Do not leave trenches open for a period greater than 48 hours. Open trenches shall be protected in accordance with current OSHA regulations.

5. Smooth trenches to finish grade prior to requesting a walk through for substantial completion with the landscape architect.

3.03 POINT OF CONNECTION(S)
A. Existing.

3.04 INSTALLATION OF SOLVENT WELD POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE (PVC) A. Polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be cut with an approved PVC pipe cutter designed only for that purpose.

B. All plastic-to-plastic solvent weld joints shall use only the solvent recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Do not install solvent weld pipe when temperature is below 40° F.

C. Pipe ends and fittings shall be wiped with MEK, or approved equal, before welding solvent is applied. Welded joints shall be given a minimum of 15 minutes to set before moving or handling.

D. Pipe shall be snaked from side-to-side on trench bottom to allow for expansion and contractions.

E. All changes of direction over 15 degrees shall be made with appropriate fittings.

F. When pipe laying is not in progress at the end of each working day, close pipe ends with tight plug or cap.

G. Install pressure supply line locating tape along the entire length of pressure supply line.

H. Coordinate pressure supply line with sand bedding operations.

I. No water shall be permitted in the pipe until inspections have been completed and a period of at least 24 hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing.

J. J. Center load pipe with small amount of backfill to prevent arching and slipping under pressure. Leave joints exposed for inspection during testing.

3.05 CHECK VALVES
A. Install swing check valves as specified on drawings.

B. Install spring check valves as specified on drawings.

3.06 VALVE BOXES
A. Install valve boxes with each type of irrigation equipment so that top of valve box is above finish grade as specified on the detail drawings. Valve box extensions are not acceptable.

B. Place gravel sump below and around each valve box prior to installing valve box as specified on the drawings. Place remaining portion of gravel inside valve box allowing full access in and around all fittings. Valve box shall be fully supported by gravel sump.

No wood supports are allowed.

C. Brand valve box lid of associated equipment as follows:

1. Electric control valve box lid with "Controller Letter and Station Number".

2. Quick coupling valve box lid with the letters "QC".

3. Isolation ball valve box lid with the letters "BV".

4. Air relief valve box lid with the letters "AR".

5. Spare Wire box lids with the letters “SW”

6. Wire Splice box lid with the letters "WS".
(a) Letter and number size of brand shall be no less than 1" and no greater than 1 1/2" in height and shall be 1/8" maximum in depth. Provide sample branding to the owner or owner's representative prior to commencement of work.

D. Walk through for substantial completion will not be allowed until all branding is complete.

3.07 ELECTRICAL WIRE
A. Low Voltage Wiring:

1. Bury control wiring in same trench as pressure supply line as specified.

2. Bundle all 24 volt wires at 20' intervals with electrical tape.

3. Provide expansion loops at every pressure supply line angle fitting, inside each electric remote control valve box, and at 250' length intervals along routing. Form expansion loop by wrapping wire a minimum of 10 times around a 3/4" pipe and withdrawing pipe as specified on the drawings.

4. Limit splicing of electrical wiring. Provide each splice made at intervals or in electric control valve and drip valve assembly valve boxes with 3M DBY Direct Bury Splice Kits.

5. Wire splices occurring at intervals outside electric control valve boxes shall be installed in a separate valve box.

6. Provide (1) one electrical control wire for every electric control valve. Piggy backing like zones on the same electrical control wire is not allowed.

7. Install (2) two spare #14-1 electrical control wires from the automatic controller unit pedestal to the last electric control valve on each leg of pressure supply line.

Locate the spare wires in their own valve box. In addition to these spare wires, check the drawings for any additional wires that may be required and locate them in the same valve box as the spare wires.

B. High Voltage Wiring:

1. Install 120 volt power from power source to automatic controller unit following local governing codes and ordinances.

3.08 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Preconstruction Meeting: The contractor is responsible for contacting the landscape architect prior to beginning construction and/or ordering materials to establish a meeting to review and discuss project objectives, concerns and to review the construction documents to insure a complete understanding of required installation procedures.

B. General Observation: The landscape architect will visit the construction site at interim times during the construction process to access construction progress regarding installation of irrigation equipment to be in compliance with the drawings, details, specifications and site conditions. The landscape architect will prepare a site report after each visit noting progress of installation, verbal communication with the contractor and identifying any field adjustments necessary which require modifications to the designed irrigation system. A copy of this site report will be delivered to both the owner and the contractor. The contractor is responsible to immediately address each item on the site report before proceeding with further construction.

C. Pressure Testing the Pressure Supply Line: After backfilling, flushing, and prior to the installation of each electric control valve, isolation ball valve and quick coupling valve the irrigation system shall be pressure tested.

1. Pressure testing shall be performed in the presence of the landscape architect and owner or owner's representative utilizing the following procedure:
(a) Pressurize the irrigation system to 150 psi for a period of no less than 3 hours.

The pressure gauge used for the pressure test shall not exceed readings greater than 300psi. Pressure pump and other equipment necessary for the test shall be furnished by the contractor.
(b) Test is acceptable if no leakage occurs within the system for the duration of the testing period.
(c) If leaks occur, repair said leaks and begin pressure test again. Repeat this operation until no leaks occur in the irrigation system. (d) Before requesting a walk through for substantial completion, the entire irrigation system shall remain under pressure for a period of no less than 48 hours.

2. The contractor is responsible for notifying the landscape architect three days in advance of the pressure test.

D. Flushing: Center load all piping prior to flushing. After all new irrigation piping and risers are in place and connected and all necessary diversion work has been completed and prior to the installation of sprinkler heads, rotors and quick coupling valves, thoroughly flush piping system under full head of pressure. After the furthermost riser from the point of connection begins to flush, continue flushing for a duration of five minutes. After the system is thoroughly flushed, cap all risers.

E. Walk Through For Substantial Completion:

1. Before requesting a walk through for substantial completion the following requirements must be entirely satisfied:
(a) The entire irrigation system is completely installed, flushed and satisfactorily pressure tested. If the contractor failed to notify the landscape architect for the pressure test and flushing procedures stated above than the contractor assumes full responsibility for any design modifications directed by the landscape architect during the walk through for substantial completion regarding pressure and flushing issues.
(b) All valve boxes have been branded.
(c) All automatic controllers are fully operable and communication has been certified in writing and checked at central control system by the central control system manufacturer on their letter head.
(d) Record as-built drawings have been submitted to the landscape architect for review as to completeness.
(e) (4) Four Services manuals have been delivered to the owner or owner's representative.

2. Once the above requirements have been met a walk through for substantial completion may be requested. The following procedures will be used during the walk through:
(a) Contractor must have (2) two personnel available with radio communication for the entire length of the walk through.
(b) All valve box lids shall be removed from valve boxes and placed face up adjacent to the valve box prior to beginning the walk through. (c) The walk through will be divided into (2) two sections and proceed as follows:
(1) Visual Walk Through: This will consist of walking through the entire irrigation system and examining all components of the system without turning on zones. A punch list will be established of deficiencies in the construction and workmanship of the irrigation system as compared to the construction drawings, details, and specifications. (2) Operational Walk Through: This will consist of walking through the entire irrigation system observing each zone in a fully operable condition. Valves must be activated from the automatic controller unit (Manual bleeding of individual electric control valves will not be acceptable). A punch list will be established of deficiencies in the operation of each zone in the irrigation system evaluating but not limited to head spacing, row spacing, nozzle sizing, correct radius of throw, correct stationing, as compared to the construction drawings, details, and specifications.

3. Once the Walk Through for Substantial Completion has been completed the landscape architect will provide a copy of all punch list items to the owner for review and distribution to the contractor. It is the contractor's responsibility to repair, replace, and adjust all items on the punch prior to requesting a final walk through.

F. Final Walk Through:

1. Before commencement of a final walk through is requested, the following requirements must be entirely satisfied:
(a) Each item on the walk through for substantial completion has been thoroughly addressed and resolved by the contractor.
(b) All final record as-built drawings and controller charts have been produced for review by the landscape architect and contractor at the final walk through.

2. Once the above requirements have been met a final walk through may be requested. The following procedures will be used:
(a) Contractor must have (2) two personnel available with radio communication for the entire length of the walk through.
(b) Only those valve box lids shall be removed from valve boxes as indicated on the walk through for substantial completion punch list.

The valve box lids shall be placed faced up adjacent to the valve box prior to beginning the final walk through.
(c) The final walk through will be divided into (2) two sections and proceed as follows:
(1) Visual Walk Through: This will consist of walking through the punch list items created at the time of the walk through for substantial completion, examining all components of the system without turning on zones. Any remaining deficiencies in the construction and workmanship of the irrigation system as compared to the punch list generated at the time of the walk through for substantial completion, construction drawings, details and specifications will be noted.
(2) Operational Walk Through: This will consist of walking through the punch list items created at the time of the walk through for substantial completion and observing each zone in a fully operable condition.

Valves must be activated from the automatic controller unit (Manual bleeding of individual electric control valves will not be acceptable).

Any remaining deficiencies in the operation of each zone in the irrigation system including but not limited to head spacing, row spacing, nozzle sizing, correct radius of throw, correct stationing as compared to the punch list generated at the time of the walk through for substantial completion construction drawings, details, and specifications.

3. Once the Final Walk Through is completed and all items created on the final punch list have been addressed the maintenance period may begin. Any additional walk throughs required due to contractors' inability to address all issues on the punch lists described above will be provided at the contractor's expense.

3.08 MAINTENANCE PERIOD
A. The Maintenance Period shall be for ninety (90) days after notification from the landscape architect of a successful final walk through and will begin once all items on the final walk through punch list have been satisfactorily addressed by a written statement indicating such from the landscape architect to the owner.

1. The contractor is responsible for obtaining and following any maintenance manuals created specifically for the project from the owner at the beginning of the maintenance period.

2. At the end of the maintenance period and prior to turning the project over to the owner, the contractor shall deliver the following to the owner:
(a) Five (5) pop-up spray heads with nozzles of each type used, for every 100 pop-up spray heads installed on the project.
(b) Five (5) rotor heads with nozzles of each type used, for every 100 rotors installed on the project.

3. Once the contractor has fulfilled all maintenance agreement obligations and has provided the above items to the owner, the maintenance period will end see section 320533 Landscape Maintenance, for maintenance responsibilities.

B. Refer to the Maintenance Specifications for weather-based or soil moisture-based controller settings during the maintenance period.

END OF SECTION 328400
607
T 5 YEARS - 12 YEARS 194663 ZIPKROOZ 34' 18 179185 FOUR ARCHESARCH #1 ARCH #2
ARCH #3
ARCH #4HEMISPHERE CLIMBER 156448 O-ZONE 156449 HELIX NET 156450 SWIGGLE STIX 156462 RINGTANGLE TOWER DB ONLY PLAYODYSSEY 165596 W/8 220" STEEL POST @ 34" BURY 72 144 222710 12' TOWER WHOOSHWINDER W/PIPE BARRIER CORKSCREW 148432 40 STEEL END PANELS 152907 DECK LINK W/BARRIERS & THREE STEPS 162432 8MODULE TRANSFER 152911 LEFT TRANSFER POINT 160420 PEAK NATURAL CLIMBER (DIRECT BURY ONLY) 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT 8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT 8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT 145624 VERT. ASCENT 116244 PIPE BARRIER *CP001299 DTR IND RECYCLED BOARD OAK LEAF WOBBLE POD DB 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT 8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT 8173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT 8173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT 182503 WELCOME SIGN (LSI PROVIDED) 5-12 YEARS (AGES 5-12) 72 POLY SLIDE DOUBLE SWOOSH 130390 SKY RAIL CLIMBER 146812130567 HEX SHINGLE ROOF CLIFF CLIMBER 345311 THE POINTE CORKSCREW NET 168365 ADVENTURESCAPE DESIGN #2 DIRECT BURY ONLY THE POINTE 247179 CURVA SPINNER DB ONLY 72 345316 CHIMNEY CLIMBER 116244 PIPE BARRIER 345325 ARCADE CLIMBER 116244 PIPE BARRIER 116244 PIPE BARRIER 116244 PIPE BARRIER 165960 TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK 165960 TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK 165960 TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK 165960 TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK 165960 TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK 165960 TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK 352221 FLEXX HEDRA SWING DB ONLY 278557 HEDRA SWING DB ONLY 278557 HEDRA SWING DB ONLY 174018 8' BEAM HEIGHT W/PROGUARD CHAINS BELT SEAT 174018 8' BEAM HEIGHT W/PROGUARD CHAINS BELT SEAT 174018 8' BEAM HEIGHT W/PROGUARD CHAINS BELT SEAT 177351 MOLDED SEAT/HARNESS W/PROGUARD CHAINS 8' BEAM HEIGHT 165960 TOWER PIPE BARRIER 144"DECK 17' 17' 25' 25' 25' 30' 23' 23'17' 17' 25' 25' 25' 25' 17' 17' 25'
17'
25' 17'
25'
17'
25'
17'
23' 25'
23'
25' 17'
30'
17' 25'
Approved By :

Checked By :

Drawn By :

REV DESCRIPTION DRW CHK ENG DATE REV. DWG. DRAWING DESCRIPTION:
2580 ESTERS BLVD., SUITE 100
DFW AIRPORT, TX 75261
800-966-5005 CUSTOMER: PROJECT NAME: LOCATION: STRUCTURE TYPE: SIZE: PAGE CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS IAS CERTIFICATION No: FA-428 CLARK COUNTY MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION NUMBER (NEVADA): 355 CERTIFICATIONS:

THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF

USA SHADE AND FABRIC STRUCTURES
AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THEIR WRITTEN PERMISSION. 5-12 YRS. AREA CA0425WK21790 1001 C IN-SITE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE CIVIC CENTER PARK PALM DESERT, CA JOINED 4PT SAILS VARIES AZR 07/17/25 AZR 07/17/25 AZR 07/17/25 PLAN VIEW SOUTH ELEVATION WEST ELEVATION PERSPECTIVE VIEW PLAN NORTH A REVISED ELEVATIONS AZR AZR --- 05/19/25 FINISHED SURFACE Notes: -All structures will have bolted connections for shipping and installations purposes. -Standard details being shown as an example. Final details t.b.d. during final Engineering phase. -All dimensions and heights must be field verified prior to any final design, fabrication or installation work. As manufactured and installed by: USA SHADE & Fabric Structures. Contact : Will King (714) 241-5567, (800) 966-5005 [email protected] 17'-0"
25'-0"
25'-0"
20'-0"
7'-0" 7'-0"
8'-0" 7'-0"
8'-0"
SWINGS 7'-0"
8'-0" 7'-0"
20'-0"
B REV. COLUMN LOCATIONS/ADDED ELECTRICAL NOTES AZR AZR --- 06/09/25 42'-7"
43'-8" 56'-0"
32'-9"
40'-1" 46'-0"
31'-1"
43'-10"
55'-1"
33'-10"
43'-10"
36'-10" BRACKET FOR LIGHT FIXTURE (BY OTHERS) AND HANDHOLE AT OPP. SIDE @3' BELOW FABRIC TYP. ALL COLUMNS FINAL QTY. & ORIENTATION T.B.D. 3'-0"TYP.

C REVISED PLAY EQUIPMENT LOCATION AZR AZR --- 07/17/25
12'-0"
ARCHES 7'-0"
608
T
T
T 2 YEARS - 5 YEARS 6-23 MONTHS 160418 PEAK NATURAL CLIMBER DOUBLE SWIRL SLIDE RING-A-BELL HOLE PANEL OPTIGEAR PANEL BELT HANGOUT (UNDER DECK) BELT CLIMBER TRANSFER POINT WOOD BOARD CLIMBER NET CLIMBER O-ZONE CLIMBER MARBLE PANEL 8 16 40 48 *CP017916 DTR IND ARC CLIMBER DB ONLY BRIDGE ENTRANCE BALANCE BEAM BEAD MAZE SWIGGLY STIX BRIDGE ENTRANCE 168099 COZY DOME 8 307432 FOOTPRINT STEPPER 8" 307436 FOOTPRINT BALANCE BEAM 16307433 FOOTPRINT STEPPER 16" SIGN LANGUAGE 188835 @ GRADE PANEL 182503 WELCOME SIGN (LSI PROVIDED) 2-5 YEARS 8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT
8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT
8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT 8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT
8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT 112997 GEOMETRIC PANEL W/ HANDLES (AT GRADE) 111370 BEAD & BLOCK W/O HANDLES (AT GRADE) 111284 HOLE PANEL (AT GRADE) 111301 TUNNEL PANEL 179225 SQUARE POLY CUST LOGO ROOF W/ (AGES 2-5) (AGES 2-5) (AGES 2-5)
(AGES 2-5)
(AGES 6-23 MONTHS) 278857 FRIENDSHIP HEDRA SWING W/PROGUARD CHAINS DB ONLY 164074 SINGLE BOBBLE SPRING RIDER (AGES 2-5) (AGES 2-5) 355992 SYMBOL COMMUNICATION SIGN ENGLISH/ENGLISH W/2 POSTS 182503 WELCOME SIGN (LSI PROVIDED) 6-23MONTHS 173596 LOG BALANCE BEAM 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT 8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT BELOW DECK 117146 GEAR PANEL BELOW DECK BALL MAZE PANEL 115236 MARBLE PANEL 345281 AT GRADE (AGES 2-5) 13' 13' 20' 20' 13' 13' 20' 20' 20'
13'
13'
20'
13'
20' 13'
Approved By :

Checked By :

Drawn By :

REV DESCRIPTION DRW CHK ENG DATE REV. DWG. DRAWING DESCRIPTION:
2580 ESTERS BLVD., SUITE 100
DFW AIRPORT, TX 75261
800-966-5005 CUSTOMER: PROJECT NAME: LOCATION: STRUCTURE TYPE: SIZE: PAGE CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS IAS CERTIFICATION No: FA-428 CLARK COUNTY MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION NUMBER (NEVADA): 355 CERTIFICATIONS:

THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF

USA SHADE AND FABRIC STRUCTURES
AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THEIR WRITTEN PERMISSION. 2-5 YRS. AREA CA0425WK21790 1002 C IN-SITE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE CIVIC CENTER PARK PALM DESERT, CA JOINED 4PT SAILS VARIES AZR 07/17/25 AZR 07/17/25 AZR 07/17/25 PLAN VIEW SOUTH ELEVATION WEST ELEVATION PERSPECTIVE VIEW PLAN NORTH FINISHED SURFACE Notes: -All structures will have bolted connections for shipping and installations purposes. -Standard details being shown as an example. Final details t.b.d. during final Engineering phase. -All dimensions and heights must be field verified prior to any final design, fabrication or installation work. As manufactured and installed by: USA SHADE & Fabric Structures. Contact : Will King (714) 241-5567, (800) 966-5005 [email protected] FINISHED SURFACE 13'-0"
20'-0"
20'-0"
13'-0"
20'-0"
A REVISED ELEVATIONS AZR AZR --- 05/19/25
6'-0" 7'-0"
6'-0" 7'-0"
B REV. COLUMN LOCATIONS/ADDED ELECTRICAL NOTES AZR AZR --- 06/09/25 BRACKET FOR LIGHT FIXTURE (BY OTHERS) AND HANDHOLE AT OPP. SIDE @3' BELOW FABRIC TYP. ALL COLUMNS FINAL QTY. & ORIENTATION T.B.D. 3'-0" TYP.
40'-0"
34'-7" 32'-9" 32'-11"
40'-2" 31'-8"
29'-3"
C REVISED PLAY EQUIPMENT LOCATION AZR AZR --- 07/17/25
609
T
T
T 2 YEARS - 5 YEARS 2 YEARS - 5 YEARS 160418 PEAK NATURAL CLIMBER HANGOUT (UNDER TRANSFER POINT MARBLE 8 16 168099 COZY DOME 182503 WELCOME SIGN (LSI PROVIDED) 2-5 YEARS (AGES 2-5) (AGES 2-5) 278857 FRIENDSHIP HEDRA SWING W/PROGUARD CHAINS DB ONLY 278557 HEDRA SWING DB ONLY 176038 8' BEAM HEIGHT W/PROGUARD CHAINS FULL BUCKET SEAT 176038 8' BEAM HEIGHT W/PROGUARD CHAINS FULL BUCKET SEAT (AGES 2-5) 173596 LOG BALANCE BEAM 18 173908 LOG STEPPER 18" HEIGHT8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT 8 173907 LOG STEPPER 8" HEIGHT (AGES 2-5) 13' 18' 13' 18' 13'
18'
18'
13'
Approved By :

Checked By :

Drawn By :

REV DESCRIPTION DRW CHK ENG DATE REV. DWG. DRAWING DESCRIPTION:
2580 ESTERS BLVD., SUITE 100
DFW AIRPORT, TX 75261
800-966-5005 CUSTOMER: PROJECT NAME: LOCATION: STRUCTURE TYPE: SIZE: PAGE CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS IAS CERTIFICATION No: FA-428 CLARK COUNTY MANUFACTURER CERTIFICATION NUMBER (NEVADA): 355 CERTIFICATIONS:

THESE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE THE PROPERTY OF

USA SHADE AND FABRIC STRUCTURES
AND SHALL NOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THEIR WRITTEN PERMISSION. SWINGS AREA CA0425WK21790 1003 C IN-SITE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE CIVIC CENTER PARK PALM DESERT, CA 4PT SAIL VARIES AZR 07/17/25 AZR 07/17/25 AZR 07/17/25 PLAN VIEW SOUTH ELEVATION WEST ELEVATION PERSPECTIVE VIEW PLAN NORTH FINISHED SURFACE Notes: -All structures will have bolted connections for shipping and installations purposes. -Standard details being shown as an example. Final details t.b.d. during final Engineering phase. -All dimensions and heights must be field verified prior to any final design, fabrication or installation work. As manufactured and installed by: USA SHADE & Fabric Structures. Contact : Will King (714) 241-5567, (800) 966-5005 [email protected] FINISHED SURFACE 13'-0"
13'-0"
18'-0"
A REVISED ELEVATIONS AZR AZR --- 05/19/25
18'-0"
8'-0" 7'-0"
8'-0" 7'-0"
B REV. COLUMN LOCATIONS/ADDED ELECTRICAL NOTES AZR AZR --- 06/09/25 BRACKET FOR LIGHT FIXTURE (BY OTHERS) AND HANDHOLE AT OPP. SIDE @3' BELOW FABRIC TYP. ALL COLUMNS FINAL QTY. & ORIENTATION T.B.D. 39'-9"
32'-3"
44'-2"
30'-3"
C REVISED PLAY EQUIPMENT LOCATION AZR AZR --- 07/17/25
610
T T T T T T T T T T T 8 16 40 48 8 16 8 8 8 18 18 18 18 8 8 72 18 8 8 D1 28 1522MULTI LED 15 ECOSENSE LIGHTING FO80-2H-MO-80-90-Z-H-C DUAL UP/DOWN SHADE STRUCTURE LIGHT SEE DETAIL D/EL-4 1 3000 SHEET # EL-1 SHEET INDEX EL-2 EL-4 EL-5 EL-3 TITLE-24 APPLICATION CATEGORIES LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE FOR GENERAL HARDSCAPE-ALL DRIVEWAY'S, PARKING STALLS AND PLANTING ISLANDS, SIDEWALKS, STAIRS = 9,054 S.F. OF ILLUMINATED HARDSCAPE. TOTAL GENERAL HARDSCAPE LIGHTING ALLOWANCE = 515 WATTS. TOTAL INSTALLED WATTS = 210 PER NRCC-LTO-E PAGE 1&2 OF 7. CIVIC CENTER PARK 43900 SAN PABLO AVE, PALM DESERT, CA 92260CA SEE SHEET EL-5 FOR MANDATORY MEASURES. A MFR & CATALOG NO. LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE - SYMBOL FIXTURE VOLTS TYPE MOUNTING

QTY LAMPS
INDUC
LED
LPS
MH
HPS
120
208
240
277
NO.

WATTS
WELL
SURF

SPECIAL

WALLDESCRIPTION
FLOUR

POLE TYPE
QTY
LUMENS
CBCP
KELVIN
12 480 CIVIC CENTER PARK SPECIFIED BY: VISUAL CONCEPTS LIGHTING INC. PH: 858-278-4503 ANY CHANGE OR DEVIATION FROM THE LIGHTING SPECIFICATIONS ON PLAN SHALL NEED TO BE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER OF RECORD. ALL ASSOCIATED COSTS INCURRED FOR HAVING TO RE-RUN PHOTOMETRIC LIGHTING STUDIES, REVISE ELECTRICAL PLANS AND CIRCUITRY, REVISE ELECTRICAL PANEL SCHEDULES, REVISE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULES, RE-CALCULATE TITLE-24 MANDATORY MEASURES, AND RESUBMIT TO THE BUILDING PLAN CHECK DEPARTMENT SHALL BE PAID BACK TO THE ENGINEER OF RECORD BY THE CONTRACTOR AND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTOR. NO REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTIONS SHALL BE SUBMITTED WITHOUT FIRST HAVING BEEN REQUESTED BY THE PROJECT DEVELOPER. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ENGINEER OF RECORD SUBMITTALS FOR APPROVAL FOR ALL LIGHTING PRODUCT SHOWN IN SCHEDULE BELOW PRIOR TO PROCUREMENT. NOTE TO CONTRACTOR SCOPE OF WORK ADD NEW LIGHTING TO THE SHADE SAILS AND PALM TREES. RELOCATED MISTER PUMP/PANEL. DEMO OLD ELECTRICAL. INTERCEPTS AND RELOCATE CIRCUITS AS NEEDED. LIGHTS SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY A MASTER PHOTOCELL LOCATED IN THE ELECTRICAL METER PEDESTAL/ CLOSET. SPECIFICATIONS ALL SPLICES BELOW GRADE SHALL BE MADE IN APPROVED PULL BOXES AND SHALL BE WATERTIGHT. USE ONLY EPOXY ENCAPSULATED TYPE 3M BAGS OR EQUAL. BELOW GRADE PULL BOXES TO BE "OLDCASTLE" MODEL FL12T (OR EQUAL) WITH BOLT DOWN COVER MARKED "ELECTRICAL". LEAVE 2' SLACK OF CONDUCTORS IN PULLBOX. SIZE PER SECTION 314-28, CEC. SEE DETAIL C/EL-4. ALL CONDUIT BELOW GRADE TO BE MINIMUM 3/4" SCHEDULE 40 PVC, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL CONDUIT EXPOSED ABOVE GRADE TO BE MINIMUM 1/2" EMT. ALL BELOW GRADE CONDUIT SHALL BE SEALED UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION. ALL ELECTRICIANS TO HAVE PROOF OF CALIFORNIA ELECTRICIANS CERTIFICATE/CREDENTIALS. ALL ABOVE GRADE JUNCTION BOXES TO BE WEATHER-PROOF. SIZE PER SECTION 370-28, CEC. BELOW GRADE JUNCTION BOXES TO BE "OLD CASTLE" MODEL FL08 (OR EQUAL) WITH BOLT-DOWN LID MARKED "ELECTRICAL". SIZE PER SECTION 314-28, CEC. SEE DETAIL D/EL-4. ELECTRICAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE COMMERCIAL AND SHALL CARRY A U.L. LABEL. 14. 15. 4. A. B. FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS TO PERFORM ELECTRICAL WORK SHOWN, NOTED OR SCHEDULED FOR A COMPLETE AND FINISHED INSTALLATION. 2. 1. THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THE SPECIFICATION. 3. 5. SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND INSPECTION CERTIFICATES. 6. WIRE SHALL BE SINGLE CONDUCTOR COPPER WITH 600 VOLT INSULATION. ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED. #12 AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID. #10 AND LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE #12. ALL WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE NEW AND SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE SITE IN UNBROKEN PACKAGES. ALL WIRING OF ANY TYPE SHALL BE IN CONDUIT. 7. A. GENERAL WIRING SHALL BE THWN OR THHN. 8. ABOVE GRADE WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE BY "SCOTCHLOCK" OR EQUAL FOR #8 OR SMALLER AND T&B "LOCK-TITE" FOR #6 AND LARGER. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL CUTTING, CHASING OR CHANNELING AND PATCHING REQUIRED FOR ANY WORK UNDER THIS DIVISION. ANY CUTTING SHALL HAVE PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE OWNER. 9. PROVIDE SAFETY AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES, SHALL BE FUSED OR NON-FUSED AS CALLED FOR ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUTY, LOAD AND HORSEPOWER RATED AS MANUFACTURED BY SQUARE D, GENERAL ELECTRIC OR EQUAL. 10. 11. JUNCTION, PULL BOXES AND COVERS WITHIN BUILDING SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL, CODE GAUGE SIZE AND ACCESSIBLE. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RECORD ALL FIELD CHANGES IN HIS WORK AS THE JOB PROGRESSES, AND UPON COMPLETION SHALL TURN OVER TO THE OWNER A "RECORD" SET OF PRINTS SHOWING THE CHANGES. 12. ALL ELECTRIC WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED SO AS TO BE READILY ACCESSIBLE FOR OPERATING, SERVICING MAINTAINING AND REPAIRING. HANGERS SHALL INCLUDE ALL MISCELLANEOUS STEEL, SUCH AS CHANNELS, RODS, ETC., NECESSARY FOR THE INSTALLATION OF WORK AND SHALL BE FASTENED TO STEEL, CONCRETE OR MASONRY, BUT NOT TO PIPING. ALL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WHERE POSSIBLE. EXPOSED CONDUITS SHALL BE IN STRAIGHT LINES PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO COLUMN LINES OR BEAMS AND SEPARATED AT LEASED 3" FROM WATER LINES WHEREVER THEY RUN ALONGSIDE OR ACROSS SUCH LINES. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE ON CONDUIT, DUCTS, OR APPROVED RACEWAYS. 13. 16. 17. 18. ALL GROUND CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SPLICED TOGETHER WITH APPROVED CONNECTOR AT PULL BOXES AND CONNECTED TO GROUND LUG INSIDE POLE. 19. SEE IMPROVEMENT PLANS FOR SITE, SEWER AND WATER (ETC.) IMPROVEMENTS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. 20. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT "DIG ALERT" FOR MARK-OUT PRIOR TO TRENCHING AS REQUIRED. 21. THESE PLANS ARE SCHEMATIC AND ARE FOR THE PURPOSE OF SHOWING HOW TO CONNECT THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. WHILE THE DRAWING IS AT ACTUAL SCALE, THE SYMBOLS REFERENCED ARE NOT, AND MAY APPEAR TO SHOW THE EQUIPMENT IN PLACES NOT INTENDED. THE CONTRACTOR IS TO FIELD VERIFY ALL UTILITY COMPANY SERVICE POINTS/METER LOCATIONS, POLES, PULL BOXES BUILDING LIGHT LOCATIONS, SERVICE EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS AND OTHER ELECTRICAL APPURTENANCES PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION. ANY DISCREPANCIES ARE TO BE ADDRESSED TO THE CLIENT BY MEANS OF A "REQUEST FOR INFORMATION" (RFI). CONTRACTOR IS TO VERIFY ALL LIGHT LOCATIONS WITH THE CITY PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION AND DURING STAKING. REFER TO LIGHT STANDARD DETAIL FOR STANDARDS. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT "DIG ALERT" FOR MARK-OUT PRIOR TO TRENCHING AS REQUIRED. 22. PANEL CIRCUIT DIRECTORY TO COMPLY WITH SECTION 408.4, CEC. 23. NATIVE SOIL SHALL BE ACCEPTABLE FOR TRENCH BACK FILL PROVIDED THAT THE FILL MATERIAL USED SHALL PASS THROUGH A 1" SIEVE (CITY STANDARDS). SEE DETAIL B/EL-4. 24. CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL EACH CIRCUIT WITH PHENOLIC PLASTIC LABEL TAGS IN ANY DEVICE THAT HAS ACCESS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE LIGHT POLES, PULL BOXES, PANELS, AND ETCETERA. PANEL, CIRCUIT NUMBER AND VOLTAGE SHALL BE IDENTIFIED. TAGS SHALL BE AFFIXED WITH NYLON ZIP-TIES. ABOVE GRADE CONDUIT SHALL BE STANDARD RIGID STEEL ACCORDING TO CODE REQUIREMENTS. CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. RIGID CONNECTIONS SHALL BE COMPRESSION TYPE. UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 OR 80 PVC BURIED A MINIMUM OF 24". LEGEND CIVIC CENTER PARK PALM DESERT, CA ALL 90 DEGREE ELBOWS TO BE FACTORY MADE BENDS. PRIVATE LIGHTING SYSTEM SHALL NOT BE JOINT TRENCH WITH PUBLIC UTILITY SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR TO MAINTAIN PROPER SEPARATION AS REQUIRED BY THE UTILITY COMPANIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CALLING FOR ANY AND ALL UTILITY AND CITY INSPECTIONS. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. THIS PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING, MECHANICAL, PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL CODES, CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE, AND ENERGY CODE (I.E., 2021 IBC, UMC, UPC, AND 2020 NEC, AS AMENDED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA) MATERIALS, PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL COMPONENTS THEREOF, SHALL BE NEW AND SUCH AS APPEAR ON THE UNDERWRITER'S LABORATORIES LIST OF APPROVED ITEMS AND SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM, IEEE, 2022 NEC, NEMA, AND OTHER RECOGNIZED STANDARDS AND SHALL BE SIZED IN CONFORMITY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND OTHER APPLICABLE CODES, WHICHEVER ARE MORE STRINGENT. THE WORD "PROVIDE" AS USED HEREIN MEANS TO FURNISH AND INSTALL COMPLETE. FOR ABOVE SPECIFIED PRODUCT, CONTACT BRIAN RHEA WITH SAN DIEGO LIGHTING ASSOCIATES @ 760.410.4437 || [email protected] N.T.S. NORTH KEY MAP N.T.S. NORTH VICINITY MAP CIRCUIT DESIGNATION. 1ST LETTER INDICATES PANEL. REMAINING NUMBER'S INDICATE CIRCUIT POSITIONS. BELOW GRADE PULLBOX. SEE SPEC. 1 AND DETAIL C/EL-4. EXISTING ELECTRICAL BUILDING PANEL. RELOCATED MISTER PUMP PANEL. SEE LANDSCAPE PLANS FOR EXACT LOCATION BELOW GRADE ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND WIRE RUN. SEE PLANS FOR TYPE AND NUMBER OF WIRES. A-1 D2 14 1522MULTI LED 15 ECOSENSE LIGHTING FO80-2V-MO-80-90-Z-H-C (VERIFY COLOR ON SHADE STRUCTURE. TREE DOWNLIGHT TO BE BRONZE) DUAL SHADE STRUCTURE/ TREE DOWN LIGHT SEE DETAIL A,D/EL-4 1 3000 T1 12
761LED MODULE 7.5 ECOSENSE LIGHTING FO80-1S-MO-80-60-Z-A TREE RING: HK LIGHTING TS-SO-C-2-BZ TREE UP LIGHT SEE DETAIL A/EL-4 1 3000 TYPE 'D1' DUAL UP/DOWN LIGHT. SEE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE AND DETAIL D/EL-4. EL-2 MAGNESIA FALLS DR FRED WARING DR ALUMNI WY RUTLEDGE WAY KRUG AVE RANCHO RD

MAGNESIA FALLS DR

SAN PASCUAL AVE

SAN PABLO AVE

SAN ANSELMO AVE SANTA ROSA WAY PROJECT SITE

PORTOLA AVE
TYPE 'D2' DUAL DOWN LIGHT. SEE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE AND DETAILS A,D/EL-4. TYPE 'T1' TREE UP LIGHT. SEE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE AND DETAIL A/EL-4. DESCRIPTION TITLE SHEET LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL PLAN DETAILS TITLE-24 PHOTOMETRIC STUDY TOLL FREE CALL 811 5 "NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION"
REVISED: 07/01/2025 TITLE SHEET 611
T T
T T
T
T
T
T
T
T T
8 16 40 48
8 16
8 8
8 18 18 18 18
8 8 72 18
8 8
T TT T
T
T
T
T
T
T T
8 16 40 48
8 16
8 8
8 18 18 18 18
8 8 72 18
8 8 0' 10' 20' 40' SCALE: 1"=20'-0" 2 Working Days Before You Dig 811 Call Toll Free NORTH N.T.S. NORTH 1 KEY MAP BELOW GRADE PULL BOX. SEE DETAIL C/EL-3 FOR INSTALLATION. EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANEL AND LIGHTING CONTROLS. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. RE-ALLOCATE EXISTING CIRCUITS AND RUN NEW AS NEEDED. LIGHTING CIRCUITS TO BE CONTROLLED BY PHOTOCELL AND ASTRONOMICAL TIME CLOCK. PROVIDE 1" C-2#10, 1#10 GND. BURY 24" BELOW GRADE. BELOW GRADE JUNCTION BOX. SEE DETAIL D/EL-3 FOR INSTALLATION.5234 PLAN NOTES ELECTRICAL PLAN NEW MISTER PUMP PANEL LOCATION. EXISTING TO BE RELOCATED. INTERCEPT EXISTING CONDUIT AND RE-ROUTE NEW CONDUIT AND WIRES OF SAME SIZE TO NEW LOCATION. VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH IRRIGATION PLANS.6 EL-2 ARROW INDICATED THE DIRECTION AND POINT THE LIGHT IS TO HIT. CONTRACTOR REQUIRED TO PERFORM A NIGHT-TIME ADJUSTMENT WITH VCL. 1 6 (TYP. ALL)
4 (TYP. CIR.)
6 (TYP. CIR.)
4 (TYP. CIR.)
6 (TYP. ALL)
7 (TYP. ALL)
3 (TYP. ALL)
5 17 ' MH TOLL FREE CALL 811
5 "NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION"
REVISED: 07/01/2025 LIGHTING & ELECTRICAL PLAN 612
T T T T T T T T T T T 8 16 40 48 8 16 8 8 8 18 18 18 18 8 8 72 18 8 8 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.9 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.7 2.2 1.6 1.9 2.6 2.2 2.6 1.8 2.1 3.0 1.8 2.0 1.5 1.6 2.0 1.5 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.1 1.4 1.2 1.0 1.1 1.2 1.5 2.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 1.0 1.7 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.3 2.1 2.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.7 1.0 1.3 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.7 1.3 1.5 1.1 0.6 0.3 0.2 0.6 0.9 1.4 0.9 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.4 1.8 0.9 0.4 0.4 0.7 1.5 1.0 0.7 0.8 1.1 1.6 2.0 0.8 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.4 1.2 0.8 0.7 0.7 1.0 1.4 1.2 0.6 0.3 0.3 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.8 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.3 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.9 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.2 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.4 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.8 1.1 1.5 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.4 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.8 1.1 1.5 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.3 0.2 0.2 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 0.2 0.1 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.9 0.2 0.1 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.1 0.1 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 1.2 2.0 0.1 0.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.9 1.6 3.1 0.1 1.1 0.8 0.7 0.9 1.5 2.8 0.1 0.1 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.7 1.0 1.4 0.1 0.1 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.9 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.0 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.2 1.7 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.2 1.6 1.9 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.3 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.2 1.2 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.3 1.7 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.6 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.4 1.7 1.8 1.6 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.4 1.8 1.8 1.6 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.2 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.9 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.6 1.0 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 1.3 1.7 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.6 1.4 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.6 1.2 0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.1 1.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.5 0.5 0.8 0.7 1.7 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.8 1.2 2.3 2.5 1.3 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.9 1.2 1.5 1.4 1.0 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0 0.8 1.1 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 1.4 1.7 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.9 0.7 1.9 2.6 2.2 1.5 1.1 0.9 0.8 2.0 2.5 2.1 1.4 1.1 1.0 0.9 1.7 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.5 2.0 1.3 1.0 1.1 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.7 1.2 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.6 0.4 0.3 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.3 3.3 2.1 1.1 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.3 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.5 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.6 1.2 0.7 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.7 1.0 1.3 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.6 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.8 1.4 1.5 0.9 0.6 0.5 2.0 0.8 0.5 T T T T T T T T T T T 8 16 40 48 8 16 8 8 8 18 18 18 18 8 8 72 18 8 8 0' 10' 20' 40' SCALE: 1"=20'-0" 2 Working Days Before You Dig 811 Call Toll Free NORTH N.T.S. NORTH KEY MAP PHOTOMETRIC STUDY EL-2 14 ' MH 22 ' MH 22 ' MH 14 ' MH 14 ' MH 15 ' MH 8 ' MH 8 ' MH 15 ' MH 17 ' MH 10 ' MH 17 ' MH 17 ' MH 10 ' MH 17 ' MH 10 ' MH 17 ' MH 22 ' MH 20 ' MH 22 ' MH 22 ' MH 14 ' MH 14 ' MH 22 ' MH 27 ' MH 22 ' MH 14 ' MH 14 ' MH 22 ' MH 22 ' MH 14 ' MH 22 ' MH 22 ' MH 22 ' MH 10 ' MH 17 ' MH 17 ' MH 10 ' MH TOLL FREE CALL 811 5 "NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION"
REVISED: 07/01/2025 PHOTOMETRIC STUDY 613
BELOW GRADE PULLBOX INSTALLATION DETAIL NO SCALE C BELOW GRADE JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION DETAIL NO SCALE D BELOW GRADE PULL BOX. SEE SPEC. 1 10" 3" 1" ROCK BEDDING 6" BEYOND SIDES OF BOX AND 10" DEEP. 3" INSIDE OF BOX. ALL BELOW GRADE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE 6" WATERPROOF. SEE SPEC. 4 CONDUIT AND WIRING, SEE PLANS. GRADE NOTE: IF PULLBOX IS INSTALLED IN CONCRETE, TOP OF PULLBOX TO BE FLUSH WITH GRADE. IF INSTALLED IN SOFTSCAPE, INSTALL 3" ABOVE GRADE. BELOW GRADE JUNCTION BOX INSTALLED OVER CONDUITS. BOLT-DOWN LID MARKED "ELECTRICAL". SEE SPEC. 8 CONDUIT AND WIRING, SEE PLANS. ALL BELOW GRADE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE WATER PROOF. SEE SPEC. 4. PROVIDE 3" MIN SLACK IN PULLBOX GRADE JUNCTION BOX SHALL BE INSTALLED TO 3" ABOVE GRADE CONDUITS TO BE CUT TO BELOW GRADE. 1/2" SMOOTH ROCK BEDDING 3" BEYOND SIDES OF BOX AND 6" DEEP. 3" INSIDE OF BOX. TRENCH AND CONDUIT INSTALLATION DETAIL NO SCALE B ELECTRICAL CONDUITS FINISH GRADE TRENCH WIDTH AS REQUIRED FOR CONDUITS. BACKFILL MATERIAL: THE MATERIAL USED FOR BACKFILLING THE TRENCH ABOVE THE SHADING MATERIAL AND EXTENDING UPWARD TO THE SUBGRADE SHALL BE FREE OF ROCKS OR CLODS LARGER THAT 6" IN ANY DIMENSION. THE COARSE MATERIAL SHALL BE WELL DISTRIBUTED THROUGHOUT THE FINER MATERIAL. THE AMOUNT OF ROCKS OR CLODS SHALL BE LIMITED, IN THE OPINION OF THE INSPECTOR. THE BACKFILL MATERIAL SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF ALL APPLICABLE CODES, ORDINANCES AND CITY STANDARDS AND BE FREE OF DEBRIS AND ORGANIC MATTER. SHADING MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION: NATURAL SAND, MANUFACTURED SAND, DECOMPOSED GRANITE, ROCK FREE SANDY LOAM, EXISTING NATIVE MATERIAL OR COMBINATION THEREOF. AGGREGATE MATERIAL SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PASSING THROUGH A 12" SIEVE. GRAVEL SHALL NOT AMOUNT TO MORE THAN 50% OF MIXTURE. SCREENING OR OTHER SUITABLE MEANS MAY BE REQUIRED AT THE INSPECTORS DISCRETION. THE EARTH TRENCH BOTTOM SHALL BE STABLE WITH A UNIFORM GRADE CONTAINING NO HARD CLODS, ROCKS, AND ETCETERA. THAT MAY DAMAGE THE CONDUIT. IF IN THE OPINION OF THE INSPECTOR, THE CONDUIT MAY BE DAMAGED DURING COMPACTION, A 3" SHADE OF MATERIAL ABOVE AND BELOW THE CONDUIT MAY BE REQUIRED. COMPACTION: SHADING AND BACKFILL SHOULD BE COMPACTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES AND SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 90% RELATIVE COMPACTION. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS WITH INSPECTOR. NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: MAINTAIN PROPER SEPARATION FROM ALL WET AND DRY UTILITIES PER THE UTILITY COMPANY AND CITY JURISDICTION. 24" MIN. TYPE 'T1' & 'D2' TREE MOUNTED UP-LIGHT AND DUAL DOWN LIGHT INSTALLATION DETAIL NO SCALE A GRADE PROVIDE 1/2" PVC BELOW GRADE AND TRANSITION TO 1/2" SEAL-TIGHT UP TREE. TRANSITION AT 18" ABOVE GRADE. PROVIDE 2#12, 1#12 GND. SECURE TO TREE EVERY 4' USING STAINLESS CLIPS AND LAG SCREWS. TYPE 'T1' LED TREE DOWN LIGHTS. SEE PLANS FOR ORIENTATION OF SPECIFIC INSTALLATION PER TREE PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL TREE-RING MOUNTED AT 10' AFG. SEE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE SHEET EL-1. ROUTE CONDUIT ON BACK SIDE OF TREE OUT OF LINE OF SIGHT FOR VISUAL APPEAL. PAINT TO MATCH TRUNK. CONDUIT AND WIRES, SEE PLANS. SEE SPEC 8 & DETAIL D/EL-3 FOR BELOW GRADE JUNCTION BOXES. NOTE: A NIGHT-TIME ADJUSTMENT IS REQUIRED FOR PROPER AIMING AT FRAWNS. SEE PLANS FOR SPECIFIC ORIENATATION OF SPECIFIC LOCATIONS OF DOWN LIGHTS, UP LIGHTS SPOT AND UP LIGHTS WIDE PER TREE. TREE TREE RING J-BOX FOR LIGHTS AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTION ADJUSTMENT BOLT SIDEWALK DOWN LIGHTS, SEE PLANS FOR LAYOUT. TYPE 'D2' DOWN LIGHT TYPE 'T1' UP LIGHT TYPE 'D2' DOWN LIGHT. SEE PLANS FOR SPECIFIC ORIENTATION PER TREE TYPE 'D1' & 'D2' UP-LIGHT AND DOWN LIGHT INSTALLATION DETAIL NO SCALE E SHADE SAIL POST ACCESS POINT FOR ELECTRICAL WIRES. TYP. CONDUIT AND WIRES, SEE PLANS. 2#10, 1#10 GND. BOND POST AS REQUIRED. LIGHT TO BE MOUNTED TO WP J-BOX ON COLUMN AT HEIGHT INDICATED ON PLANS. PROVIDE ROUND POLE ADAPTER. DUAL TYPE 'D1' UP/DOWN LIGHT DUAL TYPE 'T1' DOWN LIGHT TOLL FREE CALL 811 5 "NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION"
REVISED: 07/01/2025 DETAILS 614
NO SCALE TOLL FREE CALL 811
5 "NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION"
REVISED: 07/01/2025 TITLE-24 615
Date Created: July 2, 2025
Submittal Package
Civic Center Park
Palm Desert, CA
Submitted by:

SUBMITTAL REVIEW
 APPROVED
 APPROVED AS CORRECTED
 REVISE AND RESUBMIT
 NOT APPROVED

SIGNATURE REQUIRED
By
Date
Design: 1196270-01-04
616
DRAWING #:

SYSTEM TYPE:

SWI GG LY
STIX
164074

SING LE BOBBLE

SPR ING RIDER
179185

FOUR ARCHES
ARCH #1
ARCH #2
A
RC
H
#3
A
RC
H
#4

HEMISPHERE CLIMBER
156448
O-ZONE
156449

HE LI X NET
156450

SW IG G LE STIX
617
618
619
620
621
Color Verification Summary
Civic Center Park
1196270-01-04
Created from Play365 on Monday, June 23, 2025 4:55:25 AM Page 1 of 10 PlayShaper (6-23 months) * Palette Overridden *
Direct Bury Aluminum !! Palette NOT Selected !!
ProShield® Finish
Posts/Arches: Limon *
Polyethylene
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Tangerine *
Roofs: Limon *
Permalene®
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black *
Roof Logos: Recycled Limon w/Black *
QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
Freestanding Play
Signs
1 355992A Symbol Communication Sign w/2 DB Posts English/English Posts/Arches: Limon=317
1 182503D Welcome Sign (LSI Provided) Ages 6-23 months Direct Bury Posts/Arches: Limon=317
PlayShaper®
Enclosures
1 111370A Bead & Block Panel Ground Level w/o Handles
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
1 112997A Geometric Panel Ground Level w/Handles
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
1 111284A Hole Panel
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
1 111301A Tunnel Panel DB
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Tangerine=319
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Posts
1 111397H PS DECK POST DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
4 111396H PS ROOF POST DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Roofs
622
Color Verification Summary
Civic Center Park
1196270-01-04
Created from Play365 on Monday, June 23, 2025 4:55:25 AM Page 2 of 10 QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
1 179225A Square Poly Roof Custom Logo Panels
Custom Text: CIVIC CENTER PARK
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Roofs: Limon=317
Roof Logos: Recycled Limon w/Black=817
PlayBooster and Forma (2-5 years) * Palette Overridden * Direct Bury Aluminum !! Palette NOT Selected !!
ProShield® Finish
Posts/Arches: Limon *
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine *
Play Components: Metallic Silver *
Polyethylene
Slide Hoods/O-Zone®: Lagoon *
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Tangerine *
Permalene®
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black *
Secondary Permalene: Recycled Gray w/Black *
Tertiary Permalene: Recycled Lagoon w/Black *
TenderTuff
Barriers/Ladders/Benches: Gray *
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray *
Cables
Cables: Black *
QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
Forma™
Climbers
1 307436A Footprint® Balance Beam DB Footprint® Balance Beam Direct Bury
Play Components: Metallic Silver=349
1 307433A Footprint® Stepper 16" DB Footprint® Stepper 16" Direct Bury Play Components: Metallic Silver=349
1 307432A Footprint® Stepper 8" DB Footprint® Stepper 8" Direct Bury Play Components: Metallic Silver=349
Freestanding Play
Climbers
1 160418A 1The Peak Rock Climber
7 173907A Log Stepper 8"Height DB Only
5 173908A Log Stepper 18"Height DB Only
Custom
623
Color Verification Summary
Civic Center Park
1196270-01-04
Created from Play365 on Monday, June 23, 2025 4:55:25 AM Page 3 of 10 QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
1 CP023654 2-5 Hatch Structure: Design A Arched structure with a Double Swirl Slide, belting decks, Mink RPL Board Climber, Belting and GripX transfer station, 1-circular marble panel, underdeck belt hangout w 1 hole panel, 1-circular Optigear panel, ring-a-bells, net climber, and 1-O-Zone hole entry. Permalene, wire mesh, pipe barrier, and lasercut steel siding on upper deck. Footers beneath lower level to be locked as carbon proshield. DB Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Metallic Silver=349
Slide Hoods/O-Zone®: Lagoon=421
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Tangerine=319
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Secondary Permalene: Recycled Gray w/Black=866
Barriers/Ladders/Benches: Gray=166
Cables: Black=005
1 CP017916A DTR Arc Climber With swiggly stix, balance beam, bead maze, and belt bridge. DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Play Components: Metallic Silver=349
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Tangerine=319
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Secondary Permalene: Recycled Gray w/Black=866
Tertiary Permalene: Recycled Lagoon w/Black=821
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray=166
Cables: Black=005
Motion & More Fun
1 164074B Single Bobble Rider DB
Play Components: Metallic Silver=349
Sensory Play
1 168099A Cozy Dome DB
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Tangerine=319
Signs
1 182503A Welcome Sign (LSI Provided) Ages 2-5 years Direct Bury Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Sports & Fitness
1 173596A 1Log Balance Beam DB
PlayBooster®
Enclosures
624
Color Verification Summary
Civic Center Park
1196270-01-04
Created from Play365 on Monday, June 23, 2025 4:55:25 AM Page 4 of 10 QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
1 115236A Ball Maze Panel Ground Level Below 48"Dk
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
1 345281B Marble Panel At Grade
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
1 188835B Sign Language Panel Ground Level
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
1 117146A Gear Panel Ground Level Under 48"Dk
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Secondary Permalene: Recycled Gray w/Black=866
Posts
8 111404J 76"Alum Post DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Freestanding Play (2-5 years) * Palette Overridden *
Direct Bury Aluminum !! Palette NOT Selected !!
Swings
Posts: Limon * » Component Colors Below «
Beams: Tangerine *
QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
Freestanding Play
Swings
1 278557A 1Hedra Swing Frame 8' Height DB Only
Posts: Limon=317
1 278857A 1Friendship® Swing w/Hedra® Swing Frame ProGuard Chains DB Friendship® Swing w/Hedra® Swing Frame & ProGuard Chains 8' Height DB Only
Posts: Sky=418 «
Beams: Tangerine=319
2 176038A Full Bucket Seat ProGuard Chains for 8' Beam Height 1 281067A Hedra Swing Frame Spacer Set
PlayBooster and Evos (5-12 years) * Palette Overridden * Direct Bury Aluminum !! Palette NOT Selected !!
ProShield® Finish
Posts/Arches: Limon *
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine *
625
Color Verification Summary
Civic Center Park
1196270-01-04
Created from Play365 on Monday, June 23, 2025 4:55:25 AM Page 5 of 10 PlayBooster and Evos (5-12 years) * Palette Overridden * Direct Bury Aluminum !! Palette NOT Selected !!
Play Components: Sky *
Polyethylene
Slide Hoods/O-Zone®: Lagoon *
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Lagoon *
Roofs: Limon *
Permalene®
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black *
Secondary Permalene: Recycled Lagoon w/Black *
Tertiary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black *
TenderTuff
Barriers/Ladders/Benches: Gray *
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray *
Cables
Cables: Black *
Swings
Posts: Limon * » Component Colors Below «
Beams: Tangerine *
Cables: Black *
Molded Bucket Seats: Lagoon *
Seat Harness: Limon *
Vibe®/SteelX®
Primary Panels: Lagoon *
QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
Evos®
Arch Clamps
4 156439A Clamp No Faces (O-O)
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
1 156440A Clamp One Face (A-A)
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
1 157585A Clamp One Face (O-E)
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
1 156442A Clamp Two Faces 180* (C-C)
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
1 157586A Clamp Two Faces 180* (E-E)
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Bridges
626
Color Verification Summary
Civic Center Park
1196270-01-04
Created from Play365 on Monday, June 23, 2025 4:55:25 AM Page 6 of 10 QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
1 156450A 1Swiggle Stix DB Only
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Lagoon=421
Cables: Black=005
Climbers
1 156449A Helix Net® DB Only Between Two Arches
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Cables: Black=005
1 156448A O-Zone Climber
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Slide Hoods/O-Zone®: Lagoon=421
Cables: Black=005
1 156462A 1RingTangle DB Only
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Lagoon=421
Mainstructures
1 179185A 1Evos 4 Arch DB Only
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Cables: Black=005
Freestanding Play
Climbers
1 168365A 1AdventureScapes Design 2 DB Only
Cables: Black=005
5 173907A Log Stepper 8"Height DB Only
6 173908A Log Stepper 18"Height DB Only
Custom
1 CP001299A DTR Recycled Board Oak Leaf Wobble Pod Approx 48" x 30" x 16" high. Mink & Cedar boards DB
Play Components: Sky=418
Motion & More Fun
627
Color Verification Summary
Civic Center Park
1196270-01-04
Created from Play365 on Monday, June 23, 2025 4:55:25 AM Page 7 of 10 QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
1 194663A 1ZipKrooz 34' w/Aluminum Posts DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray=166
1 247179A CURVA™ SPINNER DB
Play Components: Sky=418
Signs
1 182503C Welcome Sign (LSI Provided) Ages 5-12 years Direct Bury Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Swings
1 352221A Flexx™ Swing w/Hedra® Frame DB Only
Posts: Limon=317
Beams: Tangerine=319
Cables: Black=005
1 177351A Molded Bucket Seat w/Harness ProGuard Chains for 8' Bm Hgt Molded Bucket Seat w/Harness ProGuard Chains for 8' Beam Height
Molded Bucket Seats: Lagoon=421
Seat Harness: Limon=317
1 278557A 1Hedra Swing Frame 8' Height DB Only
Posts: Tangerine=319 «
1 278557A 1Hedra Swing Frame 8' Height DB Only
Posts: Sky=418 «
3 174018A Belt Seat ProGuard Chains for 8' Beam Height
2 281067A Hedra Swing Frame Spacer Set
PlayBooster®
Climbers Nature-Inspired
1 160420A The Peak Rock Climber DB Only
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Climbers Other
1 146812A 1Sky Rail Climber 72"Dk DB
Play Components: Sky=418
Climbers W/Permalene Handholds
628
Color Verification Summary
Civic Center Park
1196270-01-04
Created from Play365 on Monday, June 23, 2025 4:55:25 AM Page 8 of 10 QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
1 345316B Chimney Climber 72" Dk DB
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Cables: Black=005
1 345311D Cliff Climber 72"Dk DB
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Secondary Permalene: Recycled Lagoon w/Black=821
Tertiary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray=166
1 152907C Deck Link w/Barriers 3 Steps
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Barriers/Ladders/Benches: Gray=166
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray=166
Primary Panels: Lagoon=421
1 345325B Arcade Climber w/Permalene Handholds 72"DK/DB Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
1 148432B Corkscrew Perm Handholds 72"Dk DB
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
1 145624D Vertical Ascent 72"Dk
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Custom
1 CP022034 90 degree curved bridge for 72" deck DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray=166
Decks
629
Color Verification Summary
Civic Center Park
1196270-01-04
Created from Play365 on Monday, June 23, 2025 4:55:25 AM Page 9 of 10 QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
1 152911B Curved Transfer Module Left 40"Dk DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Barriers/Ladders/Benches: Gray=166
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray=166
1 178710A Hexagon Tenderdeck
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray=166
1 119646A Triangular Tenderdeck Extension
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray=166
1 111231A Triangular Tenderdeck
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray=166
Enclosures
5 116244A Pipe Barrier Above Deck
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Barriers/Ladders/Benches: Gray=166
Mainstructures
1 165596A 112' PlayOdyssey Tower
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Roofs: Limon=317
Primary Permalene: Recycled Sky w/Black=802
Decks/Step Ladders: Gray=166
7 165960A 12' Tower Pipe Barrier
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
1 222710B 12' Tower WhooshWinder™ Slide w/Pipe Barrier
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Play Components: Sky=418
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Lagoon=421
Posts
1 111404E 116"Alum Post DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
630
Color Verification Summary
Civic Center Park
1196270-01-04
Created from Play365 on Monday, June 23, 2025 4:55:25 AM Page 10 of 10 QTY NO. DESCRIPTION
2 111404D 124"Alum Post DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
1 111404A 148"Alum Post DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
6 111403A 182"Alum Post For Roof DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Roofs
1 130567A 1Hex Shingle Roof
Roofs: Limon=317
Slides
1 130390A 1Double Swoosh™ Slide 72"Dk DB
Posts/Arches: Limon=317
Clamps/Ball Connectors: Tangerine=319
Slides/Tunnels/Gliders/E-Pods®: Lagoon=421
631
ProShield®
Colors
For posts/arches, components and clamps, ProShield® finish combines a specially formulated primer with a highquality, architectural-grade powdercoat top layer. The result is enhanced longevity, greater protection against UV rays, prevention from corrosion, and improved product performance. Custom colors are available for an additional charge.

Learn more about our Color Inspirations at playlsi.com/color-inspirations Color Choices
Vivid colors for lively play
888.438.6574 • 763.972.5200 playlsi.com
Permalene® panels with a recycled core are a smart choice for your playground and the environment. Available in the 20 colors shown, the distinctive black core results from combining and recycling colored plastic—waste that would otherwise end up in landfills.

Permalene® Color Panels
Leaf
Limon
Sprout*
Denim
Blue
Pebble*
Seafoam*
Lagoon*
Sky
Peacock
Grass
Green
Pine Green
Paprika*
Orange
Tangerine
Yellow
Honey*
Buttercup
Black
Brown
Acorn
Copper*
Tan
Dune*
Vanilla
White
Slate*
Purple
Plum
Maroon
Berry*
Cranberry Red
Red
Metallic Silver
Cool Silver Matte*
Matte Gray*
Carbon*
Sky
Lagoon
Seafoam
Pebble
Blue
Denim
Grass
Green
Leaf
Sprout
Limon
Slate
Brick
Red
Tangerine
Yellow
Buttercup
Gray
Acorn
Tan
* Indicates matte color
Steel-Reinforced Cables Made of
tightly woven, polyester-wrapped, six-stranded
galvanized-steel cable. These abrasion-resistant,
color-stable cables are extremely durable and
vandal resistant.

Tan Black Red
Tan Black Red
LSI Flexx™ Steel-Reinforced Net
Game-changing material that offers kids with a
range of abilities a variety of play experiences.

Steel-reinforced cable is extremely durable and
vandal resistant. Low-profile connections are
comfortable and easy to grip.
632
TenderTuff™ Coating For swing
chains, handholds, pipe barriers,
wheels, rings, etc. Insulates against
temperature extremes and provides
a safer grip surface compared to
painted metal.

Tan
Brown Gray
Blue Red
Steel Decks The heaviest, thickest
decks for long‑lasting safety: Flangeformed from 12‑gauge steel with safe, rounded corners. Reinforced with .105"
x 2" ribs welded on cross for superior
strength and a consistently flat surface.

Brown Gray
Polyethylene For slides, tunnels, roofs, etc. The heavy-duty rotationally molded polyethylene material ensures strength and durability while resisting cracking, fading and peeling. *Denim, Seafoam, Leaf, Limon, Slate, Brick, Tangerine, Buttercup, Granite and Acorn are color blends.
©2025 Landscape Structures Inc. Printed in the U.S.A. 755-2729 SkyWays® and CoolToppers® Shade Fabrics
Designed to block up to 97% of UV rays and keep playground temperatures up to 30 degrees cooler.

Birch Cedar Gray Mink Mahogany Walnut
Recycled Plastic Lumber
Looks like wood, but lasts longer and
is easier to clean. 100% recycled highdensity UV-stabilized polyethylene material to prevent warping in direct sun.

Color option for Volo Aire™ only.

Brick Red
Limon
Tangerine Buttercup
Leaf
Tan
Green
Acorn
Denim Blue Lagoon
Gray
Seafoam Sprout
Slate Granite
Limon Sky Tangerine
Polycarbonate Panels Hedra®
product line option. Translucent
panel provides visibility into structure
as well as light and color play.

NEW NEW
Purple FR
Cayenne FR
Gun Metal FR
Yellow FR
Denim FR Black FR
Grass FR
Bluebird FR
Cherry Red FR Deep Ochre FR
Natural FR
Rivergum FR
Dune FR
Metallic Silver FR
Pine Green FR Blue FR
Tan FR
Sky Blue FR Lagoon FR
Orange FR
Peacock FR
NEW
NEW
NEW
633
634
Terms of Sale
PRICING: Landscape Structures’ list prices do not include delivery and handling charges. Prices are subject to change without notice.

TERMS: To tax-supported institutions and those with
established credit: net 30 days from the date of the invoice.

1.5% per month thereafter; freight charges are prepaid and applied to the invoice.

TAXES: Landscape Structures’ list prices do not include applicable taxes, if any.

WEIGHTS: Weights are approximate and may vary.

DELIVERY: If delivery of the equipment is by common carrier, and there is damage or a shortage, notify the carrier at once and sign delivery documents provided by the carrier noting the damage or shortage. Most products are delivered on large pallets and will require a forklift or similar equipment to unload as a unit on the site.

INSTALLATION: All playstructures and/or equipment are
delivered unassembled and packaged with recyclable
materials. For a list of factory-certified installers in your area, please contact your Landscape Structures
playground consultant.

SERVICE: We have knowledgeable, qualified playground
consultants throughout the world who are available to help you before, during and after the sale. Landscape Structures has exclusive design software that features all of our parts and pieces in pull-down menus. With this software, your playground consultant can design a playground layout that meets not only your needs, but ASTM and CPSC standards as well. In addition, we have a full staff of CPSI-certified designers, along with 2D and 3D drawing capabilities and custom capabilities to assist you with your playground plans.

RETURN POLICY: As an indication of our commitment to our customers, Landscape Structures will accept returns of new structures and/or new equipment purchased within 60 days of the original invoice date. Advance notification is necessary to ensure proper credit. Parts not included in this return policy are custom parts (including PlayShaper® posts), as well as used or damaged parts. A 20% restock fee plus all return freight charges will apply to all product returns. NOTE: All parts are subject to inspection upon return. Parts returned damaged may not receive a full credit. For this reason, it is important that all returned parts are properly packaged to prevent damage while in transit. Please contact your Landscape Structures playground consultant for the shipping address.

PRODUCT CHANGES: Because of our commitment to
safety, innovation, and value, we reserve the right to change specifications at any time.

PLEASE CONTACT US AT:

Landscape Structures Inc.
601 7th St. South
Delano, MN 55328-8605
888.438.6574 (inside the U.S.A.)
763.972.5200 (outside the U.S.A.)
playlsi.com
601 7th Street South • Delano, MN 55328-8605 • 888.438.6574 • 763.972.5200 • playlsi.com #357308 ©2025 Landscape Structures Inc Printed in the U.S.A. All rights reserved. #765-2155 635 636